Release 1.0.36-2 for unstable

Closes: #973233

ABOUT-NLS

@@ -1,324 +0,0 @@
-Notes on the Free Translation Project
-*************************************
-
-   Free software is going international!  The Free Translation Project
-is a way to get maintainers of free software, translators, and users all
-together, so that will gradually become able to speak many languages.
-A few packages already provide translations for their messages.
-
-   If you found this `ABOUT-NLS' file inside a distribution, you may
-assume that the distributed package does use GNU `gettext' internally,
-itself available at your nearest GNU archive site.  But you do _not_
-need to install GNU `gettext' prior to configuring, installing or using
-this package with messages translated.
-
-   Installers will find here some useful hints.  These notes also
-explain how users should proceed for getting the programs to use the
-available translations.  They tell how people wanting to contribute and
-work at translations should contact the appropriate team.
-
-   When reporting bugs in the `intl/' directory or bugs which may be
-related to internationalization, you should tell about the version of
-`gettext' which is used.  The information can be found in the
-`intl/VERSION' file, in internationalized packages.
-
-Quick configuration advice
-==========================
-
-   If you want to exploit the full power of internationalization, you
-should configure it using
-
-     ./configure --with-included-gettext
-
-to force usage of internationalizing routines provided within this
-package, despite the existence of internationalizing capabilities in the
-operating system where this package is being installed.  So far, only
-the `gettext' implementation in the GNU C library version 2 provides as
-many features (such as locale alias, message inheritance, automatic
-charset conversion or plural form handling) as the implementation here.
-It is also not possible to offer this additional functionality on top
-of a `catgets' implementation.  Future versions of GNU `gettext' will
-very likely convey even more functionality.  So it might be a good idea
-to change to GNU `gettext' as soon as possible.
-
-   So you need _not_ provide this option if you are using GNU libc 2 or
-you have installed a recent copy of the GNU gettext package with the
-included `libintl'.
-
-INSTALL Matters
-===============
-
-   Some packages are "localizable" when properly installed; the
-programs they contain can be made to speak your own native language.
-Most such packages use GNU `gettext'.  Other packages have their own
-ways to internationalization, predating GNU `gettext'.
-
-   By default, this package will be installed to allow translation of
-messages.  It will automatically detect whether the system already
-provides the GNU `gettext' functions.  If not, the GNU `gettext' own
-library will be used.  This library is wholly contained within this
-package, usually in the `intl/' subdirectory, so prior installation of
-the GNU `gettext' package is _not_ required.  Installers may use
-special options at configuration time for changing the default
-behaviour.  The commands:
-
-     ./configure --with-included-gettext
-     ./configure --disable-nls
-
-will respectively bypass any pre-existing `gettext' to use the
-internationalizing routines provided within this package, or else,
-_totally_ disable translation of messages.
-
-   When you already have GNU `gettext' installed on your system and run
-configure without an option for your new package, `configure' will
-probably detect the previously built and installed `libintl.a' file and
-will decide to use this.  This might be not what is desirable.  You
-should use the more recent version of the GNU `gettext' library.  I.e.
-if the file `intl/VERSION' shows that the library which comes with this
-package is more recent, you should use
-
-     ./configure --with-included-gettext
-
-to prevent auto-detection.
-
-   The configuration process will not test for the `catgets' function
-and therefore it will not be used.  The reason is that even an
-emulation of `gettext' on top of `catgets' could not provide all the
-extensions of the GNU `gettext' library.
-
-   Internationalized packages have usually many `po/LL.po' files, where
-LL gives an ISO 639 two-letter code identifying the language.  Unless
-translations have been forbidden at `configure' time by using the
-`--disable-nls' switch, all available translations are installed
-together with the package.  However, the environment variable `LINGUAS'
-may be set, prior to configuration, to limit the installed set.
-`LINGUAS' should then contain a space separated list of two-letter
-codes, stating which languages are allowed.
-
-Using This Package
-==================
-
-   As a user, if your language has been installed for this package, you
-only have to set the `LANG' environment variable to the appropriate
-`LL_CC' combination.  Here `LL' is an ISO 639 two-letter language code,
-and `CC' is an ISO 3166 two-letter country code.  For example, let's
-suppose that you speak German and live in Germany.  At the shell
-prompt, merely execute `setenv LANG de_DE' (in `csh'),
-`export LANG; LANG=de_DE' (in `sh') or `export LANG=de_DE' (in `bash').
-This can be done from your `.login' or `.profile' file, once and for
-all.
-
-   You might think that the country code specification is redundant.
-But in fact, some languages have dialects in different countries.  For
-example, `de_AT' is used for Austria, and `pt_BR' for Brazil.  The
-country code serves to distinguish the dialects.
-
-   Not all programs have translations for all languages.  By default, an
-English message is shown in place of a nonexistent translation.  If you
-understand other languages, you can set up a priority list of languages.
-This is done through a different environment variable, called
-`LANGUAGE'.  GNU `gettext' gives preference to `LANGUAGE' over `LANG'
-for the purpose of message handling, but you still need to have `LANG'
-set to the primary language; this is required by other parts of the
-system libraries.  For example, some Swedish users who would rather
-read translations in German than English for when Swedish is not
-available, set `LANGUAGE' to `sv:de' while leaving `LANG' to `sv_SE'.
-
-   In the `LANGUAGE' environment variable, but not in the `LANG'
-environment variable, `LL_CC' combinations can be abbreviated as `LL'
-to denote the language's main dialect.  For example, `de' is equivalent
-to `de_DE' (German as spoken in Germany), and `pt' to `pt_PT'
-(Portuguese as spoken in Portugal) in this context.
-
-Translating Teams
-=================
-
-   For the Free Translation Project to be a success, we need interested
-people who like their own language and write it well, and who are also
-able to synergize with other translators speaking the same language.
-Each translation team has its own mailing list.  The up-to-date list of
-teams can be found at the Free Translation Project's homepage,
-`http://www.iro.umontreal.ca/contrib/po/HTML/', in the "National teams"
-area.
-
-   If you'd like to volunteer to _work_ at translating messages, you
-should become a member of the translating team for your own language.
-The subscribing address is _not_ the same as the list itself, it has
-`-request' appended.  For example, speakers of Swedish can send a
-message to `sv-request@li.org', having this message body:
-
-     subscribe
-
-   Keep in mind that team members are expected to participate
-_actively_ in translations, or at solving translational difficulties,
-rather than merely lurking around.  If your team does not exist yet and
-you want to start one, or if you are unsure about what to do or how to
-get started, please write to `translation@iro.umontreal.ca' to reach the
-coordinator for all translator teams.
-
-   The English team is special.  It works at improving and uniformizing
-the terminology in use.  Proven linguistic skill are praised more than
-programming skill, here.
-
-Available Packages
-==================
-
-   Languages are not equally supported in all packages.  The following
-matrix shows the current state of internationalization, as of September
-2001.  The matrix shows, in regard of each package, for which languages
-PO files have been submitted to translation coordination, with a
-translation percentage of at least 50%.
-
-     Ready PO files    bg cs da de el en eo es et fi fr gl he hr id it ja
-                     +----------------------------------------------------+
-     a2ps            |          []             []    []                   |
-     bash            |          []       [] []       []                   |
-     bfd             |                                                    |
-     binutils        |                               []                   |
-     bison           |          []          [] []    []                [] |
-     clisp           |          []    []    []       []                   |
-     cpio            |       [] []          []       [] []                |
-     diffutils       |       [] []       [] []       [] []       []       |
-     enscript        |          []                   []                   |
-     error           |                      []       []                   |
-     fetchmail       |                                                    |
-     fileutils       |    [] [] [] []       []       [] []             [] |
-     findutils       |       [] []          [] []    [] []       [] []    |
-     flex            |       []             []       []                   |
-     freetype        |                                                    |
-     gas             |                                                    |
-     gawk            |                               []    []             |
-     gcal            |                                                    |
-     gcc             |                                                    |
-     gettext         |    [] [] [] []       []       [] []       [] [] [] |
-     gnupg           |          []       []    []    [] []          [] [] |
-     gprof           |                                                    |
-     grep            |    []    []       [] [] []    [] []          []    |
-     hello           |       [] [] []    [] [] [] [] [] []          [] [] |
-     id-utils        |       [] []                   []                   |
-     indent          |       [] []             []    [] []                |
-     jpilot          |                               []                   |
-     kbd             |                                                    |
-     ld              |                               []                   |
-     libc            |    [] [] [] []       []       [] []             [] |
-     lilypond        |                                                 [] |
-     lynx            |    [] [] []                                     [] |
-     m4              |    [] [] [] []                [] []       []    [] |
-     make            |       [] []          []       [] []             [] |
-     mysecretdiary   |          []                                        |
-     nano            |                      []          []       []       |
-     opcodes         |                                                    |
-     parted          |          []                      []             [] |
-     ptx             |       [] []          [] []    [] []       []       |
-     python          |                                                    |
-     recode          |       [] [] []    [] []       [] [] []       []    |
-     sed             |    [] [] [] []    []    []    [] [] []    [] [] [] |
-     sh-utils        |    [] [] [] []       [] []    [] []          [] [] |
-     sharutils       |    [] [] [] []       []       [] []             [] |
-     sketch          |                                                    |
-     soundtracker    |          []          []          []                |
-     sp              |                                                    |
-     tar             |    [] [] []          [] []    []             [] [] |
-     texinfo         |    [] [] []       []          []                [] |
-     textutils       |    [] [] [] []       []       [] []             [] |
-     util-linux      |    [] []                                           |
-     wdiff           |       [] []             []                         |
-     wget            |    [] [] [] []       [] []    [] [] []          [] |
-                     +----------------------------------------------------+
-                       bg cs da de el en eo es et fi fr gl he hr id it ja
-                        0 14 24 32 11  1  8 23 13  1 33 22  4  0  7  9 18
-     
-                       ko lv nb nl nn no pl pt pt_BR ru sk sl sv tr uk zh
-                     +----------------------------------------------------+
-     a2ps            |          []                   []    []             |  6
-     bash            |                                                    |  4
-     bfd             |                                                    |  0
-     binutils        |                                                    |  1
-     bison           |                               []                   |  6
-     clisp           |          []                                        |  5
-     cpio            | []       []       []     []   []                   | 10
-     diffutils       |                   []          []       [] []       | 11
-     enscript        |          []              []   []                   |  5
-     error           |                                  []       []       |  4
-     fetchmail       |                                                    |  0
-     fileutils       | []       []       []     []   [] [] [] [] []       | 17
-     findutils       | []       []       []     []   []    [] [] []       | 16
-     flex            | []                            []       []          |  6
-     freetype        |                                                    |  0
-     gas             |                                                    |  0
-     gawk            |                                           []       |  3
-     gcal            |                                                    |  0
-     gcc             |                                                    |  0
-     gettext         | []                []     []   []    [] [] []    [] | 18
-     gnupg           |                   []                   [] []       | 10
-     gprof           |                                                    |  0
-     grep            |                   []                [] [] []       | 12
-     hello           | [] [] [] []    [] []          [] []    [] [] []    | 22
-     id-utils        |          []                   []       []          |  6
-     indent          | []       []       []          [] []    [] []       | 12
-     jpilot          |                                                    |  1
-     kbd             |                                           []       |  1
-     ld              |                                                    |  1
-     libc            | []    []       [] []     []      []    [] []       | 16
-     lilypond        |          []                            []          |  3
-     lynx            |          []              []   []       []          |  8
-     m4              |          []       []          []       []          | 12
-     make            | []       []       []     []   []          []       | 12
-     mysecretdiary   |                                                    |  1
-     nano            |                                        []          |  4
-     opcodes         |                                           []       |  1
-     parted          |          []                   []                   |  5
-     ptx             |       [] []    [] [] []       []       [] []       | 15
-     python          |                                                    |  0
-     recode          |                   []          []    [] []          | 13
-     sed             |          []              []   [] [] [] [] []       | 19
-     sh-utils        |       [] []    [] []     []   [] [] [] [] []    [] | 21
-     sharutils       |          []                   []       []          | 11
-     sketch          |                                                    |  0
-     soundtracker    |                                                    |  3
-     sp              |                                                    |  0
-     tar             |       []       [] []     []         [] [] []       | 15
-     texinfo         |                               []                   |  7
-     textutils       |       [] []    [] []     []   [] [] []             | 16
-     util-linux      |                          []               []       |  4
-     wdiff           |                               [] []    [] []       |  7
-     wget            |          []                   [] [] [] [] [] []    | 17
-                     +----------------------------------------------------+
-       33 teams        ko lv nb nl nn no pl pt pt_BR ru sk sl sv tr uk zh
-       53 domains       9  1  6 20  0  6 17  1  13   25 10 11 23 21  2  2  387
-
-   Some counters in the preceding matrix are higher than the number of
-visible blocks let us expect.  This is because a few extra PO files are
-used for implementing regional variants of languages, or language
-dialects.
-
-   For a PO file in the matrix above to be effective, the package to
-which it applies should also have been internationalized and
-distributed as such by its maintainer.  There might be an observable
-lag between the mere existence a PO file and its wide availability in a
-distribution.
-
-   If September 2001 seems to be old, you may fetch a more recent copy
-of this `ABOUT-NLS' file on most GNU archive sites.  The most
-up-to-date matrix with full percentage details can be found at
-`http://www.iro.umontreal.ca/contrib/po/HTML/matrix.html'.
-
-Using `gettext' in new packages
-===============================
-
-   If you are writing a freely available program and want to
-internationalize it you are welcome to use GNU `gettext' in your
-package.  Of course you have to respect the GNU Library General Public
-License which covers the use of the GNU `gettext' library.  This means
-in particular that even non-free programs can use `libintl' as a shared
-library, whereas only free software can use `libintl' as a static
-library or use modified versions of `libintl'.
-
-   Once the sources are changed appropriately and the setup can handle
-to use of `gettext' the only thing missing are the translations.  The
-Free Translation Project is also available for packages which are not
-developed inside the GNU project.  Therefore the information given above
-applies also for every other Free Software Project.  Contact
-`translation@iro.umontreal.ca' to make the `.pot' files available to
-the translation teams.
-

AUTHORS

@@ -1,11 +1,25 @@
 Main tinc authors:
-Guus Sliepen <guus@sliepen.warande.net>
-Ivo Timmermans <itimmermans@bigfoot.com>
+- Guus Sliepen <guus@tinc-vpn.org>
+- Ivo Timmermans (inactive)
+
+Significant contributions from:
+- Michael Tokarev <mjt@tls.msk.ru>
+- Florian Forster <octo@verplant.org>
+- Grzegorz Dymarek <gregd72002@googlemail.com>
+- Max Rijevski <maksuf@gmail.com>
+- Scott Lamb <slamb@slamb.org>
+- Julien Muchembled <jm@jmuchemb.eu>
+- Timothy Redaelli <timothy@redaelli.eu>
+- Brandon Black <blblack@gmail.com>
+- Loïc Grenié <loic.grenie@gmail.com>
 
 These files are from other sources:
  * lib/pidfile.h and lib/pidfile.c are by Martin Schulze, taken from
  the syslog 1.3 sources.
 
+* src/bsd/tunemu.c and tunemu.h are by Friedrich Schöller
+  <friedrich.schoeller@gmail.com>
+
 Also some of the macro files in the directory m4, and their
 accompanying files in lib, were taken from GNU fileutils.
 

COPYING

@@ -1,8 +1,17 @@
+Copyright (C) 1998-2019 Ivo Timmermans, Guus Sliepen and others.
+See the AUTHORS file for a complete list.
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software
+Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later
+version.
+
+
 		    GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
 		       Version 2, June 1991
 
- Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-                          675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA
+ Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+ 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
  Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
  of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
 
@@ -15,7 +24,7 @@ software--to make sure the software is free for all its users.  This
 General Public License applies to most of the Free Software
 Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to
 using it.  (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by
-the GNU Library General Public License instead.)  You can apply it to
+the GNU Lesser General Public License instead.)  You can apply it to
 your programs, too.
 
   When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not
@@ -55,7 +64,7 @@ patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all.
 
   The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
 modification follow.
-
+
 		    GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
    TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION
 
@@ -110,7 +119,7 @@ above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
     License.  (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but
     does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on
     the Program is not required to print an announcement.)
-
+
 These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole.  If
 identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program,
 and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in
@@ -168,7 +177,7 @@ access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent
 access to copy the source code from the same place counts as
 distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not
 compelled to copy the source along with the object code.
-
+
   4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program
 except as expressly provided under this License.  Any attempt
 otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is
@@ -225,7 +234,7 @@ impose that choice.
 
 This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to
 be a consequence of the rest of this License.
-
+
   8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in
 certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the
 original copyright holder who places the Program under this License
@@ -278,62 +287,3 @@ PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE
 POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
 
 		     END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
-
-	Appendix: How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs
-
-  If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest
-possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it
-free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms.
-
-  To do so, attach the following notices to the program.  It is safest
-to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively
-convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least
-the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
-
-    <one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.>
-    Copyright (C) 19yy  <name of author>
-
-    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
-    (at your option) any later version.
-
-    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-    GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-    Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
-
-Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
-
-If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this
-when it starts in an interactive mode:
-
-    Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) 19yy name of author
-    Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'.
-    This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it
-    under certain conditions; type `show c' for details.
-
-The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate
-parts of the General Public License.  Of course, the commands you use may
-be called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be
-mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your program.
-
-You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your
-school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if
-necessary.  Here is a sample; alter the names:
-
-  Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program
-  `Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker.
-
-  <signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1989
-  Ty Coon, President of Vice
-
-This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into
-proprietary programs.  If your program is a subroutine library, you may
-consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the
-library.  If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Library General
-Public License instead of this License.

COPYING.README

@@ -1,4 +1,19 @@
-This program is released under the GPL with the additional exemption
-that compiling, linking, and/or using OpenSSL is allowed.  You may
-provide binary packages linked to the OpenSSL libraries, provided that
-all other requirements of the GPL are met.
+The following applies to tinc:
+
+This program is released under the GPL with the additional exemption that
+compiling, linking, and/or using OpenSSL is allowed.  You may provide binary
+packages linked to the OpenSSL libraries, provided that all other requirements
+of the GPL are met.
+
+The following applies to the LZO library:
+
+  Hereby I grant a special exception to the tinc VPN project
+  (http://tinc.nl.linux.org/) to link the LZO library with the OpenSSL library
+  (http://www.openssl.org).
+
+  Markus F.X.J. Oberhumer
+
+When tinc is compiled with the --enable-tunemu option, the resulting binary
+falls under the GPL version 3 or later.
+
+

INSTALL

@@ -1,182 +1,368 @@
+Installation Instructions
+*************************
+
+   Copyright (C) 1994-1996, 1999-2002, 2004-2016 Free Software
+Foundation, Inc.
+
+   Copying and distribution of this file, with or without modification,
+are permitted in any medium without royalty provided the copyright
+notice and this notice are preserved.  This file is offered as-is,
+without warranty of any kind.
+
 Basic Installation
 ==================
 
-   These are generic installation instructions.
+   Briefly, the shell command './configure && make && make install'
+should configure, build, and install this package.  The following
+more-detailed instructions are generic; see the 'README' file for
+instructions specific to this package.  Some packages provide this
+'INSTALL' file but do not implement all of the features documented
+below.  The lack of an optional feature in a given package is not
+necessarily a bug.  More recommendations for GNU packages can be found
+in *note Makefile Conventions: (standards)Makefile Conventions.
 
-   The `configure' shell script attempts to guess correct values for
+   The 'configure' shell script attempts to guess correct values for
 various system-dependent variables used during compilation.  It uses
-those values to create a `Makefile' in each directory of the package.
-It may also create one or more `.h' files containing system-dependent
-definitions.  Finally, it creates a shell script `config.status' that
-you can run in the future to recreate the current configuration, a file
-`config.cache' that saves the results of its tests to speed up
-reconfiguring, and a file `config.log' containing compiler output
-(useful mainly for debugging `configure').
+those values to create a 'Makefile' in each directory of the package.
+It may also create one or more '.h' files containing system-dependent
+definitions.  Finally, it creates a shell script 'config.status' that
+you can run in the future to recreate the current configuration, and a
+file 'config.log' containing compiler output (useful mainly for
+debugging 'configure').
+
+   It can also use an optional file (typically called 'config.cache' and
+enabled with '--cache-file=config.cache' or simply '-C') that saves the
+results of its tests to speed up reconfiguring.  Caching is disabled by
+default to prevent problems with accidental use of stale cache files.
 
    If you need to do unusual things to compile the package, please try
-to figure out how `configure' could check whether to do them, and mail
-diffs or instructions to the address given in the `README' so they can
-be considered for the next release.  If at some point `config.cache'
-contains results you don't want to keep, you may remove or edit it.
+to figure out how 'configure' could check whether to do them, and mail
+diffs or instructions to the address given in the 'README' so they can
+be considered for the next release.  If you are using the cache, and at
+some point 'config.cache' contains results you don't want to keep, you
+may remove or edit it.
 
-   The file `configure.in' is used to create `configure' by a program
-called `autoconf'.  You only need `configure.in' if you want to change
-it or regenerate `configure' using a newer version of `autoconf'.
+   The file 'configure.ac' (or 'configure.in') is used to create
+'configure' by a program called 'autoconf'.  You need 'configure.ac' if
+you want to change it or regenerate 'configure' using a newer version of
+'autoconf'.
 
-The simplest way to compile this package is:
+   The simplest way to compile this package is:
 
-  1. `cd' to the directory containing the package's source code and type
-     `./configure' to configure the package for your system.  If you're
-     using `csh' on an old version of System V, you might need to type
-     `sh ./configure' instead to prevent `csh' from trying to execute
-     `configure' itself.
+  1. 'cd' to the directory containing the package's source code and type
+     './configure' to configure the package for your system.
 
-     Running `configure' takes awhile.  While running, it prints some
-     messages telling which features it is checking for.
+     Running 'configure' might take a while.  While running, it prints
+     some messages telling which features it is checking for.
 
-  2. Type `make' to compile the package.
+  2. Type 'make' to compile the package.
 
-  3. Optionally, type `make check' to run any self-tests that come with
-     the package.
+  3. Optionally, type 'make check' to run any self-tests that come with
+     the package, generally using the just-built uninstalled binaries.
 
-  4. Type `make install' to install the programs and any data files and
-     documentation.
+  4. Type 'make install' to install the programs and any data files and
+     documentation.  When installing into a prefix owned by root, it is
+     recommended that the package be configured and built as a regular
+     user, and only the 'make install' phase executed with root
+     privileges.
 
-  5. You can remove the program binaries and object files from the
-     source code directory by typing `make clean'.  To also remove the
-     files that `configure' created (so you can compile the package for
-     a different kind of computer), type `make distclean'.  There is
-     also a `make maintainer-clean' target, but that is intended mainly
+  5. Optionally, type 'make installcheck' to repeat any self-tests, but
+     this time using the binaries in their final installed location.
+     This target does not install anything.  Running this target as a
+     regular user, particularly if the prior 'make install' required
+     root privileges, verifies that the installation completed
+     correctly.
+
+  6. You can remove the program binaries and object files from the
+     source code directory by typing 'make clean'.  To also remove the
+     files that 'configure' created (so you can compile the package for
+     a different kind of computer), type 'make distclean'.  There is
+     also a 'make maintainer-clean' target, but that is intended mainly
      for the package's developers.  If you use it, you may have to get
      all sorts of other programs in order to regenerate files that came
      with the distribution.
 
+  7. Often, you can also type 'make uninstall' to remove the installed
+     files again.  In practice, not all packages have tested that
+     uninstallation works correctly, even though it is required by the
+     GNU Coding Standards.
+
+  8. Some packages, particularly those that use Automake, provide 'make
+     distcheck', which can by used by developers to test that all other
+     targets like 'make install' and 'make uninstall' work correctly.
+     This target is generally not run by end users.
+
 Compilers and Options
 =====================
 
    Some systems require unusual options for compilation or linking that
-the `configure' script does not know about.  You can give `configure'
-initial values for variables by setting them in the environment.  Using
-a Bourne-compatible shell, you can do that on the command line like
-this:
-     CC=c89 CFLAGS=-O2 LIBS=-lposix ./configure
+the 'configure' script does not know about.  Run './configure --help'
+for details on some of the pertinent environment variables.
 
-Or on systems that have the `env' program, you can do it like this:
-     env CPPFLAGS=-I/usr/local/include LDFLAGS=-s ./configure
+   You can give 'configure' initial values for configuration parameters
+by setting variables in the command line or in the environment.  Here is
+an example:
+
+     ./configure CC=c99 CFLAGS=-g LIBS=-lposix
+
+   *Note Defining Variables::, for more details.
 
 Compiling For Multiple Architectures
 ====================================
 
    You can compile the package for more than one kind of computer at the
 same time, by placing the object files for each architecture in their
-own directory.  To do this, you must use a version of `make' that
-supports the `VPATH' variable, such as GNU `make'.  `cd' to the
+own directory.  To do this, you can use GNU 'make'.  'cd' to the
 directory where you want the object files and executables to go and run
-the `configure' script.  `configure' automatically checks for the
-source code in the directory that `configure' is in and in `..'.
+the 'configure' script.  'configure' automatically checks for the source
+code in the directory that 'configure' is in and in '..'.  This is known
+as a "VPATH" build.
 
-   If you have to use a `make' that does not supports the `VPATH'
-variable, you have to compile the package for one architecture at a time
-in the source code directory.  After you have installed the package for
-one architecture, use `make distclean' before reconfiguring for another
-architecture.
+   With a non-GNU 'make', it is safer to compile the package for one
+architecture at a time in the source code directory.  After you have
+installed the package for one architecture, use 'make distclean' before
+reconfiguring for another architecture.
+
+   On MacOS X 10.5 and later systems, you can create libraries and
+executables that work on multiple system types--known as "fat" or
+"universal" binaries--by specifying multiple '-arch' options to the
+compiler but only a single '-arch' option to the preprocessor.  Like
+this:
+
+     ./configure CC="gcc -arch i386 -arch x86_64 -arch ppc -arch ppc64" \
+                 CXX="g++ -arch i386 -arch x86_64 -arch ppc -arch ppc64" \
+                 CPP="gcc -E" CXXCPP="g++ -E"
+
+   This is not guaranteed to produce working output in all cases, you
+may have to build one architecture at a time and combine the results
+using the 'lipo' tool if you have problems.
 
 Installation Names
 ==================
 
-   By default, `make install' will install the package's files in
-`/usr/local/bin', `/usr/local/man', etc.  You can specify an
-installation prefix other than `/usr/local' by giving `configure' the
-option `--prefix=PATH'.
+   By default, 'make install' installs the package's commands under
+'/usr/local/bin', include files under '/usr/local/include', etc.  You
+can specify an installation prefix other than '/usr/local' by giving
+'configure' the option '--prefix=PREFIX', where PREFIX must be an
+absolute file name.
 
    You can specify separate installation prefixes for
 architecture-specific files and architecture-independent files.  If you
-give `configure' the option `--exec-prefix=PATH', the package will use
-PATH as the prefix for installing programs and libraries.
-Documentation and other data files will still use the regular prefix.
+pass the option '--exec-prefix=PREFIX' to 'configure', the package uses
+PREFIX as the prefix for installing programs and libraries.
+Documentation and other data files still use the regular prefix.
 
    In addition, if you use an unusual directory layout you can give
-options like `--bindir=PATH' to specify different values for particular
-kinds of files.  Run `configure --help' for a list of the directories
-you can set and what kinds of files go in them.
+options like '--bindir=DIR' to specify different values for particular
+kinds of files.  Run 'configure --help' for a list of the directories
+you can set and what kinds of files go in them.  In general, the default
+for these options is expressed in terms of '${prefix}', so that
+specifying just '--prefix' will affect all of the other directory
+specifications that were not explicitly provided.
 
-   If the package supports it, you can cause programs to be installed
-with an extra prefix or suffix on their names by giving `configure' the
-option `--program-prefix=PREFIX' or `--program-suffix=SUFFIX'.
+   The most portable way to affect installation locations is to pass the
+correct locations to 'configure'; however, many packages provide one or
+both of the following shortcuts of passing variable assignments to the
+'make install' command line to change installation locations without
+having to reconfigure or recompile.
+
+   The first method involves providing an override variable for each
+affected directory.  For example, 'make install
+prefix=/alternate/directory' will choose an alternate location for all
+directory configuration variables that were expressed in terms of
+'${prefix}'.  Any directories that were specified during 'configure',
+but not in terms of '${prefix}', must each be overridden at install time
+for the entire installation to be relocated.  The approach of makefile
+variable overrides for each directory variable is required by the GNU
+Coding Standards, and ideally causes no recompilation.  However, some
+platforms have known limitations with the semantics of shared libraries
+that end up requiring recompilation when using this method, particularly
+noticeable in packages that use GNU Libtool.
+
+   The second method involves providing the 'DESTDIR' variable.  For
+example, 'make install DESTDIR=/alternate/directory' will prepend
+'/alternate/directory' before all installation names.  The approach of
+'DESTDIR' overrides is not required by the GNU Coding Standards, and
+does not work on platforms that have drive letters.  On the other hand,
+it does better at avoiding recompilation issues, and works well even
+when some directory options were not specified in terms of '${prefix}'
+at 'configure' time.
 
 Optional Features
 =================
 
-   Some packages pay attention to `--enable-FEATURE' options to
-`configure', where FEATURE indicates an optional part of the package.
-They may also pay attention to `--with-PACKAGE' options, where PACKAGE
-is something like `gnu-as' or `x' (for the X Window System).  The
-`README' should mention any `--enable-' and `--with-' options that the
+   If the package supports it, you can cause programs to be installed
+with an extra prefix or suffix on their names by giving 'configure' the
+option '--program-prefix=PREFIX' or '--program-suffix=SUFFIX'.
+
+   Some packages pay attention to '--enable-FEATURE' options to
+'configure', where FEATURE indicates an optional part of the package.
+They may also pay attention to '--with-PACKAGE' options, where PACKAGE
+is something like 'gnu-as' or 'x' (for the X Window System).  The
+'README' should mention any '--enable-' and '--with-' options that the
 package recognizes.
 
-   For packages that use the X Window System, `configure' can usually
+   For packages that use the X Window System, 'configure' can usually
 find the X include and library files automatically, but if it doesn't,
-you can use the `configure' options `--x-includes=DIR' and
-`--x-libraries=DIR' to specify their locations.
+you can use the 'configure' options '--x-includes=DIR' and
+'--x-libraries=DIR' to specify their locations.
+
+   Some packages offer the ability to configure how verbose the
+execution of 'make' will be.  For these packages, running './configure
+--enable-silent-rules' sets the default to minimal output, which can be
+overridden with 'make V=1'; while running './configure
+--disable-silent-rules' sets the default to verbose, which can be
+overridden with 'make V=0'.
+
+Particular systems
+==================
+
+   On HP-UX, the default C compiler is not ANSI C compatible.  If GNU CC
+is not installed, it is recommended to use the following options in
+order to use an ANSI C compiler:
+
+     ./configure CC="cc -Ae -D_XOPEN_SOURCE=500"
+
+and if that doesn't work, install pre-built binaries of GCC for HP-UX.
+
+   HP-UX 'make' updates targets which have the same time stamps as their
+prerequisites, which makes it generally unusable when shipped generated
+files such as 'configure' are involved.  Use GNU 'make' instead.
+
+   On OSF/1 a.k.a. Tru64, some versions of the default C compiler cannot
+parse its '<wchar.h>' header file.  The option '-nodtk' can be used as a
+workaround.  If GNU CC is not installed, it is therefore recommended to
+try
+
+     ./configure CC="cc"
+
+and if that doesn't work, try
+
+     ./configure CC="cc -nodtk"
+
+   On Solaris, don't put '/usr/ucb' early in your 'PATH'.  This
+directory contains several dysfunctional programs; working variants of
+these programs are available in '/usr/bin'.  So, if you need '/usr/ucb'
+in your 'PATH', put it _after_ '/usr/bin'.
+
+   On Haiku, software installed for all users goes in '/boot/common',
+not '/usr/local'.  It is recommended to use the following options:
+
+     ./configure --prefix=/boot/common
 
 Specifying the System Type
 ==========================
 
-   There may be some features `configure' can not figure out
-automatically, but needs to determine by the type of host the package
-will run on.  Usually `configure' can figure that out, but if it prints
-a message saying it can not guess the host type, give it the
-`--host=TYPE' option.  TYPE can either be a short name for the system
-type, such as `sun4', or a canonical name with three fields:
+   There may be some features 'configure' cannot figure out
+automatically, but needs to determine by the type of machine the package
+will run on.  Usually, assuming the package is built to be run on the
+_same_ architectures, 'configure' can figure that out, but if it prints
+a message saying it cannot guess the machine type, give it the
+'--build=TYPE' option.  TYPE can either be a short name for the system
+type, such as 'sun4', or a canonical name which has the form:
+
      CPU-COMPANY-SYSTEM
 
-See the file `config.sub' for the possible values of each field.  If
-`config.sub' isn't included in this package, then this package doesn't
-need to know the host type.
+where SYSTEM can have one of these forms:
 
-   If you are building compiler tools for cross-compiling, you can also
-use the `--target=TYPE' option to select the type of system they will
-produce code for and the `--build=TYPE' option to select the type of
-system on which you are compiling the package.
+     OS
+     KERNEL-OS
+
+   See the file 'config.sub' for the possible values of each field.  If
+'config.sub' isn't included in this package, then this package doesn't
+need to know the machine type.
+
+   If you are _building_ compiler tools for cross-compiling, you should
+use the option '--target=TYPE' to select the type of system they will
+produce code for.
+
+   If you want to _use_ a cross compiler, that generates code for a
+platform different from the build platform, you should specify the
+"host" platform (i.e., that on which the generated programs will
+eventually be run) with '--host=TYPE'.
 
 Sharing Defaults
 ================
 
-   If you want to set default values for `configure' scripts to share,
-you can create a site shell script called `config.site' that gives
-default values for variables like `CC', `cache_file', and `prefix'.
-`configure' looks for `PREFIX/share/config.site' if it exists, then
-`PREFIX/etc/config.site' if it exists.  Or, you can set the
-`CONFIG_SITE' environment variable to the location of the site script.
-A warning: not all `configure' scripts look for a site script.
+   If you want to set default values for 'configure' scripts to share,
+you can create a site shell script called 'config.site' that gives
+default values for variables like 'CC', 'cache_file', and 'prefix'.
+'configure' looks for 'PREFIX/share/config.site' if it exists, then
+'PREFIX/etc/config.site' if it exists.  Or, you can set the
+'CONFIG_SITE' environment variable to the location of the site script.
+A warning: not all 'configure' scripts look for a site script.
 
-Operation Controls
+Defining Variables
 ==================
 
-   `configure' recognizes the following options to control how it
+   Variables not defined in a site shell script can be set in the
+environment passed to 'configure'.  However, some packages may run
+configure again during the build, and the customized values of these
+variables may be lost.  In order to avoid this problem, you should set
+them in the 'configure' command line, using 'VAR=value'.  For example:
+
+     ./configure CC=/usr/local2/bin/gcc
+
+causes the specified 'gcc' to be used as the C compiler (unless it is
+overridden in the site shell script).
+
+Unfortunately, this technique does not work for 'CONFIG_SHELL' due to an
+Autoconf limitation.  Until the limitation is lifted, you can use this
+workaround:
+
+     CONFIG_SHELL=/bin/bash ./configure CONFIG_SHELL=/bin/bash
+
+'configure' Invocation
+======================
+
+   'configure' recognizes the following options to control how it
 operates.
 
-`--cache-file=FILE'
-     Use and save the results of the tests in FILE instead of
-     `./config.cache'.  Set FILE to `/dev/null' to disable caching, for
-     debugging `configure'.
+'--help'
+'-h'
+     Print a summary of all of the options to 'configure', and exit.
 
-`--help'
-     Print a summary of the options to `configure', and exit.
+'--help=short'
+'--help=recursive'
+     Print a summary of the options unique to this package's
+     'configure', and exit.  The 'short' variant lists options used only
+     in the top level, while the 'recursive' variant lists options also
+     present in any nested packages.
 
-`--quiet'
-`--silent'
-`-q'
-     Do not print messages saying which checks are being made.  To
-     suppress all normal output, redirect it to `/dev/null' (any error
-     messages will still be shown).
-
-`--srcdir=DIR'
-     Look for the package's source code in directory DIR.  Usually
-     `configure' can determine that directory automatically.
-
-`--version'
-     Print the version of Autoconf used to generate the `configure'
+'--version'
+'-V'
+     Print the version of Autoconf used to generate the 'configure'
      script, and exit.
 
-`configure' also accepts some other, not widely useful, options.
+'--cache-file=FILE'
+     Enable the cache: use and save the results of the tests in FILE,
+     traditionally 'config.cache'.  FILE defaults to '/dev/null' to
+     disable caching.
+
+'--config-cache'
+'-C'
+     Alias for '--cache-file=config.cache'.
+
+'--quiet'
+'--silent'
+'-q'
+     Do not print messages saying which checks are being made.  To
+     suppress all normal output, redirect it to '/dev/null' (any error
+     messages will still be shown).
+
+'--srcdir=DIR'
+     Look for the package's source code in directory DIR.  Usually
+     'configure' can determine that directory automatically.
+
+'--prefix=DIR'
+     Use DIR as the installation prefix.  *note Installation Names:: for
+     more details, including other options available for fine-tuning the
+     installation locations.
+
+'--no-create'
+'-n'
+     Run the configure checks, but stop before creating any output
+     files.
+
+'configure' also accepts some other, not widely useful, options.  Run
+'configure --help' for more details.

Makefile.am

@@ -2,36 +2,14 @@
 
 AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = gnu
 
-SUBDIRS = m4 intl lib src doc po
+SUBDIRS = src doc systemd
 
-ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS =
+ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I m4 
 
-EXTRA_DIST = system.h COPYING.README depcomp
-
-CVS_CREATED = ABOUT-NLS configure aclocal.m4 config.h.in config.guess \
- config.sub install-sh ltconfig ltmain.sh missing mkinstalldirs \
- stamp-h.in m4/Makefile.am ChangeLog po/Makefile.in.in \
- po/tinc.pot src/.libs intl depcomp
+EXTRA_DIST = COPYING.README README.android
 
 ChangeLog:
-	cvs2cl -U cvsusers --fsf
+	git log > ChangeLog
 
-cvs-clean: maintainer-clean
-	for f in $(CVS_CREATED) `find . -name Makefile.in` tinc-$(VERSION).tar.gz; do\
-	  rm -Rf "$$f"; \
-	done
-
-deb:
-	dpkg-buildpackage -rfakeroot
-
-rpm: dist
-	cp $(distdir).tar.gz /usr/src/redhat/SOURCES/
-	cp redhat/tinc.spec /usr/src/redhat/SOURCES/
-	cd /usr/src/redhat/SOURCES/ && rpm -bb tinc.spec
-
-release:
-	rm -f ChangeLog
-	$(MAKE) ChangeLog
-	echo "Please edit the NEWS file now..."
-	/usr/bin/editor NEWS
-	$(MAKE) dist
+astyle:
+	astyle --options=.astylerc -nQ src/*.[ch] src/*/*.[ch]

NEWS

@@ -1,3 +1,494 @@
+Version 1.0.36               August 26 2019
+
+ * Fix compiling tinc with certain versions of the OpenSSL library.
+ * Fix parsing some IPv6 addresses with :: in them.
+ * Fix GraphDumpFile output to handle node names starting with a digit.
+ * Fix a potential segmentation fault when fragmenting packets.
+
+Thanks to Rosen Penev, Quentin Rameau and Werner Schreiber for their
+contributions to this version of tinc.
+
+Version 1.0.35               October 5 2018
+
+ * Prevent oracle attacks (CVE-2018-16737, CVE-2018-16738).
+ * Prevent a MITM from forcing a NULL cipher for UDP (CVE-2018-16758).
+ * Minor fixes in the documentation.
+
+Thanks to Amine Amri and Rafael Sadowski for their contributions to this
+version of tinc.
+
+Version 1.0.34               June 12 2018
+
+ * Fix a potential segmentation fault when connecting to an IPv6 peer via a
+   proxy.
+ * Minor improvements to the build system.
+ * Make the systemd service file identical to the one from the 1.1 branch.
+ * Fix a potential problem causing IPv4 sockets to not work on macOS.
+
+Thanks to Maximilian Stein and Wang Liu Shuai for their contributions to this
+version of tinc.
+
+Version 1.0.33               November 4 2017
+
+ * Allow compilation from a build directory.
+ * Source code cleanups.
+ * Fix some options specified on the command line not surviving a HUP signal.
+ * Handle tun/tap device returning EPERM or EBUSY.
+ * Disable PMTUDiscovery when TCPOnly is used.
+ * Support the --runstatedir option of the autoconf 2.70.
+
+Thanks to Rafael Sadowski and Pierre-Olivier Mercier for their contributions to
+this version of tinc.
+
+Version 1.0.32               September 2 2017
+
+ * Fix segmentation fault when using Cipher = none.
+ * Fix Proxy = exec.
+ * Support PriorityInheritance for IPv6 packets.
+ * Fixes for Solaris tun/tap support.
+ * Bind outgoing TCP sockets when ListenAddress is used.
+
+Thanks to Vittorio Gambaletta for his contribution to this version of tinc.
+
+Version 1.0.31               January 15 2017
+
+ * Remove ExecStop in tinc@.service.
+
+Thanks to Élie Bouttier for his contribution to this version of tinc.
+
+Version 1.0.30               October 30 2016
+
+ * Fix troubles connecting to some HTTP proxies.
+
+ * Add mitigations for the Sweet32 attack when using a 64-bit block cipher.
+
+ * Use AES256 and SHA256 as the default encryption and digest algorithms.
+
+Version 1.0.29               October 9 2016
+
+ * Fix UDP communication with peers with link-local IPv6 addresses.
+
+ * Ensure compatibility with OpenSSL 1.1.0.
+
+ * Ensure autoreconf can be run without requiring autoconf-archive.
+
+ * Log warnings about dropped packets only at debug level 5.
+
+Version 1.0.28               April 10 2016
+
+ * Fix compilation on BSD platforms.
+
+ * Add systemd service files.
+
+Version 1.0.27               April 10 2016
+
+ * When using Proxy, let the proxy resolve hostnames if tinc can't.
+
+ * Fixes and improvements of the DecrementTTL option.
+
+ * Fixed the $NAME variable in subnet-up/down scripts for the local Subnets.
+
+ * Fixed potentially wrong checksum generation when clamping the MSS.
+
+ * Properly choose between the system's or our own copy of getopt.
+
+ * Fixed compiling tinc for Cygwin with MinGW installed.
+
+ * Added support for OS X utun interfaces.
+
+ * Documentation updates and minor fixes.
+
+Thanks to Vittorio Gambaletta, LunarShaddow, Florian Weik and Nathan Stratton
+Treadway for their contributions to this version of tinc.
+
+Version 1.0.26               July 5 2015
+
+ * Tinc now forces glibc to reload /etc/resolv.conf for every hostname lookup.
+
+ * Fixed --logfile without a filename on Windows.
+
+ * Ensure tinc can be compiled when using musl libc.
+
+Thanks to Jo-Philipp Wich for his contribution to this version of tinc.
+
+Version 1.0.25               December 22 2014
+
+ * Documentation updates.
+
+ * Support linking against -lresolv on Mac OS X.
+
+ * Fix scripts on Windows when using the ScriptsInterpreter option.
+
+ * Allow a minimum reconnect timeout to be specified.
+
+ * Support PriorityInheritance on IPv6 sockets.
+
+Thanks to David Pflug, Baptiste Jonglez, Alexis Hildebrandt, Borg, Jochen Voss,
+Tomislav Čohar and VittGam for their contributions to this version of tinc.
+
+Version 1.0.24               May 11 2014
+
+ * Various compiler hardening flags are enabled by default.
+
+ * Updated support for Solaris, allowing switch mode on Solaris 11.
+
+ * Configuration will now also be read from a conf.d directory.
+
+ * Various updates to the documentation.
+
+ * Tinc now forces glibc to reload /etc/resolv.conf after it receives SIGALRM.
+
+ * Fixed a potential routing loop when IndirectData or TCPOnly is used and
+   broadcast packets are being sent.
+
+ * Improved security with constant time memcmp and stricter use of OpenSSL's
+   RNG functions.
+
+ * Fixed all issues found by Coverity.
+
+Thanks to Florent Clairambault, Vilbrekin, luckyhacky, Armin Fisslthaler, Loïc
+Dachary and Steffan Karger for their contributions to this version of tinc.
+
+Version 1.0.23               October 19 2013
+
+ * Start authentication immediately on outgoing connections (useful for sslh).
+
+ * Fixed segfault when Name = $HOST but $HOST is not set.
+
+ * Updated the build system and the documentation.
+
+ * Clean up child processes left over from Proxy = exec.
+
+Version 1.0.22               August 13 2013
+
+ * Fixed the combination of Mode = router and DeviceType = tap.
+
+ * The $NAME variable is now set in subnet-up/down scripts.
+
+ * Tinc now gives an error when unknown options are given on the command line.
+
+ * Tinc now correctly handles a space between a short command line option and
+   an optional argument.
+
+Thanks to Etienne Dechamps for his contribution to this version of tinc.
+
+Version 1.0.21               April 22 2013
+
+ * Drop packets forwarded via TCP if they are too big (CVE-2013-1428).
+
+Thanks to Martin Schobert for auditing tinc and reporting this vulnerability.
+
+Version 1.0.20               March 03 2013
+
+ * Use /dev/tap0 by default on FreeBSD and NetBSD when using switch mode.
+
+ * Minor improvements and clarifications in the documentation.
+
+ * Allow tinc to be cross-compiled with Android's NDK.
+
+ * The discovered PMTU is now also applied to VLAN tagged traffic.
+
+ * The LocalDiscovery option now makes use of all addresses tinc is bound to.
+
+ * Fixed support for tunemu on iOS devices.
+
+ * The PriorityInheritance option now also works with switch mode.
+
+ * Fixed tinc crashing when using a SOCKS5 proxy.
+
+Thanks to Mesar Hameed, Vilbrekin and Martin Schürrer for their contributions
+to this version of tinc.
+
+Version 1.0.19               June 25 2012
+
+ * Allow :: notation in IPv6 Subnets.
+
+ * Add support for systemd style socket activation.
+
+ * Allow environment variables to be used for the Name option.
+
+ * Add basic support for SOCKS proxies, HTTP proxies, and proxying through an
+   external command.
+
+Thanks to Anthony G. Basile and Michael Tokarev for their contributions to
+this version of tinc.
+
+Version 1.0.18               March 25 2012
+
+ * Fixed IPv6 in switch mode by turning off DecrementTTL by default.
+
+ * Allow a port number to be specified in BindToAddress, which also allows tinc
+   to listen on multiple ports.
+
+ * Add support for multicast communication with UML/QEMU/KVM.
+
+Version 1.0.17               March 10 2012
+
+ * The DeviceType option can now be used to select dummy, raw socket, UML and
+   VDE devices without needing to recompile tinc.
+
+ * Allow multiple BindToAddress statements.
+
+ * Decrement TTL value of IPv4 and IPv6 packets.
+
+ * Add LocalDiscovery option allowing tinc to detect peers that are behind the
+   same NAT.
+
+ * Accept Subnets passed with the -o option when StrictSubnets = yes.
+
+ * Disabling old RSA keys when generating new ones now also works properly on
+   Windows.
+
+Thanks to Nick Hibma for his contribution to this version of tinc.
+
+Version 1.0.16               July 23 2011
+
+ * Fixed a performance issue with TCP communication under Windows.
+
+ * Fixed code that, during network outages, would cause tinc to exit when it
+   thought two nodes with identical Names were on the VPN.
+
+Version 1.0.15               June 24 2011
+
+ * Improved logging to file.
+
+ * Reduced amount of process wakeups on platforms which support pselect().
+
+ * Fixed ProcessPriority option under Windows.
+
+Version 1.0.14               May  8 2011
+
+ * Fixed reading configuration files that do not end with a newline. Again.
+
+ * Allow arbitrary configuration options being specified on the command line.
+
+ * Allow all options in both tinc.conf and the local host config file.
+
+ * Configurable replay window, UDP send and receive buffers for performance tuning.
+
+ * Try harder to get UDP communication back after falling back to TCP.
+
+ * Initial support for attaching tinc to a VDE switch.
+
+ * DragonFly BSD support.
+
+ * Allow linking with OpenSSL 1.0.0.
+
+ Thanks to Brandon Black, Julien Muchembled, Michael Tokarev, Rumko and Timothy
+ Redaelli for their contributions to this version of tinc.
+
+Version 1.0.13               Apr 11 2010
+
+ * Allow building tinc without LZO and/or Zlib.
+
+ * Clamp MSS of TCP packets in both directions.
+
+ * Experimental StrictSubnets, Forwarding and DirectOnly options,
+   giving more control over information and packets received from/sent to other
+   nodes.
+
+ * Ensure tinc never sends symbolic names for ports over the wire.
+
+Version 1.0.12               Feb  3 2010
+
+ * Really allow fast roaming of hosts to other nodes in a switched VPN.
+
+ * Fixes missing or incorrect environment variables when calling host-up/down
+   and subnet-up/down scripts in some cases.
+
+ * Allow port to be specified in Address statements.
+
+ * Clamp MSS of TCP packets to the discovered path MTU.
+
+ * Let two nodes behind NAT learn each others current UDP address and port via
+   a third node, potentially allowing direct communications in a similar way to
+   STUN.
+
+Version 1.0.11               Nov  1 2009
+
+ * Fixed potential crash when the HUP signal is sent.
+
+ * Fixes handling of weighted Subnets in switch and hub modes, preventing
+   unnecessary broadcasts.
+
+ * Works around a MinGW bug that caused packets to Windows nodes to always be
+   sent via TCP.
+
+ * Improvements to the PMTU discovery code, especially on Windows.
+
+ * Use UDP again in certain cases where 1.0.10 was too conservative and fell
+   back to TCP unnecessarily.
+
+ * Allow fast roaming of hosts to other nodes in a switched VPN.
+
+Version 1.0.10               Oct 18 2009
+
+ * Fixed potential crashes during shutdown and (in rare conditions) when other
+   nodes disconnected from the VPN.
+
+ * Improved NAT handling: tinc now copes with mangled port numbers, and will
+   automatically fall back to TCP if direct UDP connection between nodes is not
+   possible. The TCPOnly option should not have to be used anymore.
+
+ * Allow configuration files with CRLF line endings to be read on UNIX.
+
+ * Disable old RSA keys when generating new ones, and raise the default size of
+   new RSA keys to 2048 bits.
+
+ * Many fixes in the path MTU discovery code, especially when Compression is
+   being used.
+
+ * Tinc can now drop privileges and/or chroot itself.
+
+ * The TunnelServer code now just ignores information from clients instead of
+   disconnecting them.
+
+ * Improved performance on Windows by using the new ProcessPriority option and
+   by making the handling of packets received from the TAP-Win32 adapter more
+   efficient.
+
+ * Code cleanups: tinc now follows the C99 standard, copyright headers have
+   been updated to include patch authors, checkpoint tracing and localisation
+   features have been removed.
+
+ * Support for (jailbroken) iPhone and iPod Touch has been added.
+
+ Thanks to Florian Forster, Grzegorz Dymarek and especially Michael Tokarev for
+ their contributions to this version of tinc.
+
+Version 1.0.9                Dec 26 2008
+
+ * Fixed tinc as a service under Windows 2003.
+
+ * Fixed reading configuration files that do not end with a newline.
+
+ * Fixed crashes in situations where hostnames could not be resolved or hosts
+   would disconnect at the same time as session keys were exchanged.
+
+ * Improved default settings of tun and tap devices on BSD platforms.
+
+ * Make IPv6 sockets bind only to IPv6 on Linux.
+
+ * Enable path MTU discovery by default.
+
+ * Fixed a memory leak that occurred when connections were closed.
+
+ Thanks to Max Rijevski for his contributions to this version of tinc.
+
+Version 1.0.8                May 16 2007
+
+ * Fixed some memory and resource leaks.
+
+ * Made network sockets non-blocking under Windows.
+
+ Thanks to Scott Lamb and "dnk" for their contributions to this version of tinc.
+
+Version 1.0.7                Jan  5 2007
+
+ * Fixed a bug that caused slow network speeds on Windows.
+
+ * Fixed a bug that caused tinc unable to write packets to the tun device on
+   OpenBSD.
+
+Version 1.0.6                Dec 18 2006
+
+ * More flexible detection of the LZO libraries when compiling.
+
+ * Fixed a bug where broadcasts in switch and hub modes sometimes would not
+   work anymore when part of the VPN had become disconnected from the rest.
+
+version 1.0.5                Nov 14 2006
+
+ * Lots of small fixes.
+
+ * Broadcast packets no longer grow in size with each hop. This should
+   fix switch mode (again).
+ 
+ * Generic host-up and host-down scripts.
+
+ * Optionally dump graph in graphviz format to a file or a script.
+
+ * Support LZO 2.0 and later.
+
+ Thanks to Scott Lamb for his contributions to this version of tinc.
+
+version 1.0.4                May  4 2005
+
+ * Fix switch and hub modes.
+
+ * Optionally start scripts when a Subnet becomes (un)reachable.
+
+version 1.0.3                Nov 11 2004
+
+* Show error message when failing to write a PID file.
+
+* Ignore spaces at end of lines in config files.
+
+* Fix handling of late packets.
+
+* Unify BSD tun/tap device handling. This allows IPv6 on tun devices and
+  anything on tap devices as long as the underlying OS supports it.
+
+* Handle IPv6 on Solaris tun devices.
+
+* Allow tinc to work properly under Windows XP SP2.
+
+* Allow VLAN tagged Ethernet frames in switch and hub mode.
+
+* Experimental PMTUDiscovery, TunnelServer and BlockingTCP options.
+
+version 1.0.2                Nov  8 2003
+
+* Fix address and hostname resolving under Windows.
+
+* Remove warnings about non-existing scripts and unsupported address families.
+
+* Use the event logger under Windows.
+
+* Fix quoting of filenames and command line arguments under Windows.
+
+* Strict checks for length incoming network packets and return values of
+  cryptographic functions,
+
+* Fix a bug in metadata handling that made the tinc daemon abort.
+
+version 1.0.1                Aug 14 2003
+
+* Allow empty lines in config files.
+
+* Fix handling of spaces and backslashes in filenames under native Windows.
+
+* Allow scripts to be executed under native Windows.
+
+* Update documentation, make it less Linux specific.
+
+version 1.0                  Aug  4 2003
+
+* Lots of small bugfixes and code cleanups.
+
+* Throughput doubled and latency reduced.
+
+* Added support for LZO compression.
+
+* No need to set MAC address or disable ARP anymore.
+
+* Added support for Windows 2000 and XP, both natively and in a Cygwin
+  environment.
+
+version 1.0pre8              Sep 16 2002
+
+* More fixes for subnets with prefixlength undivisible by 8.
+
+* Added support for NetBSD and MacOS/X.
+
+* Switched from undirected graphs to directed graphs to avoid certain race
+  conditions and improve scalability.
+
+* Generalized broadcasting and forwarding of protocol messages.
+
+* Cleanup of source code.
+
+
 version 1.0pre7              Apr  7 2002
 
 * Don't do blocking read()s when getting a signal.

README

@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
-This is the README file for tinc version 1.0pre7. Installation
+This is the README file for tinc version 1.0.36. Installation
 instructions may be found in the INSTALL file.
 
-tinc is Copyright (C) 1998-2002 by:
+tinc is Copyright (C) 1998-2019 by:
 
-Ivo Timmermans <itimmermans@bigfoot.com>,
-Guus Sliepen <guus@sliepen.warande.net>,
+Ivo Timmermans,
+Guus Sliepen <guus@tinc-vpn.org>,
 and others.
 
 For a complete list of authors see the AUTHORS file.
@@ -31,37 +31,58 @@ launch a denial of service attack by replaying intercepted packets. The current
 version adds sequence numbers and message authentication codes to prevent such
 attacks.
 
+On September the 15th of 2003, Peter Gutmann contacted us and showed us a
+writeup describing various security issues in several VPN daemons. He showed
+that tinc lacks perfect forward security, the connection authentication could
+be done more properly, that the sequence number we use as an IV is not the best
+practice and that the default length of the HMAC for packets is too short in
+his opinion. We do not know of a way to exploit these weaknesses, but these
+issues are being addressed in the tinc 1.1 branch.
+
+The Sweet32 attack affects versions of tinc prior to 1.0.30.
+
+On September 6th, 2018, Michael Yonly contacted us and provided
+proof-of-concept code that allowed a remote attacker to create an
+authenticated, one-way connection with a node, and also that there was a
+possibility for a man-in-the-middle to force UDP packets from a node to be sent
+in plaintext. The first issue was trivial to exploit on tinc versions prior to
+1.0.30, but the changes in 1.0.30 to mitigate the Sweet32 attack made this
+weakness much harder to exploit. These issues have been fixed in tinc 1.0.35.
+The new protocol in the tinc 1.1 branch is not susceptible to these issues.
+
 Cryptography is a hard thing to get right. We cannot make any
 guarantees. Time, review and feedback are the only things that can
 prove the security of any cryptographic product. If you wish to review
-tinc or give us feedback, you are stronly encouraged to do so.
+tinc or give us feedback, you are strongly encouraged to do so.
 
 
-Changes to configuration file format since 1.0pre5
---------------------------------------------------
+Compatibility
+-------------
 
-Some configuration variables have different names now. Most notably "TapDevice"
-should be changed into "Device", and "Device" should be changed into
-"BindToDevice".
+Version 1.0.35 is compatible with 1.0pre8, 1.0 and later, but not with older
+versions of tinc. Note that since version 1.0.30, tinc requires all nodes in
+the VPN to be compiled with a version of LibreSSL or OpenSSL that supports the
+AES256 and SHA256 algorithms.
 
 
 Requirements
 ------------
 
-Since 1.0pre3, we use OpenSSL for all cryptographic functions.  So you
-need to install this library first; grab it from
-http://www.openssl.org/.  We recommend version 0.9.5 or better.  If
-this library is not installed on you system, configure will fail.  The
-manual in doc/tinc.texi contains more detailed information on how to
-install this library.
+The OpenSSL library is used for all cryptographic functions. You can find it at
+https://www.openssl.org/. You will need version 1.0.1 or later with support for
+AES256 and SHA256 enabled. If this library is not installed on your system, the
+configure script will fail.  The manual in doc/tinc.texi contains more detailed
+information on how to install this library. Alternatively, you may also use the
+LibreSSL library.
 
-Since 1.0pre6, the zlib library is used for optional compression. You need this
-library whether or not you plan to enable the compression. You can find it at
-http://www.gzip.org/zlib/. Because of a possible exploit in earlier versions we
-recommand that you download version 1.1.4 or later.
+The zlib library is used for optional compression. You can
+find it at https://zlib.net/. Because of a possible exploit in
+earlier versions we recommend that you download version 1.1.4 or later.
 
-In order to compile tinc, you will also need autoconf, automake, GNU make, m4
-and gettext.
+The LZO library is also used for optional compression. You can
+find it at https://www.oberhumer.com/opensource/lzo/.
+
+In order to compile tinc, you will need a C99 compliant compiler.
 
 
 Features
@@ -70,17 +91,7 @@ Features
 This version of tinc supports multiple virtual networks at once. To
 use this feature, you may supply a netname via the -n or --net
 options. The standard locations for the config files will then be
-/etc/tinc/<net>/. Because of this feature, tinc will send packets
-directly to their destinations, instead of to the uplink. If this
-behaviour is undesirable (for instance because of firewalls or other
-restrictions), please use an older version of tinc (I would recommend
-tinc-0.2.19).
-
-In order to force the kernel to accept received packets, the
-destination MAC address will be set to FE:FD:00:00:00:00 upon
-reception. The MAC address of the ethertap or tun/tap interface must
-also be set to this address. See the manual for more detailed
-information.
+/etc/tinc/<net>/.
 
 tincd regenerates its encryption key pairs. It does this on the first
 activity after the keys have expired. This period is adjustable in the
@@ -96,22 +107,27 @@ Since pre5, tinc can operate in several routing modes. The default mode,
 determine the destination of packets. The other two modes, "switch" and "hub",
 allow the tinc daemons to work together like a single network switch or hub.
 This is useful for bridging networks. The latter modes only work properly on
-Linux and FreeBSD.
+Linux, FreeBSD and Windows.
 
 The algorithms used for encryption and generating message authentication codes
 can now be changed in the configuration files. All cipher and digest algorithms
 supported by OpenSSL can be used. Useful ciphers are "blowfish" (default),
-"bf-ofb", "des", "des3", etcetera. Useful digests are "sha1" (default), "md5",
-etcetera.
+"bf-ofb", "des", "des3", et cetera. Useful digests are "sha1" (default), "md5",
+et cetera.
 
 Support for routing IPv6 packets has been added. Just add Subnet lines with
 IPv6 addresses (without using :: abbreviations) and use ifconfig or ip (from
 the iproute package) to give the virtual network interface corresponding IPv6
-addresses. Autoconfiguration will not work in router mode. Tunneling IPv6
-packets only works on Linux, FreeBSD and possibly OpenBSD.
+addresses. tinc does not provide autoconfiguration for IPv6 hosts. Consider
+using radvd or zebra if you need it.
+
+It is also possible to make tunnels to other tinc daemons over IPv6 networks,
+if the operating system supports IPv6.  tinc will automatically use both IPv6
+and IPv4 when available, but this can be changed by adding the option
+"AddressFamily = ipv4" or "AddressFamily = ipv6" to the tinc.conf file.
+
+Normally, when started tinc will detach and run in the background. In a native
+Windows environment this means tinc will install itself as a service, which will
+restart after reboots.  To prevent tinc from detaching or running as a service,
+use the -D option.
 
-It is also possible to make tunnels to other tinc daemons over IPv6 networks.
-In order to enable this feature the option "AddressFamily = any" or
-"AddressFamily = ipv6" must be added to the tinc.conf file. The host
-configuration files should contain IPv6 addresses for the "Address" variables,
-or hostnames which have an AAAA or A6 record.

README.android

@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+Quick how-to cross compile tinc for android (done from $HOME/android/):
+
+- Download android NDK and setup local ARM toolchain:
+wget http://dl.google.com/android/ndk/android-ndk-r9d-linux-x86.tar.bz2
+tar xfj android-ndk-r9d-linux-x86.tar.bz2
+./android-ndk-r9d/build/tools/make-standalone-toolchain.sh --platform=android-5 --install-dir=/tmp/my-android-toolchain
+
+- Download and cross-compile openSSL for ARM:
+wget http://www.openssl.org/source/openssl-1.0.1h.tar.gz
+tar xfz openssl-1.0.1h.tar.gz
+cd openssl-1.0.1h
+./Configure dist
+make CC=/tmp/my-android-toolchain/bin/arm-linux-androideabi-gcc AR="/tmp/my-android-toolchain/bin/arm-linux-androideabi-ar r" RANLIB=/tmp/my-android-toolchain/bin/arm-linux-androideabi-ranlib
+cd -
+
+- Clone and cross-compile tinc:
+git clone git://tinc-vpn.org/tinc
+cd tinc
+autoreconf -fsi
+CC=/tmp/my-android-toolchain/bin/arm-linux-androideabi-gcc ./configure --host=arm-linux --disable-lzo --with-openssl-lib=$HOME/android/openssl-1.0.1g --with-openssl-include=$HOME/android/openssl-1.0.1g/include/ --disable-hardening
+make -j5
+
+- Strip tincd binary to make it smaller
+/tmp/my-android-toolchain/bin/arm-linux-androideabi-strip src/tincd
+

THANKS

@@ -1,25 +1,126 @@
-We would like to thank
+We would like to thank the following people for their contributions to tinc:
 
- * Hans Bayle (for making some useful coding suggestions and fixing a
-   bug or two)
- * Lubomír Bulej (for the Redhat system init script)
- * Wessel Dankers (for the name `tinc' and various suggestions)
- * Mads Kiilerich (for finding some bugs and some errors in the
-   documentation, and for making several suggestions to make it all
-   more userfriendly, and the Redhat package)
- * James MacLean (for fixing several mission critical bugs, and for
-   giving me a few good ideas, and, most of all, for the wonderful
-   testing and debugging)
- * Robert van der Meulen (early configuration code)
- * Cris van Pelt (small fixes)
- * Enrique Zanardi (for the Spanish translation)
- * Matias Carrasco (for the Spanish translation of the manual)
- * Jamie Briggs (for finding a lot of socket leaks)
- * Armijn Hemel (for being our very own PR manager)
- * Jerome Etienne (for a thorough security analysis of tinc)
- * Mark Glines (for his compression patch) 
+* Alexander Reil and Gemeinde Berg
+* Alexander Ried
+* Alexis Hildebrandt
+* Allesandro Gatti
+* Andreas van Cranenburgh
+* Andrew Hahn
+* Anthony G. Basile
+* Armijn Hemel
+* Armin Fisslthaler
+* Aron Cowan
+* Ashish Bajaj
+* Baptiste Jonglez
+* Borg
+* Brandon Black
+* Cheng LI
+* Cris van Pelt
+* Darius Jahandarie
+* Dato Simó
+* David Pflug
+* Delf Eldkraft
+* Dennis Joachimsthaler
+* dnk
+* Егор Палкин
+* Élie Bouttier
+* Enrique Zanardi
+* Erik Tews
+* Etienne Dechamps
+* Florent Clairambault
+* Florian Forster
+* Florian Klink
+* Florian Weik
+* Flynn Marquardt
+* Franz Pletz
+* Gary Kessler and Claudia Gonzalez
+* Grzegorz Dymarek
+* Gusariev Oleksandr
+* Hans Bayle
+* Harvest
+* Ivo van Dong
+* Ivo Smits
+* James Cook
+* James MacLean
+* Jamie Briggs
+* Jan Štembera
+* Jason Harper
+* Jason Livesay
+* Jasper Krijgsman
+* Jelle de Jong
+* Jeroen Domburg
+* Jeroen Ubbink
+* Jerome Etienne
+* Jo-Philipp Wich
+* Jochen Voss
+* Julien Muchembled
+* Lavrans Laading
+* Loïc Dachary
+* Loïc Grenié
+* Lubomír Bulej
+* luckyhacky
+* LunarShaddow
+* Mads Kiilerich
+* Marc A. Lehmann
+* Mark Glines
+* Mark Petryk
+* Markus Goetz
+* Martin Kihlgren
+* Martin Schobert
+* Martin Schürrer
+* Martin Weinelt
+* Matias Carrasco
+* Max Rijevski
+* Menno Smits
+* Mesar Hameed
+* Michael Taylor
+* Michael Tokarev
+* Michael Yonli
+* Miles Nordin
+* Nathan Stratton Treadway
+* Murat Donmez
+* Nick Hibma
+* Nick Patavalis
+* Paul Littlefield
+* Philipp Babel
+* Pierre Emeriaud
+* Pierre-Olivier Mercier
+* Rafael Wolf
+* Rafael Sadowski
+* Rafał Leśniak
+* Rhosyn Celyn
+* Robert van der Meulen
+* Robert Waniek
+* Rumko
+* Ryan Miller
+* Sam Bryan
+* Samuel Thibault
+* Saverio Proto
+* Scott Lamb
+* Steffan Karger
+* Stig Fagrell
+* Sven-Haegar Koch
+* Teemu Kiviniemi
+* Thomas Tsiakalakis
+* Timothy Redaelli
+* Tomasz Fortuna
+* Tomislav Čohar
+* Tommy Arnkværn
+* Tonnerre Lombard
+* Ulrich Seifert
+* Vil Brekin
+* Vincent Laurent
+* Vittorio Gambaletta
+* Wendy Willard
+* Wessel Dankers
+* William A. Kennington III
+* William McArthur
+* Wouter van Heyst
+* xentec
+* 戴 鸣
 
-for their help, support and ideas.  Thank you guys!
+And everyone we forgot (if we did, please let us know). Thank you!
 
-Ivo Timmermans
-Guus Sliepen
+---
+Ivo Timmermans,
+Guus Sliepen.

TODO

@@ -1,5 +0,0 @@
-TODO LIST
-
-1.0:
-
-* A nice, secure and stable release

acconfig.h

@@ -1,77 +0,0 @@
-/* Define to the name name of this package */
-#undef PACKAGE
-
-/* Define to the version of the package */
-#undef VERSION
-
-/* Define to rpl_malloc if the replacement function should be used.  */
-#undef malloc
-
-/* Define to rpl_realloc if the replacement function should be used.  */
-#undef realloc
-
-/* This is always defined.  It enables GNU extensions on systems that
-   have them.  */
-#if !defined(_GNU_SOURCE)
-# undef _GNU_SOURCE
-#endif
-
-#if !defined(__USE_BSD)
-# undef __USE_BSD
-#endif
-
-
-/* Define to 1 if NLS is requested.  */
-#undef ENABLE_NLS
-
-/* Define as 1 if you have catgets and don't want to use GNU gettext.  */
-#undef HAVE_CATGETS
-
-/* Define as 1 if you have gettext and don't want to use GNU gettext.  */
-#undef HAVE_GETTEXT
-
-/* Define if your locale.h file contains LC_MESSAGES.  */
-#undef HAVE_LC_MESSAGES
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the stpcpy function.  */
-#undef HAVE_STPCPY
-
-/* For getopt */
-#if HAVE_STDLIB_H
-# define getopt system_getopt
-# include <stdlib.h>
-# undef getopt
-#endif
-
-/* Linux */
-#undef HAVE_LINUX
-
-/* FreeBSD */
-#undef HAVE_FREEBSD
-
-/* OpenBSD */
-#undef HAVE_OPENBSD
-
-/* Solaris */
-#undef HAVE_SOLARIS
-
-/* NetBSD */
-#undef HAVE_NETBSD
-
-/* Define to the location of the kernel sources */
-#undef CONFIG_TINC_KERNELDIR
-
-/* Define to 1 if tun/tap support is enabled and found */
-#undef HAVE_TUNTAP
-
-/* Define to the location of if_tun.h */
-#undef LINUX_IF_TUN_H
-
-/* Define to 1 if support for jumbograms is enabled */
-#undef ENABLE_JUMBOGRAMS
-
-/* Define to 1 if checkpoint tracing is enabled */
-#undef ENABLE_TRACING
-
-/* Define to enable use of old SSLeay_add_all_algorithms() function */
-#undef HAVE_SSLEAY_ADD_ALL_ALGORITHMS

compile

@@ -0,0 +1,348 @@
+#! /bin/sh
+# Wrapper for compilers which do not understand '-c -o'.
+
+scriptversion=2018-03-07.03; # UTC
+
+# Copyright (C) 1999-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# Written by Tom Tromey <tromey@cygnus.com>.
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+# any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
+# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a
+# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under
+# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
+
+# This file is maintained in Automake, please report
+# bugs to <bug-automake@gnu.org> or send patches to
+# <automake-patches@gnu.org>.
+
+nl='
+'
+
+# We need space, tab and new line, in precisely that order.  Quoting is
+# there to prevent tools from complaining about whitespace usage.
+IFS=" ""	$nl"
+
+file_conv=
+
+# func_file_conv build_file lazy
+# Convert a $build file to $host form and store it in $file
+# Currently only supports Windows hosts. If the determined conversion
+# type is listed in (the comma separated) LAZY, no conversion will
+# take place.
+func_file_conv ()
+{
+  file=$1
+  case $file in
+    / | /[!/]*) # absolute file, and not a UNC file
+      if test -z "$file_conv"; then
+	# lazily determine how to convert abs files
+	case `uname -s` in
+	  MINGW*)
+	    file_conv=mingw
+	    ;;
+	  CYGWIN* | MSYS*)
+	    file_conv=cygwin
+	    ;;
+	  *)
+	    file_conv=wine
+	    ;;
+	esac
+      fi
+      case $file_conv/,$2, in
+	*,$file_conv,*)
+	  ;;
+	mingw/*)
+	  file=`cmd //C echo "$file " | sed -e 's/"\(.*\) " *$/\1/'`
+	  ;;
+	cygwin/* | msys/*)
+	  file=`cygpath -m "$file" || echo "$file"`
+	  ;;
+	wine/*)
+	  file=`winepath -w "$file" || echo "$file"`
+	  ;;
+      esac
+      ;;
+  esac
+}
+
+# func_cl_dashL linkdir
+# Make cl look for libraries in LINKDIR
+func_cl_dashL ()
+{
+  func_file_conv "$1"
+  if test -z "$lib_path"; then
+    lib_path=$file
+  else
+    lib_path="$lib_path;$file"
+  fi
+  linker_opts="$linker_opts -LIBPATH:$file"
+}
+
+# func_cl_dashl library
+# Do a library search-path lookup for cl
+func_cl_dashl ()
+{
+  lib=$1
+  found=no
+  save_IFS=$IFS
+  IFS=';'
+  for dir in $lib_path $LIB
+  do
+    IFS=$save_IFS
+    if $shared && test -f "$dir/$lib.dll.lib"; then
+      found=yes
+      lib=$dir/$lib.dll.lib
+      break
+    fi
+    if test -f "$dir/$lib.lib"; then
+      found=yes
+      lib=$dir/$lib.lib
+      break
+    fi
+    if test -f "$dir/lib$lib.a"; then
+      found=yes
+      lib=$dir/lib$lib.a
+      break
+    fi
+  done
+  IFS=$save_IFS
+
+  if test "$found" != yes; then
+    lib=$lib.lib
+  fi
+}
+
+# func_cl_wrapper cl arg...
+# Adjust compile command to suit cl
+func_cl_wrapper ()
+{
+  # Assume a capable shell
+  lib_path=
+  shared=:
+  linker_opts=
+  for arg
+  do
+    if test -n "$eat"; then
+      eat=
+    else
+      case $1 in
+	-o)
+	  # configure might choose to run compile as 'compile cc -o foo foo.c'.
+	  eat=1
+	  case $2 in
+	    *.o | *.[oO][bB][jJ])
+	      func_file_conv "$2"
+	      set x "$@" -Fo"$file"
+	      shift
+	      ;;
+	    *)
+	      func_file_conv "$2"
+	      set x "$@" -Fe"$file"
+	      shift
+	      ;;
+	  esac
+	  ;;
+	-I)
+	  eat=1
+	  func_file_conv "$2" mingw
+	  set x "$@" -I"$file"
+	  shift
+	  ;;
+	-I*)
+	  func_file_conv "${1#-I}" mingw
+	  set x "$@" -I"$file"
+	  shift
+	  ;;
+	-l)
+	  eat=1
+	  func_cl_dashl "$2"
+	  set x "$@" "$lib"
+	  shift
+	  ;;
+	-l*)
+	  func_cl_dashl "${1#-l}"
+	  set x "$@" "$lib"
+	  shift
+	  ;;
+	-L)
+	  eat=1
+	  func_cl_dashL "$2"
+	  ;;
+	-L*)
+	  func_cl_dashL "${1#-L}"
+	  ;;
+	-static)
+	  shared=false
+	  ;;
+	-Wl,*)
+	  arg=${1#-Wl,}
+	  save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=','
+	  for flag in $arg; do
+	    IFS="$save_ifs"
+	    linker_opts="$linker_opts $flag"
+	  done
+	  IFS="$save_ifs"
+	  ;;
+	-Xlinker)
+	  eat=1
+	  linker_opts="$linker_opts $2"
+	  ;;
+	-*)
+	  set x "$@" "$1"
+	  shift
+	  ;;
+	*.cc | *.CC | *.cxx | *.CXX | *.[cC]++)
+	  func_file_conv "$1"
+	  set x "$@" -Tp"$file"
+	  shift
+	  ;;
+	*.c | *.cpp | *.CPP | *.lib | *.LIB | *.Lib | *.OBJ | *.obj | *.[oO])
+	  func_file_conv "$1" mingw
+	  set x "$@" "$file"
+	  shift
+	  ;;
+	*)
+	  set x "$@" "$1"
+	  shift
+	  ;;
+      esac
+    fi
+    shift
+  done
+  if test -n "$linker_opts"; then
+    linker_opts="-link$linker_opts"
+  fi
+  exec "$@" $linker_opts
+  exit 1
+}
+
+eat=
+
+case $1 in
+  '')
+     echo "$0: No command.  Try '$0 --help' for more information." 1>&2
+     exit 1;
+     ;;
+  -h | --h*)
+    cat <<\EOF
+Usage: compile [--help] [--version] PROGRAM [ARGS]
+
+Wrapper for compilers which do not understand '-c -o'.
+Remove '-o dest.o' from ARGS, run PROGRAM with the remaining
+arguments, and rename the output as expected.
+
+If you are trying to build a whole package this is not the
+right script to run: please start by reading the file 'INSTALL'.
+
+Report bugs to <bug-automake@gnu.org>.
+EOF
+    exit $?
+    ;;
+  -v | --v*)
+    echo "compile $scriptversion"
+    exit $?
+    ;;
+  cl | *[/\\]cl | cl.exe | *[/\\]cl.exe | \
+  icl | *[/\\]icl | icl.exe | *[/\\]icl.exe )
+    func_cl_wrapper "$@"      # Doesn't return...
+    ;;
+esac
+
+ofile=
+cfile=
+
+for arg
+do
+  if test -n "$eat"; then
+    eat=
+  else
+    case $1 in
+      -o)
+	# configure might choose to run compile as 'compile cc -o foo foo.c'.
+	# So we strip '-o arg' only if arg is an object.
+	eat=1
+	case $2 in
+	  *.o | *.obj)
+	    ofile=$2
+	    ;;
+	  *)
+	    set x "$@" -o "$2"
+	    shift
+	    ;;
+	esac
+	;;
+      *.c)
+	cfile=$1
+	set x "$@" "$1"
+	shift
+	;;
+      *)
+	set x "$@" "$1"
+	shift
+	;;
+    esac
+  fi
+  shift
+done
+
+if test -z "$ofile" || test -z "$cfile"; then
+  # If no '-o' option was seen then we might have been invoked from a
+  # pattern rule where we don't need one.  That is ok -- this is a
+  # normal compilation that the losing compiler can handle.  If no
+  # '.c' file was seen then we are probably linking.  That is also
+  # ok.
+  exec "$@"
+fi
+
+# Name of file we expect compiler to create.
+cofile=`echo "$cfile" | sed 's|^.*[\\/]||; s|^[a-zA-Z]:||; s/\.c$/.o/'`
+
+# Create the lock directory.
+# Note: use '[/\\:.-]' here to ensure that we don't use the same name
+# that we are using for the .o file.  Also, base the name on the expected
+# object file name, since that is what matters with a parallel build.
+lockdir=`echo "$cofile" | sed -e 's|[/\\:.-]|_|g'`.d
+while true; do
+  if mkdir "$lockdir" >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+    break
+  fi
+  sleep 1
+done
+# FIXME: race condition here if user kills between mkdir and trap.
+trap "rmdir '$lockdir'; exit 1" 1 2 15
+
+# Run the compile.
+"$@"
+ret=$?
+
+if test -f "$cofile"; then
+  test "$cofile" = "$ofile" || mv "$cofile" "$ofile"
+elif test -f "${cofile}bj"; then
+  test "${cofile}bj" = "$ofile" || mv "${cofile}bj" "$ofile"
+fi
+
+rmdir "$lockdir"
+exit $ret
+
+# Local Variables:
+# mode: shell-script
+# sh-indentation: 2
+# eval: (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
+# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion="
+# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H"
+# time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC0"
+# time-stamp-end: "; # UTC"
+# End:

config.h.in

@@ -1,310 +1,442 @@
-/* config.h.in.  Generated automatically from configure.in by autoheader 2.13.  */
+/* config.h.in.  Generated from configure.ac by autoheader.  */
 
-/* Define if using alloca.c.  */
-#undef C_ALLOCA
+/* Support for jumbograms (packets up to 9000 bytes) */
+#undef ENABLE_JUMBOGRAMS
 
-/* Define to empty if the keyword does not work.  */
-#undef const
+/* Support for tunemu */
+#undef ENABLE_TUNEMU
 
-/* Define to one of _getb67, GETB67, getb67 for Cray-2 and Cray-YMP systems.
-   This function is required for alloca.c support on those systems.  */
-#undef CRAY_STACKSEG_END
+/* Support for UML */
+#undef ENABLE_UML
 
-/* Define if you have alloca, as a function or macro.  */
-#undef HAVE_ALLOCA
+/* Support for VDE */
+#undef ENABLE_VDE
 
-/* Define if you have <alloca.h> and it should be used (not on Ultrix).  */
-#undef HAVE_ALLOCA_H
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <arpa/inet.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_ARPA_INET_H
 
-/* Define if you have a working `mmap' system call.  */
-#undef HAVE_MMAP
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <arpa/nameser.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_ARPA_NAMESER_H
 
-/* Define as __inline if that's what the C compiler calls it.  */
-#undef inline
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `asprintf' function. */
+#undef HAVE_ASPRINTF
 
-/* Define to `long' if <sys/types.h> doesn't define.  */
-#undef off_t
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `BN_GENCB_new' function. */
+#undef HAVE_BN_GENCB_NEW
 
-/* Define to `int' if <sys/types.h> doesn't define.  */
-#undef pid_t
+/* Unknown BSD variant */
+#undef HAVE_BSD
 
-/* Define as the return type of signal handlers (int or void).  */
-#undef RETSIGTYPE
+/* Cygwin */
+#undef HAVE_CYGWIN
 
-/* Define to `unsigned' if <sys/types.h> doesn't define.  */
-#undef size_t
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `daemon' function. */
+#undef HAVE_DAEMON
 
-/* If using the C implementation of alloca, define if you know the
-   direction of stack growth for your system; otherwise it will be
-   automatically deduced at run-time.
- STACK_DIRECTION > 0 => grows toward higher addresses
- STACK_DIRECTION < 0 => grows toward lower addresses
- STACK_DIRECTION = 0 => direction of growth unknown
- */
-#undef STACK_DIRECTION
+/* Darwin (MacOS/X) */
+#undef HAVE_DARWIN
 
-/* Define if you have the ANSI C header files.  */
-#undef STDC_HEADERS
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `EVP_aes_256_cfb', and to 0 if
+   you don't. */
+#undef HAVE_DECL_EVP_AES_256_CFB
 
-/* Define if you can safely include both <sys/time.h> and <time.h>.  */
-#undef TIME_WITH_SYS_TIME
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `freeaddrinfo', and to 0 if you
+   don't. */
+#undef HAVE_DECL_FREEADDRINFO
 
-/* Define if your <sys/time.h> declares struct tm.  */
-#undef TM_IN_SYS_TIME
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `gai_strerror', and to 0 if you
+   don't. */
+#undef HAVE_DECL_GAI_STRERROR
 
-/* Define to rpl_malloc if the replacement function should be used.  */
-#undef malloc
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `getaddrinfo', and to 0 if you
+   don't. */
+#undef HAVE_DECL_GETADDRINFO
 
-/* Define to rpl_realloc if the replacement function should be used.  */
-#undef realloc
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `getnameinfo', and to 0 if you
+   don't. */
+#undef HAVE_DECL_GETNAMEINFO
 
-/* This is always defined.  It enables GNU extensions on systems that
-   have them.  */
-#if !defined(_GNU_SOURCE)
-# undef _GNU_SOURCE
-#endif
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `OpenSSL_add_all_algorithms',
+   and to 0 if you don't. */
+#undef HAVE_DECL_OPENSSL_ADD_ALL_ALGORITHMS
 
-/* Linux */
-#undef HAVE_LINUX
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `res_init', and to 0 if you
+   don't. */
+#undef HAVE_DECL_RES_INIT
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `devname' function. */
+#undef HAVE_DEVNAME
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <dirent.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_DIRENT_H
+
+/* DragonFly */
+#undef HAVE_DRAGONFLY
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `EVP_CIPHER_CTX_new' function. */
+#undef HAVE_EVP_CIPHER_CTX_NEW
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `EVP_EncryptInit_ex' function. */
+#undef HAVE_EVP_ENCRYPTINIT_EX
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `fchmod' function. */
+#undef HAVE_FCHMOD
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `fdevname' function. */
+#undef HAVE_FDEVNAME
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `flock' function. */
+#undef HAVE_FLOCK
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `fork' function. */
+#undef HAVE_FORK
 
 /* FreeBSD */
 #undef HAVE_FREEBSD
 
-/* OpenBSD */
-#undef HAVE_OPENBSD
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <getopt.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_GETOPT_H
 
-/* Solaris */
-#undef HAVE_SOLARIS
+/* getopt_long() */
+#undef HAVE_GETOPT_LONG
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `gettimeofday' function. */
+#undef HAVE_GETTIMEOFDAY
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <inttypes.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_INTTYPES_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `nsl' library (-lnsl). */
+#undef HAVE_LIBNSL
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `resolv' library (-lresolv). */
+#undef HAVE_LIBRESOLV
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `socket' library (-lsocket). */
+#undef HAVE_LIBSOCKET
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <libvdeplug_dyn.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_LIBVDEPLUG_DYN_H
+
+/* Linux */
+#undef HAVE_LINUX
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <linux/if_tun.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_LINUX_IF_TUN_H
+
+/* enable lzo compression support */
+#undef HAVE_LZO
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <lzo1x.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_LZO1X_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <lzo2/lzo1x.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_LZO2_LZO1X_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <lzo/lzo1x.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_LZO_LZO1X_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <memory.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_MEMORY_H
+
+/* MinGW */
+#undef HAVE_MINGW
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `mlockall' function. */
+#undef HAVE_MLOCKALL
 
 /* NetBSD */
 #undef HAVE_NETBSD
 
-/* Define to 1 if tun/tap support is enabled and found */
-#undef HAVE_TUNTAP
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <netdb.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_NETDB_H
 
-/* Define to the location of if_tun.h */
-#undef LINUX_IF_TUN_H
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <netinet/icmp6.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_NETINET_ICMP6_H
 
-/* Define to 1 if support for jumbograms is enabled */
-#undef ENABLE_JUMBOGRAMS
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <netinet/if_ether.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_NETINET_IF_ETHER_H
 
-/* Define to 1 if checkpoint tracing is enabled */
-#undef ENABLE_TRACING
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <netinet/in6.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_NETINET_IN6_H
 
-/* Define to enable use of old SSLeay_add_all_algorithms() function */
-#undef HAVE_SSLEAY_ADD_ALL_ALGORITHMS
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <netinet/in.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_NETINET_IN_H
 
-/* Define if you have the DONE_WORKING_MALLOC_CHECK function.  */
-#undef HAVE_DONE_WORKING_MALLOC_CHECK
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <netinet/in_systm.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_NETINET_IN_SYSTM_H
 
-/* Define if you have the DONE_WORKING_REALLOC_CHECK function.  */
-#undef HAVE_DONE_WORKING_REALLOC_CHECK
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <netinet/ip6.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_NETINET_IP6_H
 
-/* Define if you have the RAND_pseudo_bytes function.  */
-#undef HAVE_RAND_PSEUDO_BYTES
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <netinet/ip.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_NETINET_IP_H
 
-/* Define if you have the __argz_count function.  */
-#undef HAVE___ARGZ_COUNT
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <netinet/ip_icmp.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_NETINET_IP_ICMP_H
 
-/* Define if you have the __argz_next function.  */
-#undef HAVE___ARGZ_NEXT
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <netinet/tcp.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_NETINET_TCP_H
 
-/* Define if you have the __argz_stringify function.  */
-#undef HAVE___ARGZ_STRINGIFY
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <netpacket/packet.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_NETPACKET_PACKET_H
 
-/* Define if you have the asprintf function.  */
-#undef HAVE_ASPRINTF
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <net/ethernet.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_NET_ETHERNET_H
 
-/* Define if you have the daemon function.  */
-#undef HAVE_DAEMON
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <net/if_arp.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_NET_IF_ARP_H
 
-/* Define if you have the dcgettext function.  */
-#undef HAVE_DCGETTEXT
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <net/if.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_NET_IF_H
 
-/* Define if you have the fcloseall function.  */
-#undef HAVE_FCLOSEALL
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <net/if_tap.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_NET_IF_TAP_H
 
-/* Define if you have the feof_unlocked function.  */
-#undef HAVE_FEOF_UNLOCKED
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <net/if_tun.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_NET_IF_TUN_H
 
-/* Define if you have the fgets_unlocked function.  */
-#undef HAVE_FGETS_UNLOCKED
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <net/if_types.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_NET_IF_TYPES_H
 
-/* Define if you have the flock function.  */
-#undef HAVE_FLOCK
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <net/if_utun.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_NET_IF_UTUN_H
 
-/* Define if you have the ftime function.  */
-#undef HAVE_FTIME
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <net/tap/if_tap.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_NET_TAP_IF_TAP_H
 
-/* Define if you have the get_current_dir_name function.  */
-#undef HAVE_GET_CURRENT_DIR_NAME
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <net/tun/if_tun.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_NET_TUN_IF_TUN_H
 
-/* Define if you have the getcwd function.  */
-#undef HAVE_GETCWD
+/* OpenBSD */
+#undef HAVE_OPENBSD
 
-/* Define if you have the getegid function.  */
-#undef HAVE_GETEGID
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <openssl/engine.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_OPENSSL_ENGINE_H
 
-/* Define if you have the geteuid function.  */
-#undef HAVE_GETEUID
-
-/* Define if you have the getgid function.  */
-#undef HAVE_GETGID
-
-/* Define if you have the getpagesize function.  */
-#undef HAVE_GETPAGESIZE
-
-/* Define if you have the getuid function.  */
-#undef HAVE_GETUID
-
-/* Define if you have the mempcpy function.  */
-#undef HAVE_MEMPCPY
-
-/* Define if you have the munmap function.  */
-#undef HAVE_MUNMAP
-
-/* Define if you have the putenv function.  */
-#undef HAVE_PUTENV
-
-/* Define if you have the select function.  */
-#undef HAVE_SELECT
-
-/* Define if you have the setenv function.  */
-#undef HAVE_SETENV
-
-/* Define if you have the setlocale function.  */
-#undef HAVE_SETLOCALE
-
-/* Define if you have the socket function.  */
-#undef HAVE_SOCKET
-
-/* Define if you have the stpcpy function.  */
-#undef HAVE_STPCPY
-
-/* Define if you have the strcasecmp function.  */
-#undef HAVE_STRCASECMP
-
-/* Define if you have the strchr function.  */
-#undef HAVE_STRCHR
-
-/* Define if you have the strdup function.  */
-#undef HAVE_STRDUP
-
-/* Define if you have the strerror function.  */
-#undef HAVE_STRERROR
-
-/* Define if you have the strsignal function.  */
-#undef HAVE_STRSIGNAL
-
-/* Define if you have the strtol function.  */
-#undef HAVE_STRTOL
-
-/* Define if you have the strtoul function.  */
-#undef HAVE_STRTOUL
-
-/* Define if you have the tsearch function.  */
-#undef HAVE_TSEARCH
-
-/* Define if you have the unsetenv function.  */
-#undef HAVE_UNSETENV
-
-/* Define if you have the <argz.h> header file.  */
-#undef HAVE_ARGZ_H
-
-/* Define if you have the <fcntl.h> header file.  */
-#undef HAVE_FCNTL_H
-
-/* Define if you have the <limits.h> header file.  */
-#undef HAVE_LIMITS_H
-
-/* Define if you have the <locale.h> header file.  */
-#undef HAVE_LOCALE_H
-
-/* Define if you have the <malloc.h> header file.  */
-#undef HAVE_MALLOC_H
-
-/* Define if you have the <nl_types.h> header file.  */
-#undef HAVE_NL_TYPES_H
-
-/* Define if you have the <openssl/err.h> header file.  */
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <openssl/err.h> header file. */
 #undef HAVE_OPENSSL_ERR_H
 
-/* Define if you have the <openssl/evp.h> header file.  */
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <openssl/evp.h> header file. */
 #undef HAVE_OPENSSL_EVP_H
 
-/* Define if you have the <openssl/pem.h> header file.  */
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <openssl/pem.h> header file. */
 #undef HAVE_OPENSSL_PEM_H
 
-/* Define if you have the <openssl/rand.h> header file.  */
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <openssl/rand.h> header file. */
 #undef HAVE_OPENSSL_RAND_H
 
-/* Define if you have the <openssl/rsa.h> header file.  */
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <openssl/rsa.h> header file. */
 #undef HAVE_OPENSSL_RSA_H
 
-/* Define if you have the <openssl/sha.h> header file.  */
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <openssl/sha.h> header file. */
 #undef HAVE_OPENSSL_SHA_H
 
-/* Define if you have the <stddef.h> header file.  */
-#undef HAVE_STDDEF_H
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `pselect' function. */
+#undef HAVE_PSELECT
 
-/* Define if you have the <stdlib.h> header file.  */
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `putenv' function. */
+#undef HAVE_PUTENV
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `RAND_bytes' function. */
+#undef HAVE_RAND_BYTES
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <resolv.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_RESOLV_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `RSA_set0_key' function. */
+#undef HAVE_RSA_SET0_KEY
+
+/* Define to 1 if the system has the type `socklen_t'. */
+#undef HAVE_SOCKLEN_T
+
+/* Solaris/SunOS */
+#undef HAVE_SOLARIS
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <stdint.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_STDINT_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <stdlib.h> header file. */
 #undef HAVE_STDLIB_H
 
-/* Define if you have the <string.h> header file.  */
-#undef HAVE_STRING_H
-
-/* Define if you have the <strings.h> header file.  */
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <strings.h> header file. */
 #undef HAVE_STRINGS_H
 
-/* Define if you have the <sys/file.h> header file.  */
-#undef HAVE_SYS_FILE_H
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <string.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_STRING_H
 
-/* Define if you have the <sys/ioctl.h> header file.  */
-#undef HAVE_SYS_IOCTL_H
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `strsignal' function. */
+#undef HAVE_STRSIGNAL
 
-/* Define if you have the <sys/param.h> header file.  */
-#undef HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H
+/* Define to 1 if the system has the type `struct addrinfo'. */
+#undef HAVE_STRUCT_ADDRINFO
 
-/* Define if you have the <sys/time.h> header file.  */
-#undef HAVE_SYS_TIME_H
+/* Define to 1 if the system has the type `struct arphdr'. */
+#undef HAVE_STRUCT_ARPHDR
 
-/* Define if you have the <syslog.h> header file.  */
+/* Define to 1 if the system has the type `struct ether_arp'. */
+#undef HAVE_STRUCT_ETHER_ARP
+
+/* Define to 1 if the system has the type `struct ether_header'. */
+#undef HAVE_STRUCT_ETHER_HEADER
+
+/* Define to 1 if the system has the type `struct icmp'. */
+#undef HAVE_STRUCT_ICMP
+
+/* Define to 1 if the system has the type `struct icmp6_hdr'. */
+#undef HAVE_STRUCT_ICMP6_HDR
+
+/* Define to 1 if the system has the type `struct in6_addr'. */
+#undef HAVE_STRUCT_IN6_ADDR
+
+/* Define to 1 if the system has the type `struct in_addr'. */
+#undef HAVE_STRUCT_IN_ADDR
+
+/* Define to 1 if the system has the type `struct ip'. */
+#undef HAVE_STRUCT_IP
+
+/* Define to 1 if the system has the type `struct ip6_hdr'. */
+#undef HAVE_STRUCT_IP6_HDR
+
+/* Define to 1 if the system has the type `struct nd_neighbor_solicit'. */
+#undef HAVE_STRUCT_ND_NEIGHBOR_SOLICIT
+
+/* Define to 1 if the system has the type `struct nd_opt_hdr'. */
+#undef HAVE_STRUCT_ND_OPT_HDR
+
+/* Define to 1 if the system has the type `struct sockaddr_in6'. */
+#undef HAVE_STRUCT_SOCKADDR_IN6
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <syslog.h> header file. */
 #undef HAVE_SYSLOG_H
 
-/* Define if you have the <unistd.h> header file.  */
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `system' function. */
+#undef HAVE_SYSTEM
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/file.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_SYS_FILE_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/ioctl.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_SYS_IOCTL_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/mman.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_SYS_MMAN_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/param.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/resource.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_SYS_RESOURCE_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/socket.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_SYS_SOCKET_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/stat.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_SYS_STAT_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/time.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_SYS_TIME_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/types.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/uio.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_SYS_UIO_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/wait.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_SYS_WAIT_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <unistd.h> header file. */
 #undef HAVE_UNISTD_H
 
-/* Define if you have the <zlib.h> header file.  */
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `unsetenv' function. */
+#undef HAVE_UNSETENV
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `usleep' function. */
+#undef HAVE_USLEEP
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `vsyslog' function. */
+#undef HAVE_VSYSLOG
+
+/* have zlib compression support */
+#undef HAVE_ZLIB
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <zlib.h> header file. */
 #undef HAVE_ZLIB_H
 
-/* Define if you have the nsl library (-lnsl).  */
-#undef HAVE_LIBNSL
-
-/* Define if you have the socket library (-lsocket).  */
-#undef HAVE_LIBSOCKET
+/* Location of lzo1x.h */
+#undef LZO1X_H
 
 /* Name of package */
 #undef PACKAGE
 
+/* Define to the address where bug reports for this package should be sent. */
+#undef PACKAGE_BUGREPORT
+
+/* Define to the full name of this package. */
+#undef PACKAGE_NAME
+
+/* Define to the full name and version of this package. */
+#undef PACKAGE_STRING
+
+/* Define to the one symbol short name of this package. */
+#undef PACKAGE_TARNAME
+
+/* Define to the home page for this package. */
+#undef PACKAGE_URL
+
+/* Define to the version of this package. */
+#undef PACKAGE_VERSION
+
+/* Define as the return type of signal handlers (`int' or `void'). */
+#undef RETSIGTYPE
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the ANSI C header files. */
+#undef STDC_HEADERS
+
+/* Enable extensions on AIX 3, Interix.  */
+#ifndef _ALL_SOURCE
+# undef _ALL_SOURCE
+#endif
+/* Enable GNU extensions on systems that have them.  */
+#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE
+# undef _GNU_SOURCE
+#endif
+/* Enable threading extensions on Solaris.  */
+#ifndef _POSIX_PTHREAD_SEMANTICS
+# undef _POSIX_PTHREAD_SEMANTICS
+#endif
+/* Enable extensions on HP NonStop.  */
+#ifndef _TANDEM_SOURCE
+# undef _TANDEM_SOURCE
+#endif
+/* Enable general extensions on Solaris.  */
+#ifndef __EXTENSIONS__
+# undef __EXTENSIONS__
+#endif
+
+
 /* Version number of package */
 #undef VERSION
 
-/* Define if you have the iconv() function. */
-#undef HAVE_ICONV
+/* Compile with support for Windows 2000 */
+#undef WITH_WINDOWS2000
 
-/* Define as const if the declaration of iconv() needs const. */
-#undef ICONV_CONST
+/* Define to 1 if on MINIX. */
+#undef _MINIX
 
-/* Define if you have <langinfo.h> and nl_langinfo(CODESET). */
-#undef HAVE_LANGINFO_CODESET
+/* Define to 2 if the system does not provide POSIX.1 features except with
+   this defined. */
+#undef _POSIX_1_SOURCE
 
-/* Define if your <locale.h> file defines LC_MESSAGES. */
-#undef HAVE_LC_MESSAGES
+/* Define to 1 if you need to in order for `stat' and other things to work. */
+#undef _POSIX_SOURCE
 
-/* Define to 1 if translation of program messages to the user's native language
-   is requested. */
-#undef ENABLE_NLS
+/* Enable BSD extensions */
+#undef __USE_BSD
 
-/* Define if the GNU gettext() function is already present or preinstalled. */
-#undef HAVE_GETTEXT
+/* Defined if the __malloc__ attribute is not supported. */
+#undef __malloc__
 
+/* Define to `int' if <sys/types.h> does not define. */
+#undef pid_t

configure.ac

@@ -0,0 +1,247 @@
+dnl Process this file with autoconf to produce a configure script.
+
+AC_PREREQ(2.61)
+AC_INIT([tinc], [1.0.36])
+AC_CONFIG_SRCDIR([src/tincd.c])
+AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE([1.11 check-news std-options subdir-objects nostdinc silent-rules -Wall])
+AC_CONFIG_HEADERS([config.h])
+AC_CONFIG_MACRO_DIR([m4])
+AM_SILENT_RULES([yes])
+
+# Enable GNU extensions.
+# Define this here, not in acconfig's @TOP@ section, since definitions
+# in the latter don't make it into the configure-time tests.
+AC_GNU_SOURCE
+AC_DEFINE([__USE_BSD], 1, [Enable BSD extensions])
+
+dnl Checks for programs.
+AC_PROG_CC_C99
+AC_PROG_CPP
+AC_PROG_INSTALL
+
+AM_PROG_CC_C_O
+
+dnl Check and set OS
+
+AC_CANONICAL_HOST
+
+case $host_os in
+  *linux*)
+    linux=true
+    AC_DEFINE(HAVE_LINUX, 1, [Linux])
+  ;;
+  *freebsd*)
+    bsd=true
+    AC_DEFINE(HAVE_FREEBSD, 1, [FreeBSD])
+  ;;
+  *darwin*)
+    bsd=true
+    AC_DEFINE(HAVE_DARWIN, 1, [Darwin (MacOS/X)])
+  ;;
+  *solaris*)
+    solaris=true
+    AC_DEFINE(HAVE_SOLARIS, 1, [Solaris/SunOS])
+  ;;
+  *openbsd*)
+    bsd=true
+    AC_DEFINE(HAVE_OPENBSD, 1, [OpenBSD])
+  ;;
+  *netbsd*)
+    bsd=true
+    AC_DEFINE(HAVE_NETBSD, 1, [NetBSD])
+  ;;
+  *dragonfly*)
+    bsd=true
+    AC_DEFINE(HAVE_DRAGONFLY, 1, [DragonFly])
+  ;;
+  *bsd*)
+    bsd=true
+    AC_MSG_WARN("Unknown BSD variant, tinc might not compile or work!")
+    AC_DEFINE(HAVE_BSD, 1, [Unknown BSD variant])
+  ;;
+  *cygwin*)
+    cygwin=true
+    AC_DEFINE(HAVE_CYGWIN, 1, [Cygwin])
+  ;;
+  *mingw*)
+    mingw=true
+    AC_DEFINE(HAVE_MINGW, 1, [MinGW])
+    LIBS="$LIBS -lws2_32 -lgdi32 -lcrypt32"
+  ;;
+  *)
+    AC_MSG_ERROR("Unknown operating system.")
+  ;;
+esac
+
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(uml,
+  AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-uml], [enable support for User Mode Linux]),
+  [ AS_IF([test "x$enable_uml" = "xyes"],
+      [ AC_DEFINE(ENABLE_UML, 1, [Support for UML])
+        uml=true
+      ],
+      [uml=false])
+  ],
+  [uml=false]
+)
+
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(vde,
+  AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-vde], [enable support for Virtual Distributed Ethernet]),
+  [ AS_IF([test "x$enable_vde" = "xyes"],
+      [ AC_CHECK_HEADERS(libvdeplug_dyn.h, [], [AC_MSG_ERROR([VDE plug header files not found.]); break])
+        AC_DEFINE(ENABLE_VDE, 1, [Support for VDE])
+        vde=true
+      ],
+      [vde=false])
+  ],
+  [vde=false]
+)
+
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(tunemu,
+  AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-tunemu], [enable support for the tunemu driver]),
+  [ AS_IF([test "x$enable_tunemu" = "xyes"],
+      [ AC_DEFINE(ENABLE_TUNEMU, 1, [Support for tunemu])
+        tunemu=true
+      ],
+      [tunemu=false])
+  ],
+  [tunemu=false]
+)
+
+AC_ARG_WITH(windows2000,
+  AS_HELP_STRING([--with-windows2000], [compile with support for Windows 2000. This disables support for tunneling over existing IPv6 networks.]),
+  [ AS_IF([test "x$with_windows2000" = "xyes"],
+      [AC_DEFINE(WITH_WINDOWS2000, 1, [Compile with support for Windows 2000])])
+  ]
+)
+
+AC_ARG_WITH(systemd,
+  AS_HELP_STRING([--with-systemd@<:@=DIR@:>@], [install systemd service files @<:@to DIR if specified@:>@]),
+  [ systemd=true; systemd_path="$with_systemd" ],
+  [ systemd=false ]
+)
+
+AS_IF([test "x$with_systemd" = "xyes"], [systemd_path="\${libdir}/systemd/system"],
+      [AS_IF([test "x$with_systemd" = "xno"], [systemd=false])])
+
+AC_SUBST(systemd_path, $systemd_path)
+
+AM_CONDITIONAL(LINUX, test "$linux" = true)
+AM_CONDITIONAL(BSD, test "$bsd" = true)
+AM_CONDITIONAL(SOLARIS, test "$solaris" = true)
+AM_CONDITIONAL(MINGW, test "$mingw" = true)
+AM_CONDITIONAL(CYGWIN, test "$cygwin" = true)
+AM_CONDITIONAL(UML, test "$uml" = true)
+AM_CONDITIONAL(VDE, test "$vde" = true)
+AM_CONDITIONAL(TUNEMU, test "$tunemu" = true)
+AM_CONDITIONAL(WITH_SYSTEMD, test "$systemd" = true)
+
+AC_CACHE_SAVE
+
+if test -d /sw/include ; then
+  CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS -I/sw/include"
+fi
+if test -d /sw/lib ; then
+  LIBS="$LIBS -L/sw/lib"
+fi
+
+dnl Compiler hardening flags
+dnl No -fstack-protector-all because it doesn't work on all platforms or architectures.
+
+AX_CFLAGS_WARN_ALL(CFLAGS)
+
+AC_ARG_ENABLE([hardening], AS_HELP_STRING([--disable-hardening], [disable compiler and linker hardening flags]))
+AS_IF([test "x$enable_hardening" != "xno"],
+  [AX_CHECK_COMPILE_FLAG([-DFORTIFY_SOURCE=2], [CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS -DFORTIFY_SOURCE=2"])
+   AX_CHECK_COMPILE_FLAG([-fwrapv], [CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS -fwrapv"],
+   AX_CHECK_COMPILE_FLAG([-fno-strict-overflow], [CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS -fno-strict-overflow"]))
+   case $host_os in
+     *mingw*)
+       AX_CHECK_LINK_FLAG([-Wl,--dynamicbase], [LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -Wl,--dynamicbase"])
+       AX_CHECK_LINK_FLAG([-Wl,--nxcompat], [LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -Wl,--nxcompat"])
+       ;;
+     *)
+       AX_CHECK_COMPILE_FLAG([-fPIE], [CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS -fPIE"])
+       AX_CHECK_LINK_FLAG([-pie], [LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -pie"])
+       ;;
+   esac
+   AX_CHECK_LINK_FLAG([-Wl,-z,relro], [LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -Wl,-z,relro"])
+   AX_CHECK_LINK_FLAG([-Wl,-z,now], [LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -Wl,-z,now"])
+  ]
+);
+
+dnl Checks for libraries.
+
+dnl Checks for header files.
+dnl We do this in multiple stages, because unlike Linux all the other operating systems really suck and don't include their own dependencies.
+
+AC_CHECK_HEADERS([syslog.h sys/file.h sys/ioctl.h sys/mman.h sys/param.h sys/resource.h sys/socket.h sys/time.h sys/uio.h sys/wait.h netdb.h arpa/inet.h arpa/nameser.h dirent.h getopt.h])
+AC_CHECK_HEADERS([net/if.h net/if_types.h linux/if_tun.h net/if_tun.h net/if_utun.h net/tun/if_tun.h net/if_tap.h net/tap/if_tap.h net/ethernet.h net/if_arp.h netinet/in_systm.h netinet/in.h netinet/in6.h netpacket/packet.h],
+  [], [], [#include "$srcdir/src/have.h"]
+)
+AC_CHECK_HEADERS([netinet/if_ether.h netinet/ip.h netinet/ip6.h resolv.h],
+  [], [], [#include "$srcdir/src/have.h"]
+)
+AC_CHECK_HEADERS([netinet/tcp.h netinet/ip_icmp.h netinet/icmp6.h],
+  [], [], [#include "$srcdir/src/have.h"]
+)
+
+dnl Checks for typedefs, structures, and compiler characteristics.
+AC_TYPE_PID_T
+
+tinc_ATTRIBUTE(__malloc__)
+
+AC_CHECK_TYPES([socklen_t, struct ether_header, struct arphdr, struct ether_arp, struct in_addr, struct addrinfo, struct ip, struct icmp, struct in6_addr, struct sockaddr_in6, struct ip6_hdr, struct icmp6_hdr, struct nd_neighbor_solicit, struct nd_opt_hdr], , ,
+  [#include "$srcdir/src/have.h"]
+)
+
+dnl Checks for library functions.
+AC_TYPE_SIGNAL
+AC_CHECK_FUNCS([asprintf daemon fchmod flock fork gettimeofday mlockall pselect putenv strsignal system unsetenv usleep vsyslog devname fdevname],
+  [], [], [#include "$srcdir/src/have.h"]
+)
+
+AC_CHECK_FUNC(getopt_long, [getopt=true; AC_DEFINE(HAVE_GETOPT_LONG, 1, [getopt_long()])], [getopt=false])
+AM_CONDITIONAL(GETOPT, test "$getopt" = true)
+
+dnl Support for SunOS
+
+AC_CHECK_FUNC(socket, [], [
+  AC_CHECK_LIB(socket, connect)
+])
+AC_CHECK_FUNC(gethostbyname, [], [
+  AC_CHECK_LIB(nsl, gethostbyname)
+])
+
+AC_CHECK_DECLS([freeaddrinfo, gai_strerror, getaddrinfo, getnameinfo],
+  [], [], [#include "$srcdir/src/have.h"]
+)
+
+AC_CHECK_DECLS([res_init], [AC_CHECK_LIB(resolv, res_init)], [], [
+  #include <netinet/in.h>
+  #include <resolv.h>
+])
+
+AC_CACHE_SAVE
+
+dnl These are defined in files in m4/
+
+tinc_ZLIB
+tinc_LZO
+tinc_OPENSSL
+
+dnl Check if support for jumbograms is requested
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(jumbograms,
+  AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-jumbograms], [enable support for jumbograms (packets up to 9000 bytes)]),
+  [ AS_IF([test "x$enable_jumbograms" = "xyes"],
+      [ AC_DEFINE(ENABLE_JUMBOGRAMS, 1, [Support for jumbograms (packets up to 9000 bytes)]) ])
+  ]
+)
+
+dnl Ensure runstatedir is set if we are using a version of autoconf that does not support it
+if test "x$runstatedir" = "x"; then
+  AC_SUBST([runstatedir], ['${localstatedir}/run'])
+fi
+
+AC_CONFIG_FILES([Makefile src/Makefile doc/Makefile systemd/Makefile])
+
+AC_OUTPUT

configure.in

@@ -1,125 +0,0 @@
-dnl Process this file with autoconf to produce a configure script.
-
-dnl $Id: configure.in,v 1.13.2.43.2.1 2002/04/09 11:51:16 guus Exp $
-
-AC_INIT(src/tincd.c)
-AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE(tinc, 1.0pre7)
-AM_CONFIG_HEADER(config.h)
-
-dnl Include the macros from the m4/ directory
-AM_ACLOCAL_INCLUDE(m4)
-
-# Enable GNU extensions.
-# Define this here, not in acconfig's @TOP@ section, since definitions
-# in the latter don't make it into the configure-time tests.
-AC_DEFINE([_GNU_SOURCE], [__USE_BSD])
-
-ALL_LINGUAS="nl"
-
-dnl Checks for programs.
-AC_PROG_CC
-AC_PROG_CPP
-AC_PROG_GCC_TRADITIONAL
-AC_PROG_AWK
-AC_PROG_INSTALL
-AC_PROG_LN_S
-AC_PROG_MAKE_SET
-jm_PERL
-
-
-AC_ISC_POSIX
-
-dnl Check and set OS
-
-AC_CANONICAL_HOST
-
-case $host_os in
-  *linux*)
-    AC_DEFINE(HAVE_LINUX)
-    [ rm -f src/device.c; ln -sf linux/device.c src/device.c ]
-  ;;
-  *freebsd*)
-    AC_DEFINE(HAVE_FREEBSD)
-    [ rm -f src/device.c; ln -sf freebsd/device.c src/device.c ]
-  ;;
-  *solaris*)
-    AC_DEFINE(HAVE_SOLARIS)
-    [ rm -f src/device.c; ln -sf solaris/device.c src/device.c ]
-  ;;
-  *openbsd*)
-    AC_DEFINE(HAVE_OPENBSD)
-    [ rm -f src/device.c; ln -sf openbsd/device.c src/device.c ]
-  ;;
-  *netbsd*)
-    AC_DEFINE(HAVE_NETBSD)
-    [ rm -f src/device.c; ln -sf netbsd/device.c src/device.c ]
-  ;;
-esac
-
-AC_CACHE_SAVE
-
-dnl Checks for libraries.
-
-dnl Checks for header files.
-AC_HEADER_STDC
-AC_CHECK_HEADERS([fcntl.h limits.h sys/ioctl.h syslog.h unistd.h \
-sys/time.h malloc.h strings.h sys/file.h])
-
-dnl Checks for typedefs, structures, and compiler characteristics.
-AC_C_CONST
-AC_TYPE_PID_T
-AC_TYPE_SIZE_T
-AC_HEADER_TIME
-AC_STRUCT_TM
-
-dnl Checks for library functions.
-AC_FUNC_MEMCMP
-AC_FUNC_ALLOCA
-AC_TYPE_SIGNAL
-AC_CHECK_FUNCS([ftime socket select strtol strerror flock unsetenv \
-asprintf putenv strdup fcloseall daemon strsignal get_current_dir_name])
-jm_FUNC_MALLOC
-jm_FUNC_REALLOC
-
-AM_GNU_GETTEXT
-
-
-dnl Support for SunOS
-
-AC_CHECK_FUNC(socket, [], [
-  AC_CHECK_LIB(socket, connect)
-])
-AC_CHECK_FUNC(gethostbyname, [], [
-  AC_CHECK_LIB(nsl, gethostbyname)
-])
-
-AC_CACHE_SAVE
-
-dnl These are defined in files in m4/
-tinc_TUNTAP
-tinc_OPENSSL
-tinc_ZLIB
-
-dnl Check if support for jumbograms is requested 
-AC_ARG_ENABLE(jumbograms,
-  [  --enable-jumbograms     enable support for jumbograms (packets up to 9000 bytes)],
-  [ AC_DEFINE(ENABLE_JUMBOGRAMS) ]
-)
-
-dnl Check if checkpoint tracing has to be enabled
-AC_ARG_ENABLE(tracing,
-  [  --enable-tracing        enable checkpoint tracing (debugging only)],
-  [ AC_DEFINE(ENABLE_TRACING) ]
-)
-
-AC_SUBST(INCLUDES)
-
-AC_OUTPUT(Makefile
-src/Makefile
-doc/Makefile
-doc/es/Makefile
-intl/Makefile
-lib/Makefile
-m4/Makefile
-po/Makefile.in
-)

debian/NEWS

@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+tinc (1.0.27-1) unstable; urgency=medium
+
+  This package now provides native systemd service files, allowing multiple
+  instances of tinc to be managed. Existing networks listed in
+  /etc/tinc/nets.boot will be converted to service instances once during this
+  upgrade. Afterwards, you can enable and disable networks using:
+  
+    systemctl enable tinc@<netname>
+    systemctl disable tinc@<netname>
+  
+  If you do not have systemd installed, the SysV init script will continue to
+  work as usual. For more information, see README.Debian.
+
+ -- Guus Sliepen <guus@debian.org>  Sun, 10 Apr 2016 01:33:55 +0200

debian/README.Debian

@@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
+tinc for Debian
+---------------
+
+The manual for tinc is also available as info pages, type `info tinc'
+to read it.
+
+There are several ways in which tinc may be automatically started at boot:
+
+Systemd
+-------
+
+Since 1.0.27-1, the tinc package comes with native systemd service files.
+To enable and start a net, call:
+
+systemctl enable tinc@<netname>
+systemctl start tinc@<netname>
+
+This will cause a tincd to be started which uses the configuration from
+/etc/tinc/<netname>, and also makes sure that it will be started next time your
+system boots.
+
+Apart from controlling individual instances, you can also start/stop/reload all
+enabled instances simultaneously by omitting @<netname>, for example:
+
+systemctl reload tinc
+
+Note that when you have systemd installed on your system, the file
+/etc/tinc/nets.boot will not be used anymore to automatically start tinc
+daemons. If the variable EXTRA is defined in /etc/default/tinc, it will be
+passed on to tinc. The variable LIMITS is however not used.
+
+The service files that come with this package start tinc unconditionally.
+However, tinc does support socket activation. If you wish to write a socket
+unit for tinc, use the ListenStream option to specify on which port(s) and
+address(es) tinc should listen.
+
+SysVinit
+--------
+
+The system startup script for tinc, /etc/init.d/tinc, uses the file
+/etc/tinc/nets.boot to find out which networks have to be started. Use one
+netname per line. Lines starting with a # are ignored.
+
+/etc/network/interfaces
+-----------------------
+
+You can create a stanza in /etc/network/interfaces, and add a line with
+"tinc-net <netname>". This will cause a tincd to be started which uses the
+configuration from /etc/tinc/<netname>. You can use an inet static (with
+address and netmask options) or inet dhcp stanza, in which case the ifup will
+configure the VPN interface and you do not need to have a tinc-up script.
+
+The following options are also recognized and map directly to the corresponding
+command line options for tincd:
+
+tinc-config <directory>
+tinc-debug <level>
+tinc-mlock yes
+tinc-logfile <filename>
+tinc-pidfile <filename>
+tinc-chroot yes
+tinc-user <username>
+
+An example stanza:
+
+iface vpn inet static
+	address 192.168.2.42
+	netmask 255.255.0.0
+	tinc-net myvpn
+	tinc-debug 1
+	tinc-mlock yes
+	tinc-user nobody
+	tinc-pidfile /tmp/tinc.pid
+
+This will start a tinc daemon that reads its configuration from
+/etc/tinc/myvpn, logs at debug level 1, locks itself in RAM, runs as user
+nobody, and creates a network interface called "vpn". Ifup then sets the
+address and netmask on that interface.
+
+ -- Guus Sliepen <guus@debian.org>, Sun, 10 April 2016, 01:38:08 +0200

debian/changelog

@@ -0,0 +1,685 @@
+tinc (1.0.36-2) unstable; urgency=medium
+
+  * Disable support for libvdeplug. Closes: #973233
+
+ -- Guus Sliepen <guus@debian.org>  Sun, 22 Nov 2020 10:40:27 +0100
+
+tinc (1.0.36-1) unstable; urgency=medium
+
+  * New upstream version 1.0.36
+  * Add Vcs tags to debian/control.
+  * Bump Standards-Version.
+
+ -- Guus Sliepen <guus@debian.org>  Mon, 26 Aug 2019 14:17:21 +0200
+
+tinc (1.0.35-2) unstable; urgency=medium
+
+  * Bump Standards-Version and Build-Depend on debhelper-compat (= 12).
+  * Remove calls to dh_installinit and dh_systemd_start from debian/rules,
+    compat level 12 does the right thing by default.
+  * Ensure we clean up doc/tinc.info.
+
+ -- Guus Sliepen <guus@debian.org>  Mon, 28 Jan 2019 21:54:45 +0100
+
+tinc (1.0.35-1) unstable; urgency=medium
+
+  * New upstream release.
+    - Includes fixes for CVE-2018-16737, CVE-2018-16738, CVE-2018-16758.
+
+ -- Guus Sliepen <guus@debian.org>  Mon, 08 Oct 2018 16:09:06 +0200
+
+tinc (1.0.34-1) unstable; urgency=medium
+
+  [ Guus Sliepen ]
+  * New upstream release.
+    - Fixes a potential segmentation fault when connecting to an IPv6
+      peer via a proxy. Closes: #887401
+  * Add support for the $EXTRA variable in /etc/default/tinc when using
+    systemd. Closes: #887116
+
+  [ Benda Xu ]
+  * Prevent possible incorrect IPv6 checksums due to function inlining.
+    Closes: #891400
+
+ -- Guus Sliepen <guus@debian.org>  Tue, 12 Jun 2018 23:00:49 +0200
+
+tinc (1.0.33-1) unstable; urgency=medium
+
+  * New upstream release.
+  * Test for /etc/default/tinc before trying to source it. Closes: #777262
+  * Use --runstatedir=/run.
+
+ -- Guus Sliepen <guus@debian.org>  Sat, 04 Nov 2017 16:22:06 +0100
+
+tinc (1.0.32-1) unstable; urgency=medium
+
+  * New upstream release.
+  * Add a note to new nets.boot files that it is not used with systemd.
+    Closes: #841052
+  * In the post-down script, read the pid file only once. Closes: #832784
+  * Explicitly use /bin/sleep from coreutils. Closes: #772379
+  * Bump Standards-Version.
+
+ -- Guus Sliepen <guus@debian.org>  Tue, 05 Sep 2017 20:23:36 +0200
+
+tinc (1.0.31-1) unstable; urgency=medium
+
+  * New upstream release.
+  * Bump Standards-Version.
+  * Bump debian/compat.
+  * Add missing Depends: lsb-base.
+
+ -- Guus Sliepen <guus@debian.org>  Sun, 15 Jan 2017 16:20:40 +0100
+
+tinc (1.0.29-2) unstable; urgency=medium
+
+  * Rebuild with libssl-dev from unstable.
+
+ -- Guus Sliepen <guus@debian.org>  Thu, 27 Oct 2016 13:09:46 +0200
+
+tinc (1.0.29-1) unstable; urgency=medium
+
+  * New upstream release.
+  * Bump debian/compat.
+
+ -- Guus Sliepen <guus@debian.org>  Mon, 10 Oct 2016 22:30:25 +0200
+
+tinc (1.0.28-1) unstable; urgency=medium
+
+  * New upstream release.
+    - Fixes FTBFS on kfreebsd.
+  * Systemd service files are now provided by upstream.
+
+ -- Guus Sliepen <guus@debian.org>  Sun, 10 Apr 2016 15:44:28 +0200
+
+tinc (1.0.27-2) unstable; urgency=medium
+
+  * Fix tinc@.service.
+
+ -- Guus Sliepen <guus@debian.org>  Sun, 10 Apr 2016 12:45:33 +0200
+
+tinc (1.0.27-1) unstable; urgency=medium
+
+  * New upstream release.
+  * Bump Standards-Version.
+  * Add native systemd unit files.
+  * Automatically convert networks listed in nets.boot to systemd service
+    instances on upgrade.
+
+ -- Guus Sliepen <guus@debian.org>  Sun, 10 Apr 2016 01:39:16 +0200
+
+tinc (1.0.26-1) unstable; urgency=medium
+
+  * New upstream release.
+  * Use the contents, not the presence, of the pidfile to check that tincd is
+    shut down properly. Closes: #774682
+  * Bump Standards-Version.
+
+ -- Guus Sliepen <guus@debian.org>  Sun, 05 Jul 2015 17:23:08 +0200
+
+tinc (1.0.24-2) unstable; urgency=medium
+
+  * Improve the init script: stopping tinc now waits for the process to
+    terminate. If that doesn't happen in 5 seconds, it will send the TERM
+    signal again (which helps if tinc is waiting for a script to finish
+    executing). It now also detects whether the process mentioned in the PID
+    file is actually running, and if not it will exit early and without
+    warnings. Closes: #748107
+
+ -- Guus Sliepen <guus@debian.org>  Wed, 14 May 2014 21:44:16 +0200
+
+tinc (1.0.24-1) unstable; urgency=medium
+
+  [ Guus Sliepen ]
+  * New upstream release
+  * Add a debian/watch file.
+  * Bump Standards-Version.
+
+  [ Gian Piero Carrubba ]
+  * Allow resource limits to be set in /etc/default/tinc.
+    Closes: #690685, #704702
+
+ -- Guus Sliepen <guus@debian.org>  Sun, 11 May 2014 21:17:13 +0200
+
+tinc (1.0.23-2) unstable; urgency=low
+
+  * Use if-statements instead of && in shell scripts. Closes: #731279
+    The && operator does not clear the error status, and if the next statement
+    in a shell script does not change the error status it would cause the
+    script to prematurely exit. Thanks to Peter Reinholdtsen for spotting it.
+  * Use absolute path to tincd in the if-post-down script.
+
+ -- Guus Sliepen <guus@debian.org>  Thu, 05 Dec 2013 09:41:13 +0000
+
+tinc (1.0.23-1) unstable; urgency=low
+
+  * New upstream release.
+
+ -- Guus Sliepen <guus@debian.org>  Sat, 19 Oct 2013 21:06:05 +0200
+
+tinc (1.0.22-1) unstable; urgency=low
+
+  * New upstream release.
+    - Handles whitespace between command line flags and optional arguments.
+      Closes: #710267
+  * Bump Standards-Version.
+  * Source /lib/lsb/init-functions in the init.d script.
+  * Don't use texi2html anymore, use automake's install-html target which uses
+    makeinfo.
+
+ -- Guus Sliepen <guus@debian.org>  Wed, 14 Aug 2013 15:34:29 +0200
+
+tinc (1.0.21-1) unstable; urgency=low
+
+  * New upstream release.
+    - Includes fix for CVE-2013-1428.
+
+ -- Guus Sliepen <guus@debian.org>  Sun, 05 May 2013 10:42:33 +0200
+
+tinc (1.0.19-3) unstable; urgency=high
+
+  * Drop packets forwarded via TCP if they are too big (CVE-2013-1428).
+
+ -- Guus Sliepen <guus@debian.org>  Fri, 12 Apr 2013 22:52:10 +0200
+
+tinc (1.0.19-2) unstable; urgency=low
+
+  * Fix behaviour of tinc-pidfile. Closes: #679130
+  * Enable parallel building in debian/rules.
+
+ -- Guus Sliepen <guus@debian.org>  Tue, 26 Jun 2012 18:28:34 +0200
+
+tinc (1.0.19-1) unstable; urgency=low
+
+  * New upstream release.
+  * Bump debian/compat so tinc gets built with hardening flags.
+  * Allow tinc-pidfile in /etc/network/interfaces.
+
+ -- Guus Sliepen <guus@debian.org>  Mon, 25 Jun 2012 20:29:22 +0200
+
+tinc (1.0.18-1) unstable; urgency=low
+
+  * New upstream release.
+
+ -- Guus Sliepen <guus@debian.org>  Sun, 25 Mar 2012 18:52:15 +0200
+
+tinc (1.0.17-1) unstable; urgency=low
+
+  * New upstream release.
+  * Enable support for UML and VDE.
+
+ -- Guus Sliepen <guus@debian.org>  Sat, 10 Mar 2012 14:50:00 +0100
+
+tinc (1.0.16-1) unstable; urgency=low
+
+  * New upstream release.
+  * Mention alarm option in /etc/init.d/tinc's usage information.
+    Closes: #631761
+
+ -- Guus Sliepen <guus@debian.org>  Sat, 23 Jul 2011 14:37:56 +0200
+
+tinc (1.0.15-1) unstable; urgency=low
+
+  * New upstream release.
+  * Send SIGALRM to running tinc daemons whenever an interface is brought up
+    with the ifupdown framework. Based on a patch from Joachim Breitner.
+    Closes: #629880
+  * Allow tinc daemons to be started using ifupdown.
+
+ -- Guus Sliepen <guus@debian.org>  Fri, 24 Jun 2011 18:21:51 +0200
+
+tinc (1.0.14-1) unstable; urgency=low
+
+  * New upstream release.
+  * Bump Standards-Version.
+
+ -- Guus Sliepen <guus@debian.org>  Mon, 09 May 2011 00:25:37 +0200
+
+tinc (1.0.13-1) unstable; urgency=low
+
+  * New upstream release.
+
+ -- Guus Sliepen <guus@debian.org>  Tue, 13 Apr 2010 12:06:36 +0200
+
+tinc (1.0.12-2) unstable; urgency=low
+
+  * Remove debconf questions. Closes: #572116
+    Apparently debconf may not be used to ask a question at install time and
+    use the answer at upgrade time. Instead of kludging around this
+    restriction, no questions are asked anymore, and tinc will now always be
+    restarted when upgrading.
+  * Wait up to 5 seconds for tinc daemon to stop before restarting it.
+
+ -- Guus Sliepen <guus@debian.org>  Tue, 02 Mar 2010 14:01:36 +0100
+
+tinc (1.0.12-1) unstable; urgency=low
+
+  * New upstream release.
+  * Bump Standards-Version.
+  * Migrate from CDBS to debhelper.
+  * Convert source package to 3.0 (quilt) format.
+  * Remove useless tinc.modules.
+  * Use init.d script from Michael Tokarev, allowing per-network arguments to
+    tincd.
+  * Remove update-rc.d calls from postinst and postrm.
+  * Let the init.d script depend on $remote_fs.
+
+ -- Guus Sliepen <guus@debian.org>  Thu, 04 Feb 2010 00:56:45 +0100
+
+tinc (1.0.11-1) unstable; urgency=low
+
+  * New upstream release.
+  * Cope with texi2html arbitrarily changing its output directory.
+    Closes: #552927
+  * Do not stop tinc when configuring a new version, just restart after
+    the upgrade.
+
+ -- Guus Sliepen <guus@debian.org>  Sun, 01 Nov 2009 20:37:16 +0100
+
+tinc (1.0.10-1) unstable; urgency=low
+
+  * New upstream release.
+  * Include Russian debconf translation. Closes: #548759
+
+ -- Guus Sliepen <guus@debian.org>  Sun, 18 Oct 2009 16:31:49 +0200
+
+tinc (1.0.9-1) unstable; urgency=low
+
+  * New upstream release.
+    - Binds IPv6 sockets only to IPv6. Closes: #440150
+  * Update copyright file. Closes: #482566
+
+ -- Guus Sliepen <guus@debian.org>  Fri, 26 Dec 2008 13:25:05 +0100
+
+tinc (1.0.8-2) unstable; urgency=low
+
+  * Include Portugese debconf translation. Closes: #434191
+
+ -- Guus Sliepen <guus@debian.org>  Tue, 14 Aug 2007 13:50:27 +0200
+
+tinc (1.0.8-1) unstable; urgency=low
+
+  * New upstream release. Closes: #173987
+  * Include german debconf translation. Closes: #412351
+  * Build-Depend on texinfo. Closes: #424209
+
+ -- Guus Sliepen <guus@debian.org>  Wed, 16 May 2007 17:59:16 +0200
+
+tinc (1.0.7-1) unstable; urgency=low
+
+  * New upstream release.
+
+ -- Guus Sliepen <guus@debian.org>  Fri,  5 Jan 2007 15:55:42 +0100
+
+tinc (1.0.6-1) unstable; urgency=low
+
+  * New upstream release.
+
+ -- Guus Sliepen <guus@debian.org>  Mon, 18 Dec 2006 15:41:03 +0100
+
+tinc (1.0.5-1) unstable; urgency=low
+
+  * New upstream release. Closes: #391610
+  * Add an LSB section to the init script.
+
+ -- Guus Sliepen <guus@debian.org>  Tue, 14 Nov 2006 16:32:20 +0100
+
+tinc (1.0.4-4) unstable; urgency=low
+
+  * Include swedish debconf translation. Closes: #332963
+  * Remove nets.boot on purge. Closes: #333303
+
+ -- Guus Sliepen <guus@debian.org>  Mon, 17 Oct 2005 12:34:32 +0200
+
+tinc (1.0.4-3) unstable; urgency=low
+
+  * Depend on debconf | debconf-2.0.
+  * Include vietnamese debconf translation. Closes: #322305
+  * Include japanese debconf translation. Closes: #319591
+
+ -- Guus Sliepen <guus@debian.org>  Thu, 29 Sep 2005 11:15:34 +0200
+
+tinc (1.0.4-2) unstable; urgency=low
+
+  * Compensate for change in texinfo's output directory. Closes: #318562
+  * Include Czech translation of the debconf questions. Closes: #312982
+
+ -- Guus Sliepen <guus@debian.org>  Sat, 16 Jul 2005 11:42:04 +0200
+
+tinc (1.0.4-1) unstable; urgency=low
+
+  * New upstream release. Closes: #294819
+  * Update french translation of debconf template. Closes: #293371, #296148
+  * Allow dashes in nets.boot. Closes: #296281
+
+ -- Guus Sliepen <guus@debian.org>  Wed,  4 May 2005 21:56:22 +0200
+
+tinc (1.0.3-4) unstable; urgency=low
+
+  * Call debconf early in postinst so it won't get confused by output
+    from other commands in the postinst script. Closes: #292920
+  * If MAKEDEV doesn't know about net/tun, fall back to tun.
+
+ -- Guus Sliepen <guus@debian.org>  Mon, 31 Jan 2005 13:27:16 +0100
+
+tinc (1.0.3-3) unstable; urgency=low
+
+  * Fix clean rule in debian/rules.
+
+ -- Guus Sliepen <guus@debian.org>  Thu, 27 Jan 2005 23:16:59 +0000
+
+tinc (1.0.3-2) unstable; urgency=low
+
+  * Don't check for /dev/tap* in postinst if we don't create them anyway.
+  * MAKEDEV expects net/tun instead of tun.
+  * Don't ask if /dev/net/tun should be created, just do it.
+    Closes: #259489, #292450
+  * Move $EXTRA from init.d/tinc to /etc/default/tinc. Closes: #281366
+
+ -- Guus Sliepen <guus@debian.org>  Thu, 27 Jan 2005 14:10:02 +0100
+
+tinc (1.0.3-1) unstable; urgency=low
+
+  * New upstream release.
+  * Adopting the package from Ivo.
+  * Use invoke-rc.d, and tell user to do so as well. Closes: #223276
+  * Let force-reload do the same thing as reload. Closes: #230180
+
+ -- Guus Sliepen <guus@debian.org>  Fri,  1 Oct 2004 21:04:14 +0200
+
+tinc (1.0.2-2) unstable; urgency=low
+
+  * debian/control: Oops, really make that automake1.7.
+
+ -- Ivo Timmermans <ivo@debian.org>  Sat,  8 Nov 2003 21:53:04 +0100
+
+tinc (1.0.2-1) unstable; urgency=low
+
+  * New upstream release:
+      * Fix broken replies to CHAL_RESP.  (Closes: #217646)
+  * debian/control: Updated automake build dependency to automake1.7.
+    (Closes: #219360)
+
+ -- Ivo Timmermans <ivo@debian.org>  Sat,  8 Nov 2003 19:56:04 +0100
+
+tinc (1.0.1-2) unstable; urgency=low
+
+  * debian/dirs: Removed, moved contents to tinc.dirs.
+    (Closes: #208591)
+  * debian/docs: Renamed to tinc.docs.
+  * debian/rules: Install the contents of doc/sample-config.tar.gz in
+    /usr/share/doc/tinc/examples instead of /etc/tinc.
+  * debian/Makefile*: Removed.
+
+ -- Ivo Timmermans <ivo@debian.org>  Wed, 10 Sep 2003 12:19:32 +0200
+
+tinc (1.0.1-1) unstable; urgency=low
+
+  * New upstream release.
+  * debian/patches/001_openbsd_device.c.patch: Removed.
+
+ -- Ivo Timmermans <ivo@debian.org>  Thu, 14 Aug 2003 17:03:28 +0200
+
+tinc (1.0release-1) unstable; urgency=low
+
+  * New upstream version.  (Closes: #204639)
+      * Fixes switching back to normal logging mode when killing with
+        SIGINT twice.  (Closes: #175633)
+      * Uses one SSL context struct for each connection, speeding up
+        encrypting/decrypting data; don't throw away out of sequence
+        packets.  (Closes: #188874)
+      * Fixes handling of broadcast messages.  (Closes: #175632)
+  * debian/rules: Use cdbs.
+  * debian/control: Build-Depend on cdbs, liblzo-dev.
+  * debian/patches/001_openbsd_device.c.patch: Sync openbsd/device.c to
+    latest CVS version.
+
+ -- Ivo Timmermans <ivo@debian.org>  Sun, 10 Aug 2003 16:13:29 +0200
+
+tinc (1.0pre8-6) unstable; urgency=low
+
+  * debian/po/fr.po: Added French debconf translation.  (Closes: #201803)
+
+ -- Ivo Timmermans <ivo@debian.org>  Fri, 18 Jul 2003 10:03:20 +0200
+
+tinc (1.0pre8-5) unstable; urgency=low
+
+  * debian/*: Change to po-debconf, thanks to From: Michel Grentzinger
+    <mic.grentz@online.fr> for the patch:
+      - change debhelper dependency to 4.1.16 (according to man
+        po-debconf),
+      - manually add nl translation in old tinc.templates (master),
+      - run debconf-gettextize debian/tinc.templates,
+      - move old templates files (debian/tinc.templates.*),
+      - change construction "If you say no" to "If you refuse",
+  * debian/rules: Call po2debconf.
+  * debian/rules: Don't copy COPYING.README to the package.
+  * debian/control: Update Standards-Version.
+  * debian/conffiles: Removed.
+  * debian/postinst: No longer use mknod directly, use MAKEDEV.
+
+ -- Ivo Timmermans <ivo@debian.org>  Tue, 15 Jul 2003 20:13:47 +0200
+
+tinc (1.0pre8-4) unstable; urgency=low
+
+  * src/net.h, src/net_packet.c, src/net_setup.c: Apply fix from CVS
+    for OpenSSL-related memory leaks.  (Closes: #189432)
+
+ -- Ivo Timmermans <ivo@debian.org>  Mon,  5 May 2003 15:00:29 +0200
+
+tinc (1.0pre8-3) unstable; urgency=low
+
+  * m4/openssl.m4: Updated to CVS version.  (Closes: #184400)
+
+ -- Ivo Timmermans <ivo@debian.org>  Thu, 13 Mar 2003 17:24:42 +0100
+
+tinc (1.0pre8-2) unstable; urgency=low
+
+  * debian/postinst: Create /dev/net/tun if it doesn't exist.
+  * debian/tinc.modules: Add alias for /dev/net/tun.
+  * debian/rules: Install tinc.modules.
+  * These things together: (Closes: #151967, #153156)
+
+ -- Ivo Timmermans <ivo@debian.org>  Wed, 13 Nov 2002 22:45:38 +0100
+
+tinc (1.0pre8-1) unstable; urgency=low
+
+  * New upstream version.
+  * debian/rules:
+      - DEB_BUILD_OPTIONS support.
+      - Enable --enable-tracing by default.
+
+ -- Ivo Timmermans <ivo@debian.org>  Tue, 17 Sep 2002 13:50:44 +0200
+
+tinc (1.0pre7-3) unstable; urgency=low
+
+  * Properly install _all_ info pages. (Closes: #144718)
+
+ -- Ivo Timmermans <ivo@debian.org>  Wed, 29 May 2002 14:01:21 +0200
+
+tinc (1.0pre7-2) unstable; urgency=low
+
+  * Dutch translation wasn't being installed.
+
+ -- Ivo Timmermans <ivo@debian.org>  Thu, 11 Apr 2002 09:26:14 +0200
+
+tinc (1.0pre7-1) unstable; urgency=medium
+
+  * New upstream release.
+
+ -- Ivo Timmermans <ivo@debian.org>  Tue,  9 Apr 2002 16:04:46 +0200
+
+tinc (1.0pre6-3) unstable; urgency=medium
+
+  * Synched with upstream CVS.
+  * Added build dependency on zlib1g-dev. (Closes: #141705)
+
+ -- Ivo Timmermans <ivo@debian.org>  Mon,  8 Apr 2002 21:19:31 +0200
+
+tinc (1.0pre6-2) unstable; urgency=low
+
+  * The Section was non-US again, so changed it back to main/net.
+
+ -- Ivo Timmermans <ivo@debian.org>  Thu, 28 Mar 2002 07:26:10 +0100
+
+tinc (1.0pre6-1) unstable; urgency=low
+
+  * New upstream release.
+  * Fixed text in debian/copyright
+
+ -- Ivo Timmermans <ivo@debian.org>  Wed, 27 Mar 2002 23:10:07 +0100
+
+tinc (1.0pre5-4) unstable; urgency=low
+
+  * Added a debconf question for restarting on upgrade.
+  * Added reload option to init.d, start with EXTRA='-d' default.
+  * Moved from non-US to main.
+  * Install example configuration files.
+  * The HTML documentation wasn't installed; fixed.
+
+ -- Ivo Timmermans <ivo@debian.org>  Tue, 26 Mar 2002 20:14:19 +0100
+
+tinc (1.0pre5-3) unstable; urgency=low
+
+  * Config variables are now treated case sentitivly again.
+  * Added a forgotten xstrdup.
+
+ -- Ivo Timmermans <ivo@debian.org>  Fri, 15 Feb 2002 12:35:17 +0100
+
+tinc (1.0pre5-2) unstable; urgency=low
+
+  * MaxTimeout accidentally wasn't configurable. (Closes: #119653)
+
+ -- Ivo Timmermans <ivo@debian.org>  Wed, 13 Feb 2002 13:36:54 +0100
+
+tinc (1.0pre5-1) unstable; urgency=low
+
+  * New upstream version. (Closes: #119653)
+  * Init script redone in sh.
+
+ -- Ivo Timmermans <ivo@debian.org>  Sun, 10 Feb 2002 16:39:53 +0100
+
+tinc (1.0pre4-1.cvs010621.6) unstable; urgency=low
+
+  * Somehow po-Makefile.in.in.diff got lost, readded. (Closes: #119157)
+
+ -- Ivo Timmermans <ivo@debian.org>  Thu, 15 Nov 2001 17:00:03 +0100
+
+tinc (1.0pre4-1.cvs010621.5) unstable; urgency=low
+
+  * Fix a typo in postinst that let it MAKEDEV even on devfs.
+    (Closes: #116034)
+
+ -- Ivo Timmermans <ivo@debian.org>  Thu, 18 Oct 2001 09:35:16 +0200
+
+tinc (1.0pre4-1.cvs010621.4) unstable; urgency=low
+
+  * Ask before creating the device files. (Closes: #111099)
+  * Add a section to the info file.
+
+ -- Ivo Timmermans <ivo@debian.org>  Fri, 12 Oct 2001 20:47:09 +0200
+
+tinc (1.0pre4-1.cvs010621.3) unstable; urgency=low
+
+  * Build and install html documentation. (Closes: #106843)
+  * Remove build-time dependency on libc6-dev.
+
+ -- Ivo Timmermans <ivo@debian.org>  Mon, 30 Jul 2001 22:03:52 +0200
+
+tinc (1.0pre4-1.cvs010621.2) unstable; urgency=low
+
+  * Changed location of the pidfile. (Closes: #102798)
+
+ -- Ivo Timmermans <ivo@debian.org>  Sun,  1 Jul 2001 01:57:43 +0200
+
+tinc (1.0pre4-1.cvs010621.1) unstable; urgency=low
+
+  * New upstream version. (Closes: #98730)
+  * Rebuilding automatically inserted new config.{sub|guess}.
+    (Closes: #98165)
+  * Updated Standards-Version.
+  * Don't include a sample configuration file.
+
+ -- Ivo Timmermans <ivo@debian.org>  Thu, 21 Jun 2001 14:08:49 +0200
+
+tinc (1.0pre3-5) unstable; urgency=low
+
+  * Fixed an error in the init script that prevented tinc from
+    starting correctly.
+
+ -- Ivo Timmermans <ivo@debian.org>  Thu,  8 Feb 2001 02:45:09 +0100
+
+tinc (1.0pre3-4) unstable; urgency=low
+
+  * Change build-depends for OpenSSL to libssl096-dev
+    (Closes: #84197, #84873).
+
+ -- Ivo Timmermans <ivo@debian.org>  Sun,  4 Feb 2001 22:43:22 +0100
+
+tinc (1.0pre3-3) unstable; urgency=low
+
+  * Set architecture to any (really this time!) (Closes: #80451).
+  * Section set to non-US
+
+ -- Ivo Timmermans <ivo@debian.org>  Tue, 23 Jan 2001 22:52:53 +0100
+
+tinc (1.0pre3-2) unstable; urgency=low
+
+  * Set architecture to any (Closes: #80451).
+  * Added tinc.modules with some useful module aliases.
+
+ -- Ivo Timmermans <ivo@debian.org>  Sat, 13 Jan 2001 16:10:57 +0100
+
+tinc (1.0pre3-1) unstable; urgency=low
+
+  * New upstream version (1.0pre3) (Closes: #71274).
+  * Better Depends and Build-Depends lines.
+  * Dropped dependencies on libgmp, added libssl.
+  * doc-base.tinc: New file.
+  * Deleted the file shlibs, as there on longer is a libblowfish.
+  * Patch po/Makefile.in.in from po-Makefile.in.in.diff if necessary.
+  * Use dh_perl to get accurate perl dependencies.
+
+ -- Ivo Timmermans <ivo@debian.org>  Thu,  9 Nov 2000 21:58:40 +0100
+
+tinc (1.0pre2-1.1) unstable; urgency=low
+
+  * NMU at Ivo's request as his application is being processed, and his
+    sponsor is based in the US.
+
+ -- J.H.M. Dassen (Ray) <jdassen@debian.org>  Wed, 28 Jun 2000 21:52:30 +0200
+
+tinc (1.0pre2-1) unstable; urgency=low
+
+  * postinst creates a file /etc/tinc/nets.boot, containing all networks
+    to be started upon system startup;
+  * init.d script starts all networks from that list.
+  * postinst script creates tap devices.
+
+ -- Ivo Timmermans <itimmermans@bigfoot.com>  Tue, 16 May 2000 00:06:25 +0200
+
+tinc (1.0pre1-0.4) unstable; urgency=low
+
+  * postinst script.
+
+ -- Ivo Timmermans <itimmermans@bigfoot.com>  Mon, 15 May 2000 19:22:05 +0200
+
+tinc (1.0pre1-0.3) unstable; urgency=low
+
+  * system startup script.
+
+ -- Ivo Timmermans <itimmermans@bigfoot.com>  Sun, 14 May 2000 22:58:02 +0200
+  
+tinc (1.0pre1-0.2) unstable; urgency=low
+
+  * Included the blowfish license.
+
+ -- Ivo Timmermans <itimmermans@bigfoot.com>  Fri, 21 Apr 2000 17:07:50 +0200
+
+tinc (1.0pre1-0.1) unstable; urgency=low
+
+  * Initial Release.
+
+ -- Ivo Timmermans <itimmermans@bigfoot.com>  Fri, 21 Apr 2000 17:07:50 +0200
+
+

debian/control

@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+Source: tinc
+Section: net
+Priority: optional
+Maintainer: Guus Sliepen <guus@debian.org>
+Standards-Version: 4.4.0
+Build-Depends: libssl-dev, debhelper-compat (= 12), gettext, texinfo, zlib1g-dev, liblzo2-dev
+Homepage: http://www.tinc-vpn.org/
+Vcs-Browser: https://salsa.debian.org/guus/tinc
+Vcs-Git: https://salsa.debian.org/guus/tinc.git
+Rules-Requires-Root: no
+
+Package: tinc
+Architecture: any
+Pre-Depends: ${misc:Pre-Depends}
+Depends: ${shlibs:Depends}, ${misc:Depends}, lsb-base (>= 3.0-6)
+Description: Virtual Private Network daemon
+ tinc is a daemon with which you can create a virtual private network
+ (VPN). One daemon can handle multiple connections, so you can
+ create an entire (moderately sized) VPN with only one daemon per
+ participating computer.

debian/copyright

@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+This package was debianized by Ivo Timmermans <ivo@debian.org> on
+Fri, 21 Apr 2000 17:07:50 +0200.
+
+It was downloaded from http://www.tinc-vpn.org/
+
+Upstream Authors:
+ Guus Sliepen <guus@tinc-vpn.org>
+ Ivo Timmermans <ivo@tinc-vpn.org>
+
+Copyright (C) 1998-2005 Ivo Timmermans
+              1998-2008 Guus Sliepen <guus@tinc-vpn.org>
+
+    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+    (at your option) any later version.
+
+On Debian GNU/Linux systems, the complete text of the GNU General Public
+License version 2 can be found in /usr/share/common-licenses/GPL-2.
+
+The following applies to tinc:
+
+This program is released under the GPL with the additional exemption
+that compiling, linking, and/or using OpenSSL is allowed.  You may
+provide binary packages linked to the OpenSSL libraries, provided that
+all other requirements of the GPL are met.
+
+The following applies to the LZO library:
+
+Hereby I grant a special exception to the tinc VPN project
+(http://tinc.nl.linux.org/) to link the LZO library with the OpenSSL library
+(http://www.openssl.org).
+
+Markus F.X.J. Oberhumer

debian/doc-base.tinc

@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+Document: tinc
+Title: tinc Manual
+Author: Ivo Timmermans, Guus Sliepen
+Abstract: This manual describes how to set up a Virtual Private
+ Network with tinc.
+Section: System/Security
+
+Format: HTML
+Files: /usr/share/doc/tinc/tinc.html/*
+Index: /usr/share/doc/tinc/tinc.html/index.html

debian/info

@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+doc/tinc.info

debian/patches/fix-incorrect-icmpv6-checksum

@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
+Package: tinc
+Version: 1.0.33-1
+Severity: important
+
+Dear Guus,
+
+I have been using tinc since 2009 and it is great!
+
+When PMTUDiscovery=yes and Mode=switch, and if ipv6 is used inside
+tinc, the ICMPv6 "Packet Too Big" packets have incorrect checksums.
+It can be reproduced by `ping6 <host in tinc> -s 1800` and `tcpdump -i
+<tinc interface>`.  Consequently, the host ignores the tinc-generated
+ICMPv6 packets, PMTUDiscovery does not work and the connections freeze
+when data flows are big.
+
+I find the bug is gone if the function "inet_checksum" in route.c is
+not inlined, either by compiling tinc with "-O2
+-fno-inline-functions", or apply a patch such as,
+
+diff --git a/src/route.c b/src/route.c
+index ff82c06e..cd55383a 100644
+--- a/src/route.c
++++ b/src/route.c
+@@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ static const size_t opt_size = sizeof(struct nd_opt_hdr);
+
+ /* RFC 1071 */
+
+-static uint16_t inet_checksum(void *data, int len, uint16_t prevsum) {
++__attribute__ ((noinline)) static uint16_t inet_checksum(void *data, int len, uint16_t prevsum) {
+ 	uint16_t *p = data;
+ 	uint32_t checksum = prevsum ^ 0xFFFF;
+
+
+
+I have tested with gcc-7.3.0 and gcc-5.4.0.  They behaved the same.  I
+am not good at assembly to find out what really happened, but it is
+for sure that inet_checksum does not work as expected if compiled
+inline.
+
+Thanks!
+
+Yours,
+Benda
+
+-- System Information:
+Debian Release: buster/sid
+  APT prefers unstable
+  APT policy: (500, 'unstable')
+Architecture: amd64 (x86_64)
+
+Kernel: Linux 4.9.0-5-amd64 (SMP w/8 CPU cores)
+Locale: LANG=en_US.UTF-8, LC_CTYPE=en_US.UTF-8 (charmap=UTF-8) (ignored: LC_ALL set to en_US.UTF-8), LANGUAGE=en_US:en (charmap=UTF-8) (ignored: LC_ALL set to en_US.UTF-8)
+Shell: /bin/sh linked to /bin/dash
+Init: sysvinit (via /sbin/init)
+
+Versions of packages tinc depends on:
+ii  libc6      2.26-2
+ii  liblzo2-2  2.08-1.2+b2
+ii  libssl1.1  1.1.0g-2
+ii  lsb-base   9.20170808
+ii  zlib1g     1:1.2.8.dfsg-5
+
+tinc recommends no packages.
+
+tinc suggests no packages.

debian/patches/series

@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+fix-incorrect-icmpv6-checksum
+support-etc-defaults-tinc

debian/patches/support-etc-defaults-tinc

@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+--- a/systemd/tinc@.service.in
++++ b/systemd/tinc@.service.in
+@@ -9,7 +9,8 @@
+ [Service]
+ Type=simple
+ WorkingDirectory=@sysconfdir@/tinc/%i
+-ExecStart=@sbindir@/tincd -n %i -D
++EnvironmentFile=/etc/default/tinc
++ExecStart=@sbindir@/tincd -n %i -D $EXTRA
+ ExecReload=@sbindir@/tincd -n %i -kHUP
+ KillMode=mixed
+ Restart=on-failure

debian/postinst

@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+#! /bin/sh
+
+NETSFILE="/etc/tinc/nets.boot"
+
+set -e
+
+case "$1" in
+    configure)
+	if [ ! -e /dev/.devfsd ] ; then if [ ! -e /dev/.devfs ] ; then
+		if [ ! -e /dev/net/tun ] ; then if [ ! -e /dev/tun ] ; then if [ -e /dev/MAKEDEV ]; then
+			echo "Creating tun device..."
+			cd /dev && ./MAKEDEV net/tun 2>/dev/null || ./MAKEDEV tun 2>/dev/null || echo "Failed to create tun device."
+		fi; fi; fi
+	fi; fi
+
+	if [ ! -e $NETSFILE ] ; then
+	    echo "## This file contains all names of the networks to be started on system startup when using sysvinit." > $NETSFILE
+	    echo "## If you are using systemd, use systemctl enable tinc@netname to enable individual networks." >> $NETSFILE
+	fi
+    ;;
+
+    abort-upgrade|abort-remove|abort-deconfigure)
+    ;;
+
+    *)
+        echo "postinst called with unknown argument \`$1'" >&2
+        exit 0
+    ;;
+esac
+
+#DEBHELPER#

debian/postrm

@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+#!/bin/sh
+
+set -e
+
+if [ "$1" = purge ]; then
+    rm -f /etc/tinc/nets.boot
+fi
+
+#DEBHELPER#

debian/preinst

@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+#!/bin/sh
+
+NETSFILE="/etc/tinc/nets.boot"
+SYSTEM="/lib/systemd/system"
+WANTS="/etc/systemd/system/multi-user.target.wants"
+
+set -e
+
+case "$1" in
+	upgrade)
+		if dpkg --compare-versions "$2" '<<' "1.0.27-1"; then
+			if [ -f "$NETSFILE" ]; then
+				echo -n "Creating systemd service instances from nets.boot:"
+				mkdir -p "$WANTS"
+				egrep '^[ ]*[a-zA-Z0-9_-]+' $NETSFILE | while read net args; do
+					echo -n " $net"
+					ln -s "$SYSTEM/tinc@.service" "$WANTS/tinc@$net.service" 2>/dev/null || true
+				done
+				echo "."
+			fi
+		fi
+	;;
+
+	*)
+	;;
+esac
+
+#DEBHELPER#

debian/rules

@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+#!/usr/bin/make -f
+
+%:
+	dh $@
+
+override_dh_clean:
+	dh_clean
+	rm -f doc/tinc.info
+
+override_dh_auto_configure:
+	dh_auto_configure -- --enable-uml --with-systemd=/lib/systemd/system --runstatedir=/run
+
+override_dh_auto_install:
+	dh_auto_install -- install-html
+	# Remove info dir file
+	rm -f debian/tinc/usr/share/info/dir

debian/source/format

@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+3.0 (quilt)

debian/tinc.default

@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+# Extra options to be passed to tincd.
+# EXTRA="-d"
+
+# Limits to be configured for the tincd process. Please read your shell
+# (pointed by /bin/sh) documentation for ulimit. You probably want to raise the
+# max locked memory value if using both --mlock and --user flags.
+# LIMITS="-l 1024"

debian/tinc.dirs

@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+usr/sbin
+usr/share
+etc
+etc/init.d
+usr/share/locale
+usr/share/doc/tinc
+etc/tinc

debian/tinc.docs

@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+NEWS
+README
+AUTHORS

debian/tinc.files

@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+usr/sbin/tincd
+usr/share/man
+etc
+usr/share/doc/tinc
+usr/share/locale
+usr/share/info

debian/tinc.if-post-down

@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+#!/bin/sh
+
+set -e
+
+if [ "$METHOD" = loopback -o -z "$IF_TINC_NET" ]; then
+	exit 0
+fi
+
+# Determine location of the PID file
+
+EXTRA=""
+if [ -n "$IF_TINC_PIDFILE" ]; then
+	EXTRA="--pidfile=$IF_TINC_PIDFILE"
+else
+	IF_TINC_PIDFILE=/var/run/tinc.$IF_TINC_NET.pid
+fi
+
+# Stop the tinc daemon
+
+read pid rest < $IF_TINC_PIDFILE 2>/dev/null
+
+/usr/sbin/tincd -n "$IF_TINC_NET" -k $EXTRA
+
+# Wait for it to shut down properly
+
+/bin/sleep 0.1
+i=0;
+while [ -f $IF_TINC_PIDFILE ] ; do
+	if [ ! -e "/proc/$pid" ] ; then
+		exit 0
+	fi
+
+	if [ $i = '30' ] ; then
+		echo 'Failed to stop tinc daemon!'
+		exit 1
+	fi
+	/bin/sleep 0.1
+	i=$(($i+1))
+done
+
+exit 0

debian/tinc.if-pre-up

@@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
+#!/bin/sh
+
+set -e
+
+if [ "$METHOD" = loopback -o -z "$IF_TINC_NET" ]; then
+	exit 0
+fi
+
+# Read options from /etc/default
+
+[ -r /etc/default/tinc ] && . /etc/default/tinc
+
+# Set process limits
+
+setlimits() {
+  while [ $# -gt 0 ]; do
+    parm=$1 ; shift
+    if [ -n "$1" -a "${1#-}" = "$1" ]; then
+      value=$1 ; shift
+      ulimit $parm $value
+    else
+      ulimit $parm
+    fi
+  done
+}
+
+test -n "$LIMITS" && setlimits $LIMITS
+
+# Read options from /etc/network/interfaces
+
+[ -n "$IF_TINC_CONFIG" ]          && EXTRA="$EXTRA -c $IF_TINC_CONFIG"
+[ -n "$IF_TINC_DEBUG" ]           && EXTRA="$EXTRA -d$IF_TINC_DEBUG"
+[ -n "$IF_TINC_MLOCK" ]           && EXTRA="$EXTRA --mlock"
+[ -n "$IF_TINC_LOGFILE" ]         && EXTRA="$EXTRA --logfile=$IF_TINC_LOGFILE"
+[ -n "$IF_TINC_PIDFILE" ]         && EXTRA="$EXTRA --pidfile=$IF_TINC_PIDFILE" || IF_TINC_PIDFILE=/var/run/tinc.$IF_TINC_NET.pid
+[ -n "$IF_TINC_CHROOT" ]          && EXTRA="$EXTRA --chroot"
+[ -n "$IF_TINC_USER" ]            && EXTRA="$EXTRA --user=$IF_TINC_USER"
+
+
+# Start tinc daemon
+
+/usr/sbin/tincd -n "$IF_TINC_NET" -o "Interface=$IFACE" $EXTRA
+
+# Wait for it to come up properly
+
+/bin/sleep 0.1
+i=0;
+while [ ! -f $IF_TINC_PIDFILE ] ; do
+	if [ $i = '30' ] ; then
+		echo 'Failed to start tinc daemon!'
+		exit 1
+	fi
+	/bin/sleep 0.1
+	i=$(($i+1))
+done
+
+while read pid rest < $IF_TINC_PIDFILE ; do
+	if [ -e "/proc/$pid" ] ; then
+		exit 0
+	fi
+
+	if [ $i = '30' ] ; then
+		echo 'Failed to start tinc daemon!'
+		exit 1
+	fi
+	/bin/sleep 0.1
+	i=$(($i+1))
+done
+
+exit 0

debian/tinc.if-up

@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+#!/bin/sh
+
+set -e
+
+if [ "$METHOD" = loopback -o -n "$IF_TINC_NET" ]; then
+	exit 0
+fi
+
+invoke-rc.d tinc alarm || exit 0

debian/tinc.init

@@ -0,0 +1,140 @@
+#! /bin/sh
+#
+### BEGIN INIT INFO
+# Provides:          tinc
+# Required-Start:    $remote_fs $network
+# Required-Stop:     $remote_fs $network
+# Should-Start:      $syslog $named
+# Should-Stop:       $syslog
+# Default-Start:     2 3 4 5
+# Default-Stop:      0 1 6
+# Short-Description: Start tinc daemons
+# Description:       Create a file $NETSFILE (/etc/tinc/nets.boot),
+#                    and put all the names of the networks in there.
+#                    These names must be valid directory names under
+#                    $TCONF (/etc/tinc). Lines starting with a # will be
+#                    ignored in this file.
+### END INIT INFO
+#
+# Based on Lubomir Bulej's Redhat init script.
+
+. /lib/lsb/init-functions
+
+DAEMON="/usr/sbin/tincd"
+NAME="tinc"
+DESC="tinc daemons"
+TCONF="/etc/tinc"
+NETSFILE="$TCONF/nets.boot"
+NETS=""
+
+test -f $DAEMON || exit 0
+
+[ -r /etc/default/tinc ] && . /etc/default/tinc
+
+# foreach_net "what-to-say" action [arguments...]
+foreach_net() {
+  if [ ! -f $NETSFILE ] ; then
+    echo "Please create $NETSFILE."
+    exit 0
+  fi
+  echo -n "$1"
+  shift
+  egrep '^[ ]*[a-zA-Z0-9_-]+' $NETSFILE | while read net args; do
+    echo -n " $net"
+    "$@" $net $args
+  done
+  echo "."
+}
+
+signal_running() {
+  for i in /var/run/tinc.*pid; do
+    if [ -f "$i" ]; then
+      head -1 $i | while read pid; do
+        kill -$1 $pid
+      done
+    fi
+  done
+}
+
+setlimits() {
+  while [ $# -gt 0 ]; do
+    parm=$1 ; shift
+    if [ -n "$1" -a "${1#-}" = "$1" ]; then
+      value=$1 ; shift
+      ulimit $parm $value
+    else
+      ulimit $parm
+    fi
+  done
+}
+
+test -n "$LIMITS" && setlimits $LIMITS
+
+start() {
+  $DAEMON $EXTRA -n "$@"
+}
+
+stop() {
+  [ -f /var/run/tinc.$1.pid ] || return
+  read pid rest </var/run/tinc.$1.pid || return
+  kill -0 "$pid" 2>/dev/null || return
+
+  $DAEMON -n $1 -k || return
+
+  i=0;
+  /bin/sleep 0.5
+
+  # Wait for the pidfile to disappear
+  while [ -f /var/run/tinc.$1.pid ]; do
+    # And check that there is an actual process running
+    kill -0 "$pid" 2>/dev/null || return
+
+    if [ $i = '10' ] ; then
+      # It's still alive, kill it again and give up
+        $DAEMON -n $1 -k && /bin/sleep 0.5
+      break
+    else
+      echo -n "."
+      i=$(($i+1))
+    fi
+
+    /bin/sleep 0.5
+  done
+}
+
+reload() {
+  $DAEMON -n $1 -kHUP
+}
+
+alarm() {
+  $DAEMON -n $1 -kALRM
+}
+
+restart() {
+  stop "$@"
+  start "$@"
+}
+
+case "$1" in
+  start)
+    foreach_net "Starting $DESC:" start
+  ;;
+  stop)
+    foreach_net "Stopping $DESC:" stop
+  ;;
+  reload|force-reload)
+    foreach_net "Reloading $DESC configuration:" reload
+  ;;
+  restart)
+    foreach_net "Restarting $DESC:" restart
+  ;;
+  alarm)
+    signal_running ALRM
+  ;;
+  *)
+    echo "Usage: /etc/init.d/$NAME {start|stop|reload|restart|force-reload|alarm}"
+    exit 1
+  ;;
+esac
+
+exit 0

debian/upstream/signing-key.asc

@@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
+-----BEGIN PGP PUBLIC KEY BLOCK-----
+Version: GnuPG v1
+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+=5MAs
+-----END PGP PUBLIC KEY BLOCK-----

debian/watch

@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+version=3
+opts=pgpsigurlmangle=s/$/.sig/ http://www.tinc-vpn.org/packages/tinc-(1\.0\.\d+)\.tar\.gz

depcomp

@@ -1,7 +1,9 @@
 #! /bin/sh
-
 # depcomp - compile a program generating dependencies as side-effects
-# Copyright 1999, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+scriptversion=2018-03-07.03; # UTC
+
+# Copyright (C) 1999-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
 # This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 # it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -14,9 +16,7 @@
 # GNU General Public License for more details.
 
 # You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
-# 02111-1307, USA.
+# along with this program.  If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
 
 # As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
 # distribute this file as part of a program that contains a
@@ -25,17 +25,112 @@
 
 # Originally written by Alexandre Oliva <oliva@dcc.unicamp.br>.
 
+case $1 in
+  '')
+    echo "$0: No command.  Try '$0 --help' for more information." 1>&2
+    exit 1;
+    ;;
+  -h | --h*)
+    cat <<\EOF
+Usage: depcomp [--help] [--version] PROGRAM [ARGS]
+
+Run PROGRAMS ARGS to compile a file, generating dependencies
+as side-effects.
+
+Environment variables:
+  depmode     Dependency tracking mode.
+  source      Source file read by 'PROGRAMS ARGS'.
+  object      Object file output by 'PROGRAMS ARGS'.
+  DEPDIR      directory where to store dependencies.
+  depfile     Dependency file to output.
+  tmpdepfile  Temporary file to use when outputting dependencies.
+  libtool     Whether libtool is used (yes/no).
+
+Report bugs to <bug-automake@gnu.org>.
+EOF
+    exit $?
+    ;;
+  -v | --v*)
+    echo "depcomp $scriptversion"
+    exit $?
+    ;;
+esac
+
+# Get the directory component of the given path, and save it in the
+# global variables '$dir'.  Note that this directory component will
+# be either empty or ending with a '/' character.  This is deliberate.
+set_dir_from ()
+{
+  case $1 in
+    */*) dir=`echo "$1" | sed -e 's|/[^/]*$|/|'`;;
+      *) dir=;;
+  esac
+}
+
+# Get the suffix-stripped basename of the given path, and save it the
+# global variable '$base'.
+set_base_from ()
+{
+  base=`echo "$1" | sed -e 's|^.*/||' -e 's/\.[^.]*$//'`
+}
+
+# If no dependency file was actually created by the compiler invocation,
+# we still have to create a dummy depfile, to avoid errors with the
+# Makefile "include basename.Plo" scheme.
+make_dummy_depfile ()
+{
+  echo "#dummy" > "$depfile"
+}
+
+# Factor out some common post-processing of the generated depfile.
+# Requires the auxiliary global variable '$tmpdepfile' to be set.
+aix_post_process_depfile ()
+{
+  # If the compiler actually managed to produce a dependency file,
+  # post-process it.
+  if test -f "$tmpdepfile"; then
+    # Each line is of the form 'foo.o: dependency.h'.
+    # Do two passes, one to just change these to
+    #   $object: dependency.h
+    # and one to simply output
+    #   dependency.h:
+    # which is needed to avoid the deleted-header problem.
+    { sed -e "s,^.*\.[$lower]*:,$object:," < "$tmpdepfile"
+      sed -e "s,^.*\.[$lower]*:[$tab ]*,," -e 's,$,:,' < "$tmpdepfile"
+    } > "$depfile"
+    rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
+  else
+    make_dummy_depfile
+  fi
+}
+
+# A tabulation character.
+tab='	'
+# A newline character.
+nl='
+'
+# Character ranges might be problematic outside the C locale.
+# These definitions help.
+upper=ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ
+lower=abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz
+digits=0123456789
+alpha=${upper}${lower}
+
 if test -z "$depmode" || test -z "$source" || test -z "$object"; then
   echo "depcomp: Variables source, object and depmode must be set" 1>&2
   exit 1
 fi
-# `libtool' can also be set to `yes' or `no'.
 
-depfile=${depfile-`echo "$object" | sed 's,\([^/]*\)$,.deps/\1,;s/\.\([^.]*\)$/.P\1/'`}
+# Dependencies for sub/bar.o or sub/bar.obj go into sub/.deps/bar.Po.
+depfile=${depfile-`echo "$object" |
+  sed 's|[^\\/]*$|'${DEPDIR-.deps}'/&|;s|\.\([^.]*\)$|.P\1|;s|Pobj$|Po|'`}
 tmpdepfile=${tmpdepfile-`echo "$depfile" | sed 's/\.\([^.]*\)$/.T\1/'`}
 
 rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
 
+# Avoid interferences from the environment.
+gccflag= dashmflag=
+
 # Some modes work just like other modes, but use different flags.  We
 # parameterize here, but still list the modes in the big case below,
 # to make depend.m4 easier to write.  Note that we *cannot* use a case
@@ -47,9 +142,32 @@ if test "$depmode" = hp; then
 fi
 
 if test "$depmode" = dashXmstdout; then
-   # This is just like dashmstdout with a different argument.
-   dashmflag=-xM
-   depmode=dashmstdout
+  # This is just like dashmstdout with a different argument.
+  dashmflag=-xM
+  depmode=dashmstdout
+fi
+
+cygpath_u="cygpath -u -f -"
+if test "$depmode" = msvcmsys; then
+  # This is just like msvisualcpp but w/o cygpath translation.
+  # Just convert the backslash-escaped backslashes to single forward
+  # slashes to satisfy depend.m4
+  cygpath_u='sed s,\\\\,/,g'
+  depmode=msvisualcpp
+fi
+
+if test "$depmode" = msvc7msys; then
+  # This is just like msvc7 but w/o cygpath translation.
+  # Just convert the backslash-escaped backslashes to single forward
+  # slashes to satisfy depend.m4
+  cygpath_u='sed s,\\\\,/,g'
+  depmode=msvc7
+fi
+
+if test "$depmode" = xlc; then
+  # IBM C/C++ Compilers xlc/xlC can output gcc-like dependency information.
+  gccflag=-qmakedep=gcc,-MF
+  depmode=gcc
 fi
 
 case "$depmode" in
@@ -57,10 +175,22 @@ gcc3)
 ## gcc 3 implements dependency tracking that does exactly what
 ## we want.  Yay!  Note: for some reason libtool 1.4 doesn't like
 ## it if -MD -MP comes after the -MF stuff.  Hmm.
-  "$@" -MT "$object" -MD -MP -MF "$tmpdepfile"
+## Unfortunately, FreeBSD c89 acceptance of flags depends upon
+## the command line argument order; so add the flags where they
+## appear in depend2.am.  Note that the slowdown incurred here
+## affects only configure: in makefiles, %FASTDEP% shortcuts this.
+  for arg
+  do
+    case $arg in
+    -c) set fnord "$@" -MT "$object" -MD -MP -MF "$tmpdepfile" "$arg" ;;
+    *)  set fnord "$@" "$arg" ;;
+    esac
+    shift # fnord
+    shift # $arg
+  done
+  "$@"
   stat=$?
-  if test $stat -eq 0; then :
-  else
+  if test $stat -ne 0; then
     rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
     exit $stat
   fi
@@ -68,13 +198,17 @@ gcc3)
   ;;
 
 gcc)
+## Note that this doesn't just cater to obsosete pre-3.x GCC compilers.
+## but also to in-use compilers like IMB xlc/xlC and the HP C compiler.
+## (see the conditional assignment to $gccflag above).
 ## There are various ways to get dependency output from gcc.  Here's
 ## why we pick this rather obscure method:
 ## - Don't want to use -MD because we'd like the dependencies to end
 ##   up in a subdir.  Having to rename by hand is ugly.
 ##   (We might end up doing this anyway to support other compilers.)
 ## - The DEPENDENCIES_OUTPUT environment variable makes gcc act like
-##   -MM, not -M (despite what the docs say).
+##   -MM, not -M (despite what the docs say).  Also, it might not be
+##   supported by the other compilers which use the 'gcc' depmode.
 ## - Using -M directly means running the compiler twice (even worse
 ##   than renaming).
   if test -z "$gccflag"; then
@@ -82,31 +216,31 @@ gcc)
   fi
   "$@" -Wp,"$gccflag$tmpdepfile"
   stat=$?
-  if test $stat -eq 0; then :
-  else
+  if test $stat -ne 0; then
     rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
     exit $stat
   fi
   rm -f "$depfile"
   echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile"
-  alpha=ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZabcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz
-## The second -e expression handles DOS-style file names with drive letters.
+  # The second -e expression handles DOS-style file names with drive
+  # letters.
   sed -e 's/^[^:]*: / /' \
       -e 's/^['$alpha']:\/[^:]*: / /' < "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile"
-## This next piece of magic avoids the `deleted header file' problem.
+## This next piece of magic avoids the "deleted header file" problem.
 ## The problem is that when a header file which appears in a .P file
 ## is deleted, the dependency causes make to die (because there is
 ## typically no way to rebuild the header).  We avoid this by adding
 ## dummy dependencies for each header file.  Too bad gcc doesn't do
 ## this for us directly.
-  tr ' ' '
-' < "$tmpdepfile" |
-## Some versions of gcc put a space before the `:'.  On the theory
+## Some versions of gcc put a space before the ':'.  On the theory
 ## that the space means something, we add a space to the output as
-## well.
+## well.  hp depmode also adds that space, but also prefixes the VPATH
+## to the object.  Take care to not repeat it in the output.
 ## Some versions of the HPUX 10.20 sed can't process this invocation
 ## correctly.  Breaking it into two sed invocations is a workaround.
-    sed -e 's/^\\$//' -e '/^$/d' -e '/:$/d' | sed -e 's/$/ :/' >> "$depfile"
+  tr ' ' "$nl" < "$tmpdepfile" \
+    | sed -e 's/^\\$//' -e '/^$/d' -e "s|.*$object$||" -e '/:$/d' \
+    | sed -e 's/$/ :/' >> "$depfile"
   rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
   ;;
 
@@ -124,8 +258,7 @@ sgi)
     "$@" -MDupdate "$tmpdepfile"
   fi
   stat=$?
-  if test $stat -eq 0; then :
-  else
+  if test $stat -ne 0; then
     rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
     exit $stat
   fi
@@ -133,106 +266,302 @@ sgi)
 
   if test -f "$tmpdepfile"; then  # yes, the sourcefile depend on other files
     echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile"
-
     # Clip off the initial element (the dependent).  Don't try to be
     # clever and replace this with sed code, as IRIX sed won't handle
     # lines with more than a fixed number of characters (4096 in
     # IRIX 6.2 sed, 8192 in IRIX 6.5).  We also remove comment lines;
-    # the IRIX cc adds comments like `#:fec' to the end of the
+    # the IRIX cc adds comments like '#:fec' to the end of the
     # dependency line.
-    tr ' ' '
-' < "$tmpdepfile" \
-    | sed -e 's/^.*\.o://' -e 's/#.*$//' -e '/^$/ d' | \
-    tr '
-' ' ' >> $depfile
-    echo >> $depfile
-
+    tr ' ' "$nl" < "$tmpdepfile" \
+      | sed -e 's/^.*\.o://' -e 's/#.*$//' -e '/^$/ d' \
+      | tr "$nl" ' ' >> "$depfile"
+    echo >> "$depfile"
     # The second pass generates a dummy entry for each header file.
-    tr ' ' '
-' < "$tmpdepfile" \
-   | sed -e 's/^.*\.o://' -e 's/#.*$//' -e '/^$/ d' -e 's/$/:/' \
-   >> $depfile
+    tr ' ' "$nl" < "$tmpdepfile" \
+      | sed -e 's/^.*\.o://' -e 's/#.*$//' -e '/^$/ d' -e 's/$/:/' \
+      >> "$depfile"
   else
-    # The sourcefile does not contain any dependencies, so just
-    # store a dummy comment line, to avoid errors with the Makefile
-    # "include basename.Plo" scheme.
-    echo "#dummy" > "$depfile"
+    make_dummy_depfile
   fi
   rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
   ;;
 
+xlc)
+  # This case exists only to let depend.m4 do its work.  It works by
+  # looking at the text of this script.  This case will never be run,
+  # since it is checked for above.
+  exit 1
+  ;;
+
 aix)
   # The C for AIX Compiler uses -M and outputs the dependencies
-  # in a .u file.  This file always lives in the current directory.
-  # Also, the AIX compiler puts `$object:' at the start of each line;
-  # $object doesn't have directory information.
-  stripped=`echo "$object" | sed -e 's,^.*/,,' -e 's/\(.*\)\..*$/\1/'`
-  tmpdepfile="$stripped.u"
-  outname="$stripped.o"
+  # in a .u file.  In older versions, this file always lives in the
+  # current directory.  Also, the AIX compiler puts '$object:' at the
+  # start of each line; $object doesn't have directory information.
+  # Version 6 uses the directory in both cases.
+  set_dir_from "$object"
+  set_base_from "$object"
   if test "$libtool" = yes; then
+    tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.u
+    tmpdepfile2=$base.u
+    tmpdepfile3=$dir.libs/$base.u
     "$@" -Wc,-M
   else
+    tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.u
+    tmpdepfile2=$dir$base.u
+    tmpdepfile3=$dir$base.u
     "$@" -M
   fi
-
   stat=$?
-  if test $stat -eq 0; then :
-  else
-    rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
+  if test $stat -ne 0; then
+    rm -f "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2" "$tmpdepfile3"
     exit $stat
   fi
 
-  if test -f "$tmpdepfile"; then
-    # Each line is of the form `foo.o: dependent.h'.
-    # Do two passes, one to just change these to
-    # `$object: dependent.h' and one to simply `dependent.h:'.
-    sed -e "s,^$outname:,$object :," < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile"
-    sed -e "s,^$outname: \(.*\)$,\1:," < "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile"
-  else
-    # The sourcefile does not contain any dependencies, so just
-    # store a dummy comment line, to avoid errors with the Makefile
-    # "include basename.Plo" scheme.
-    echo "#dummy" > "$depfile"
+  for tmpdepfile in "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2" "$tmpdepfile3"
+  do
+    test -f "$tmpdepfile" && break
+  done
+  aix_post_process_depfile
+  ;;
+
+tcc)
+  # tcc (Tiny C Compiler) understand '-MD -MF file' since version 0.9.26
+  # FIXME: That version still under development at the moment of writing.
+  #        Make that this statement remains true also for stable, released
+  #        versions.
+  # It will wrap lines (doesn't matter whether long or short) with a
+  # trailing '\', as in:
+  #
+  #   foo.o : \
+  #    foo.c \
+  #    foo.h \
+  #
+  # It will put a trailing '\' even on the last line, and will use leading
+  # spaces rather than leading tabs (at least since its commit 0394caf7
+  # "Emit spaces for -MD").
+  "$@" -MD -MF "$tmpdepfile"
+  stat=$?
+  if test $stat -ne 0; then
+    rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
+    exit $stat
   fi
+  rm -f "$depfile"
+  # Each non-empty line is of the form 'foo.o : \' or ' dep.h \'.
+  # We have to change lines of the first kind to '$object: \'.
+  sed -e "s|.*:|$object :|" < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile"
+  # And for each line of the second kind, we have to emit a 'dep.h:'
+  # dummy dependency, to avoid the deleted-header problem.
+  sed -n -e 's|^  *\(.*\) *\\$|\1:|p' < "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile"
   rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
   ;;
 
-tru64)
-   # The Tru64 AIX compiler uses -MD to generate dependencies as a side
-   # effect.  `cc -MD -o foo.o ...' puts the dependencies into `foo.o.d'.
-   # At least on Alpha/Redhat 6.1, Compaq CCC V6.2-504 seems to put 
-   # dependencies in `foo.d' instead, so we check for that too.
-   # Subdirectories are respected.
+## The order of this option in the case statement is important, since the
+## shell code in configure will try each of these formats in the order
+## listed in this file.  A plain '-MD' option would be understood by many
+## compilers, so we must ensure this comes after the gcc and icc options.
+pgcc)
+  # Portland's C compiler understands '-MD'.
+  # Will always output deps to 'file.d' where file is the root name of the
+  # source file under compilation, even if file resides in a subdirectory.
+  # The object file name does not affect the name of the '.d' file.
+  # pgcc 10.2 will output
+  #    foo.o: sub/foo.c sub/foo.h
+  # and will wrap long lines using '\' :
+  #    foo.o: sub/foo.c ... \
+  #     sub/foo.h ... \
+  #     ...
+  set_dir_from "$object"
+  # Use the source, not the object, to determine the base name, since
+  # that's sadly what pgcc will do too.
+  set_base_from "$source"
+  tmpdepfile=$base.d
 
-   tmpdepfile1="$object.d"
-   tmpdepfile2=`echo "$object" | sed -e 's/.o$/.d/'` 
-   if test "$libtool" = yes; then
-      "$@" -Wc,-MD
-   else
+  # For projects that build the same source file twice into different object
+  # files, the pgcc approach of using the *source* file root name can cause
+  # problems in parallel builds.  Use a locking strategy to avoid stomping on
+  # the same $tmpdepfile.
+  lockdir=$base.d-lock
+  trap "
+    echo '$0: caught signal, cleaning up...' >&2
+    rmdir '$lockdir'
+    exit 1
+  " 1 2 13 15
+  numtries=100
+  i=$numtries
+  while test $i -gt 0; do
+    # mkdir is a portable test-and-set.
+    if mkdir "$lockdir" 2>/dev/null; then
+      # This process acquired the lock.
       "$@" -MD
-   fi
+      stat=$?
+      # Release the lock.
+      rmdir "$lockdir"
+      break
+    else
+      # If the lock is being held by a different process, wait
+      # until the winning process is done or we timeout.
+      while test -d "$lockdir" && test $i -gt 0; do
+        sleep 1
+        i=`expr $i - 1`
+      done
+    fi
+    i=`expr $i - 1`
+  done
+  trap - 1 2 13 15
+  if test $i -le 0; then
+    echo "$0: failed to acquire lock after $numtries attempts" >&2
+    echo "$0: check lockdir '$lockdir'" >&2
+    exit 1
+  fi
 
-   stat=$?
-   if test $stat -eq 0; then :
-   else
-      rm -f "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2"
-      exit $stat
-   fi
+  if test $stat -ne 0; then
+    rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
+    exit $stat
+  fi
+  rm -f "$depfile"
+  # Each line is of the form `foo.o: dependent.h',
+  # or `foo.o: dep1.h dep2.h \', or ` dep3.h dep4.h \'.
+  # Do two passes, one to just change these to
+  # `$object: dependent.h' and one to simply `dependent.h:'.
+  sed "s,^[^:]*:,$object :," < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile"
+  # Some versions of the HPUX 10.20 sed can't process this invocation
+  # correctly.  Breaking it into two sed invocations is a workaround.
+  sed 's,^[^:]*: \(.*\)$,\1,;s/^\\$//;/^$/d;/:$/d' < "$tmpdepfile" \
+    | sed -e 's/$/ :/' >> "$depfile"
+  rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
+  ;;
 
-   if test -f "$tmpdepfile1"; then
-      tmpdepfile="$tmpdepfile1"
-   else
-      tmpdepfile="$tmpdepfile2"
-   fi
-   if test -f "$tmpdepfile"; then
-      sed -e "s,^.*\.[a-z]*:,$object:," < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile"
-      # That's a space and a tab in the [].
-      sed -e 's,^.*\.[a-z]*:[ 	]*,,' -e 's,$,:,' < "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile"
-   else
-      echo "#dummy" > "$depfile"
-   fi
-   rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
-   ;;
+hp2)
+  # The "hp" stanza above does not work with aCC (C++) and HP's ia64
+  # compilers, which have integrated preprocessors.  The correct option
+  # to use with these is +Maked; it writes dependencies to a file named
+  # 'foo.d', which lands next to the object file, wherever that
+  # happens to be.
+  # Much of this is similar to the tru64 case; see comments there.
+  set_dir_from  "$object"
+  set_base_from "$object"
+  if test "$libtool" = yes; then
+    tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.d
+    tmpdepfile2=$dir.libs/$base.d
+    "$@" -Wc,+Maked
+  else
+    tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.d
+    tmpdepfile2=$dir$base.d
+    "$@" +Maked
+  fi
+  stat=$?
+  if test $stat -ne 0; then
+     rm -f "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2"
+     exit $stat
+  fi
+
+  for tmpdepfile in "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2"
+  do
+    test -f "$tmpdepfile" && break
+  done
+  if test -f "$tmpdepfile"; then
+    sed -e "s,^.*\.[$lower]*:,$object:," "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile"
+    # Add 'dependent.h:' lines.
+    sed -ne '2,${
+               s/^ *//
+               s/ \\*$//
+               s/$/:/
+               p
+             }' "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile"
+  else
+    make_dummy_depfile
+  fi
+  rm -f "$tmpdepfile" "$tmpdepfile2"
+  ;;
+
+tru64)
+  # The Tru64 compiler uses -MD to generate dependencies as a side
+  # effect.  'cc -MD -o foo.o ...' puts the dependencies into 'foo.o.d'.
+  # At least on Alpha/Redhat 6.1, Compaq CCC V6.2-504 seems to put
+  # dependencies in 'foo.d' instead, so we check for that too.
+  # Subdirectories are respected.
+  set_dir_from  "$object"
+  set_base_from "$object"
+
+  if test "$libtool" = yes; then
+    # Libtool generates 2 separate objects for the 2 libraries.  These
+    # two compilations output dependencies in $dir.libs/$base.o.d and
+    # in $dir$base.o.d.  We have to check for both files, because
+    # one of the two compilations can be disabled.  We should prefer
+    # $dir$base.o.d over $dir.libs/$base.o.d because the latter is
+    # automatically cleaned when .libs/ is deleted, while ignoring
+    # the former would cause a distcleancheck panic.
+    tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.o.d          # libtool 1.5
+    tmpdepfile2=$dir.libs/$base.o.d    # Likewise.
+    tmpdepfile3=$dir.libs/$base.d      # Compaq CCC V6.2-504
+    "$@" -Wc,-MD
+  else
+    tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.d
+    tmpdepfile2=$dir$base.d
+    tmpdepfile3=$dir$base.d
+    "$@" -MD
+  fi
+
+  stat=$?
+  if test $stat -ne 0; then
+    rm -f "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2" "$tmpdepfile3"
+    exit $stat
+  fi
+
+  for tmpdepfile in "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2" "$tmpdepfile3"
+  do
+    test -f "$tmpdepfile" && break
+  done
+  # Same post-processing that is required for AIX mode.
+  aix_post_process_depfile
+  ;;
+
+msvc7)
+  if test "$libtool" = yes; then
+    showIncludes=-Wc,-showIncludes
+  else
+    showIncludes=-showIncludes
+  fi
+  "$@" $showIncludes > "$tmpdepfile"
+  stat=$?
+  grep -v '^Note: including file: ' "$tmpdepfile"
+  if test $stat -ne 0; then
+    rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
+    exit $stat
+  fi
+  rm -f "$depfile"
+  echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile"
+  # The first sed program below extracts the file names and escapes
+  # backslashes for cygpath.  The second sed program outputs the file
+  # name when reading, but also accumulates all include files in the
+  # hold buffer in order to output them again at the end.  This only
+  # works with sed implementations that can handle large buffers.
+  sed < "$tmpdepfile" -n '
+/^Note: including file:  *\(.*\)/ {
+  s//\1/
+  s/\\/\\\\/g
+  p
+}' | $cygpath_u | sort -u | sed -n '
+s/ /\\ /g
+s/\(.*\)/'"$tab"'\1 \\/p
+s/.\(.*\) \\/\1:/
+H
+$ {
+  s/.*/'"$tab"'/
+  G
+  p
+}' >> "$depfile"
+  echo >> "$depfile" # make sure the fragment doesn't end with a backslash
+  rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
+  ;;
+
+msvc7msys)
+  # This case exists only to let depend.m4 do its work.  It works by
+  # looking at the text of this script.  This case will never be run,
+  # since it is checked for above.
+  exit 1
+  ;;
 
 #nosideeffect)
   # This comment above is used by automake to tell side-effect
@@ -240,41 +569,49 @@ tru64)
 
 dashmstdout)
   # Important note: in order to support this mode, a compiler *must*
-  # always write the proprocessed file to stdout, regardless of -o,
-  # because we must use -o when running libtool.
-  test -z "$dashmflag" && dashmflag=-M
-  ( IFS=" "
-    case " $* " in
-    *" --mode=compile "*) # this is libtool, let us make it quiet
-      for arg
-      do # cycle over the arguments
-        case "$arg" in
-	"--mode=compile")
-	  # insert --quiet before "--mode=compile"
-	  set fnord "$@" --quiet
-	  shift # fnord
-	  ;;
-	esac
-	set fnord "$@" "$arg"
-	shift # fnord
-	shift # "$arg"
-      done
+  # always write the preprocessed file to stdout, regardless of -o.
+  "$@" || exit $?
+
+  # Remove the call to Libtool.
+  if test "$libtool" = yes; then
+    while test "X$1" != 'X--mode=compile'; do
+      shift
+    done
+    shift
+  fi
+
+  # Remove '-o $object'.
+  IFS=" "
+  for arg
+  do
+    case $arg in
+    -o)
+      shift
+      ;;
+    $object)
+      shift
+      ;;
+    *)
+      set fnord "$@" "$arg"
+      shift # fnord
+      shift # $arg
       ;;
     esac
-    "$@" $dashmflag | sed 's:^[^:]*\:[ 	]*:'"$object"'\: :' > "$tmpdepfile"
-  ) &
-  proc=$!
-  "$@"
-  stat=$?
-  wait "$proc"
-  if test "$stat" != 0; then exit $stat; fi
+  done
+
+  test -z "$dashmflag" && dashmflag=-M
+  # Require at least two characters before searching for ':'
+  # in the target name.  This is to cope with DOS-style filenames:
+  # a dependency such as 'c:/foo/bar' could be seen as target 'c' otherwise.
+  "$@" $dashmflag |
+    sed "s|^[$tab ]*[^:$tab ][^:][^:]*:[$tab ]*|$object: |" > "$tmpdepfile"
   rm -f "$depfile"
   cat < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile"
-  tr ' ' '
-' < "$tmpdepfile" | \
-## Some versions of the HPUX 10.20 sed can't process this invocation
-## correctly.  Breaking it into two sed invocations is a workaround.
-    sed -e 's/^\\$//' -e '/^$/d' -e '/:$/d' | sed -e 's/$/ :/' >> "$depfile"
+  # Some versions of the HPUX 10.20 sed can't process this sed invocation
+  # correctly.  Breaking it into two sed invocations is a workaround.
+  tr ' ' "$nl" < "$tmpdepfile" \
+    | sed -e 's/^\\$//' -e '/^$/d' -e '/:$/d' \
+    | sed -e 's/$/ :/' >> "$depfile"
   rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
   ;;
 
@@ -285,74 +622,93 @@ dashXmstdout)
   ;;
 
 makedepend)
-  # X makedepend
-  (
-    shift
-    cleared=no
-    for arg in "$@"; do
-      case $cleared in no)
-        set ""; shift
-	cleared=yes
-      esac
-      case "$arg" in
-        -D*|-I*)
-	  set fnord "$@" "$arg"; shift;;
-	-*)
-	  ;;
-	*)
-	  set fnord "$@" "$arg"; shift;;
-      esac
+  "$@" || exit $?
+  # Remove any Libtool call
+  if test "$libtool" = yes; then
+    while test "X$1" != 'X--mode=compile'; do
+      shift
     done
-    obj_suffix="`echo $object | sed 's/^.*\././'`"
-    touch "$tmpdepfile"
-    ${MAKEDEPEND-makedepend} 2>/dev/null -o"$obj_suffix" -f"$tmpdepfile" "$@"
-  ) &
-  proc=$!
-  "$@"
-  stat=$?
-  wait "$proc"
-  if test "$stat" != 0; then exit $stat; fi
+    shift
+  fi
+  # X makedepend
+  shift
+  cleared=no eat=no
+  for arg
+  do
+    case $cleared in
+    no)
+      set ""; shift
+      cleared=yes ;;
+    esac
+    if test $eat = yes; then
+      eat=no
+      continue
+    fi
+    case "$arg" in
+    -D*|-I*)
+      set fnord "$@" "$arg"; shift ;;
+    # Strip any option that makedepend may not understand.  Remove
+    # the object too, otherwise makedepend will parse it as a source file.
+    -arch)
+      eat=yes ;;
+    -*|$object)
+      ;;
+    *)
+      set fnord "$@" "$arg"; shift ;;
+    esac
+  done
+  obj_suffix=`echo "$object" | sed 's/^.*\././'`
+  touch "$tmpdepfile"
+  ${MAKEDEPEND-makedepend} -o"$obj_suffix" -f"$tmpdepfile" "$@"
   rm -f "$depfile"
-  cat < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile"
-  tail +3 "$tmpdepfile" | tr ' ' '
-' | \
-## Some versions of the HPUX 10.20 sed can't process this invocation
-## correctly.  Breaking it into two sed invocations is a workaround.
-    sed -e 's/^\\$//' -e '/^$/d' -e '/:$/d' | sed -e 's/$/ :/' >> "$depfile"
+  # makedepend may prepend the VPATH from the source file name to the object.
+  # No need to regex-escape $object, excess matching of '.' is harmless.
+  sed "s|^.*\($object *:\)|\1|" "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile"
+  # Some versions of the HPUX 10.20 sed can't process the last invocation
+  # correctly.  Breaking it into two sed invocations is a workaround.
+  sed '1,2d' "$tmpdepfile" \
+    | tr ' ' "$nl" \
+    | sed -e 's/^\\$//' -e '/^$/d' -e '/:$/d' \
+    | sed -e 's/$/ :/' >> "$depfile"
   rm -f "$tmpdepfile" "$tmpdepfile".bak
   ;;
 
 cpp)
   # Important note: in order to support this mode, a compiler *must*
-  # always write the proprocessed file to stdout, regardless of -o,
-  # because we must use -o when running libtool.
-  ( IFS=" "
-    case " $* " in
-    *" --mode=compile "*)
-      for arg
-      do # cycle over the arguments
-        case $arg in
-	"--mode=compile")
-	  # insert --quiet before "--mode=compile"
-	  set fnord "$@" --quiet
-	  shift # fnord
-	  ;;
-	esac
-	set fnord "$@" "$arg"
-	shift # fnord
-	shift # "$arg"
-      done
+  # always write the preprocessed file to stdout.
+  "$@" || exit $?
+
+  # Remove the call to Libtool.
+  if test "$libtool" = yes; then
+    while test "X$1" != 'X--mode=compile'; do
+      shift
+    done
+    shift
+  fi
+
+  # Remove '-o $object'.
+  IFS=" "
+  for arg
+  do
+    case $arg in
+    -o)
+      shift
+      ;;
+    $object)
+      shift
+      ;;
+    *)
+      set fnord "$@" "$arg"
+      shift # fnord
+      shift # $arg
       ;;
     esac
-    "$@" -E |
-    sed -n '/^# [0-9][0-9]* "\([^"]*\)".*/ s:: \1 \\:p' |
-    sed '$ s: \\$::' > "$tmpdepfile"
-  ) &
-  proc=$!
-  "$@"
-  stat=$?
-  wait "$proc"
-  if test "$stat" != 0; then exit $stat; fi
+  done
+
+  "$@" -E \
+    | sed -n -e '/^# [0-9][0-9]* "\([^"]*\)".*/ s:: \1 \\:p' \
+             -e '/^#line [0-9][0-9]* "\([^"]*\)".*/ s:: \1 \\:p' \
+    | sed '$ s: \\$::' > "$tmpdepfile"
   rm -f "$depfile"
   echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile"
   cat < "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile"
@@ -362,42 +718,56 @@ cpp)
 
 msvisualcpp)
   # Important note: in order to support this mode, a compiler *must*
-  # always write the proprocessed file to stdout, regardless of -o,
-  # because we must use -o when running libtool.
-  ( IFS=" "
-    case " $* " in
-    *" --mode=compile "*)
-      for arg
-      do # cycle over the arguments
-        case $arg in
-	"--mode=compile")
-	  # insert --quiet before "--mode=compile"
-	  set fnord "$@" --quiet
-	  shift # fnord
-	  ;;
-	esac
-	set fnord "$@" "$arg"
-	shift # fnord
-	shift # "$arg"
-      done
+  # always write the preprocessed file to stdout.
+  "$@" || exit $?
+
+  # Remove the call to Libtool.
+  if test "$libtool" = yes; then
+    while test "X$1" != 'X--mode=compile'; do
+      shift
+    done
+    shift
+  fi
+
+  IFS=" "
+  for arg
+  do
+    case "$arg" in
+    -o)
+      shift
       ;;
+    $object)
+      shift
+      ;;
+    "-Gm"|"/Gm"|"-Gi"|"/Gi"|"-ZI"|"/ZI")
+        set fnord "$@"
+        shift
+        shift
+        ;;
+    *)
+        set fnord "$@" "$arg"
+        shift
+        shift
+        ;;
     esac
-    "$@" -E |
-    sed -n '/^#line [0-9][0-9]* "\([^"]*\)"/ s::echo "`cygpath -u \\"\1\\"`":p' | sort | uniq > "$tmpdepfile"
-  ) &
-  proc=$!
-  "$@"
-  stat=$?
-  wait "$proc"
-  if test "$stat" != 0; then exit $stat; fi
+  done
+  "$@" -E 2>/dev/null |
+  sed -n '/^#line [0-9][0-9]* "\([^"]*\)"/ s::\1:p' | $cygpath_u | sort -u > "$tmpdepfile"
   rm -f "$depfile"
   echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile"
-  . "$tmpdepfile" | sed 's% %\\ %g' | sed -n '/^\(.*\)$/ s::	\1 \\:p' >> "$depfile"
-  echo "	" >> "$depfile"
-  . "$tmpdepfile" | sed 's% %\\ %g' | sed -n '/^\(.*\)$/ s::\1\::p' >> "$depfile"
+  sed < "$tmpdepfile" -n -e 's% %\\ %g' -e '/^\(.*\)$/ s::'"$tab"'\1 \\:p' >> "$depfile"
+  echo "$tab" >> "$depfile"
+  sed < "$tmpdepfile" -n -e 's% %\\ %g' -e '/^\(.*\)$/ s::\1\::p' >> "$depfile"
   rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
   ;;
 
+msvcmsys)
+  # This case exists only to let depend.m4 do its work.  It works by
+  # looking at the text of this script.  This case will never be run,
+  # since it is checked for above.
+  exit 1
+  ;;
+
 none)
   exec "$@"
   ;;
@@ -409,3 +779,13 @@ none)
 esac
 
 exit 0
+
+# Local Variables:
+# mode: shell-script
+# sh-indentation: 2
+# eval: (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
+# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion="
+# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H"
+# time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC0"
+# time-stamp-end: "; # UTC"
+# End:

doc/GNUmakefile

@@ -1,23 +0,0 @@
-# Having a separate GNUmakefile lets me use features of GNU make
-# to generate the man pages.
-# This makefile is used only if you run GNU Make.
-# It is necessary if you want to build targets usually of interest
-# only to the maintainer.
-
-have-Makefile := $(shell test -f Makefile && echo yes)
-
-# If the user runs GNU make but has not yet run ./configure,
-# give them a diagnostic.
-ifeq ($(have-Makefile),yes)
-
-include Makefile
-include $(srcdir)/Makefile.maint
-
-else
-
-all:
-	@echo There seems to be no Makefile in this directory.
-	@echo "You must run ./configure before running \`make'."
-	@exit 1
-
-endif

doc/Makefile.am

@@ -1,25 +1,35 @@
 ## Process this file with automake to get Makefile.in
 
-SUBDIRS = es
-
 info_TEXINFOS = tinc.texi
+tinc_TEXINFOS = tincinclude.texi
 
-dyn_MANS =
-man_aux = $(dyn_MANS:.8=.x)
+man_MANS = tincd.8 tinc.conf.5
 
-man_MANS = tincd.8 tinc.conf.5 $(dyn_MANS)
+EXTRA_DIST = tincinclude.texi.in tincd.8.in tinc.conf.5.in sample-config
 
-PERL = @PERL@
-HELP2MAN = help2man
-MAINTAINERCLEANFILES = $(dyn_MANS)
+CLEANFILES = *.html tincd.8 tinc.conf.5 tincinclude.texi
 
-EXTRA_DIST = $(man_MANS) $(HELP2MAN) $(man_aux) \
-  Makefile.maint GNUmakefile Makefile.summ sample-config.tar.gz
+texi2html: tinc.texi
+	$(AM_V_GEN)texi2html -split=chapter $<
 
-# Use `ginstall' in the definition of man_MANS to avoid
-# confusion with the `install' target.  The install rule transforms `ginstall'
-# to install before applying any user-specified name transformations.
-transform = s/ginstall/install/; @program_transform_name@
+tincd.8.html: tincd.8
+	$(AM_V_GEN)w3mman2html $< > $@
 
-# For additional rules usually of interest only to the maintainer,
-# see GNUmakefile and Makefile.maint.
+tinc.conf.5.html: tinc.conf.5
+	$(AM_V_GEN)w3mman2html $< > $@
+
+substitute = sed \
+	-e s,'@PACKAGE\@',"$(PACKAGE)",g \
+	-e s,'@VERSION\@',"$(VERSION)",g \
+	-e s,'@sysconfdir\@',"$(sysconfdir)",g \
+	-e s,'@runstatedir\@',"$(runstatedir)",g \
+	-e s,'@localstatedir\@',"$(localstatedir)",g
+
+tincd.8: $(srcdir)/tincd.8.in
+	$(AM_V_GEN)$(substitute) $(srcdir)/tincd.8.in > $@
+
+tinc.conf.5: $(srcdir)/tinc.conf.5.in
+	$(AM_V_GEN)$(substitute) $(srcdir)/tinc.conf.5.in > $@
+
+tincinclude.texi: $(srcdir)/tincinclude.texi.in
+	$(AM_V_GEN)$(substitute) $(srcdir)/tincinclude.texi.in > $@

doc/Makefile.maint

@@ -1,38 +0,0 @@
-# This -*- Makefile -*- uses features of GNU make.
-# It is included via GNUmakefile.
-
-# The following one line summaries were extracted from the
-# original man pages using this bit of sh code:
-# for i in *.1; do echo "$i: "|tr -d '\012'; \
-#   grep -A1 SH.NAME $i|sed '/SH NAME/d;s/^[^ ][^ ]* .- //'; done
-
-include Makefile.summ
-
-HELP2MAN-run = $(PERL) -w -- $(srcdir)/$(HELP2MAN)
-
-# Depend on configure.in to get version number changes.
-$(dyn_MANS): $(top_srcdir)/configure.in
-
-# Depend on the source file containing the --help text.
-# Filter out irregular cases.
-regular-men = $(filter-out $(irregular-men),$(dyn_MANS))
-$(regular-men): %.8: $(top_srcdir)/src/%.c
-
-executable = $(patsubst %/install,%/ginstall, ../src/$(basename $@))
-$(dyn_MANS): %.8: %.x $(HELP2MAN)
-	@if test -f $(executable); then \
-	  echo "Updating man page $@"; \
-	  rm -f $@-t $@; \
-	  $(HELP2MAN-run) \
-	    --name="$($(basename $@)-summary)" \
-	    --include=$(basename $@).x \
-	    $(executable) > $@-t; \
-	  chmod -w $@-t; \
-	  mv $@-t $@; \
-	else \
-	  echo "WARNING: The man page $@ cannot be updated yet."; \
-	  echo "         Retry once the corresponding executable is built."; \
-	fi
-
-sample-config.tar.gz:
-	GZIP=$(GZIP_ENV) $(AMTAR) chozf sample-config.tar.gz sample-config

doc/Makefile.summ

@@ -1,2 +0,0 @@
-# -*- makefile -*-
-tincd-summary = tinc VPN daemon

doc/es/Makefile.am

@@ -1,3 +0,0 @@
-## Process this file with automake to get Makefile.in
-
-# Nothing to see here, go away!

doc/es/Makefile.in

@@ -1,218 +0,0 @@
-# Makefile.in generated automatically by automake 1.5 from Makefile.am.
-
-# Copyright 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001
-# Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-# This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation
-# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
-# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
-
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without
-# even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A
-# PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
-
-@SET_MAKE@
-
-# Nothing to see here, go away!
-
-SHELL = @SHELL@
-
-srcdir = @srcdir@
-top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@
-VPATH = @srcdir@
-prefix = @prefix@
-exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@
-
-bindir = @bindir@
-sbindir = @sbindir@
-libexecdir = @libexecdir@
-datadir = @datadir@
-sysconfdir = @sysconfdir@
-sharedstatedir = @sharedstatedir@
-localstatedir = @localstatedir@
-libdir = @libdir@
-infodir = @infodir@
-mandir = @mandir@
-includedir = @includedir@
-oldincludedir = /usr/include
-pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@
-pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@
-pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@
-top_builddir = ../..
-
-ACLOCAL = @ACLOCAL@
-AUTOCONF = @AUTOCONF@
-AUTOMAKE = @AUTOMAKE@
-AUTOHEADER = @AUTOHEADER@
-
-INSTALL = @INSTALL@
-INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@
-INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
-INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@
-INSTALL_HEADER = $(INSTALL_DATA)
-transform = @program_transform_name@
-NORMAL_INSTALL = :
-PRE_INSTALL = :
-POST_INSTALL = :
-NORMAL_UNINSTALL = :
-PRE_UNINSTALL = :
-POST_UNINSTALL = :
-host_alias = @host_alias@
-host_triplet = @host@
-AMTAR = @AMTAR@
-AWK = @AWK@
-BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL = @BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@
-CATALOGS = @CATALOGS@
-CATOBJEXT = @CATOBJEXT@
-CC = @CC@
-CPP = @CPP@
-DATADIRNAME = @DATADIRNAME@
-DEPDIR = @DEPDIR@
-EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@
-GENCAT = @GENCAT@
-GLIBC21 = @GLIBC21@
-GMOFILES = @GMOFILES@
-GMSGFMT = @GMSGFMT@
-HAVE_TUNTAP = @HAVE_TUNTAP@
-INCLUDES = @INCLUDES@
-INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM@
-INSTOBJEXT = @INSTOBJEXT@
-INTLBISON = @INTLBISON@
-INTLLIBS = @INTLLIBS@
-INTLOBJS = @INTLOBJS@
-INTL_LIBTOOL_SUFFIX_PREFIX = @INTL_LIBTOOL_SUFFIX_PREFIX@
-LIBICONV = @LIBICONV@
-LINUX_IF_TUN_H = @LINUX_IF_TUN_H@
-LN_S = @LN_S@
-MKINSTALLDIRS = @MKINSTALLDIRS@
-MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@
-OBJEXT = @OBJEXT@
-PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@
-PERL = @PERL@
-POFILES = @POFILES@
-POSUB = @POSUB@
-RANLIB = @RANLIB@
-USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL = @USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@
-USE_NLS = @USE_NLS@
-VERSION = @VERSION@
-am__include = @am__include@
-am__quote = @am__quote@
-install_sh = @install_sh@
-subdir = doc/es
-mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs
-CONFIG_HEADER = $(top_builddir)/config.h
-CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES =
-DIST_SOURCES =
-DIST_COMMON = Makefile.am Makefile.in
-all: all-am
-
-.SUFFIXES:
-$(srcdir)/Makefile.in:  Makefile.am  $(top_srcdir)/configure.in $(ACLOCAL_M4)
-	cd $(top_srcdir) && \
-	  $(AUTOMAKE) --gnu  doc/es/Makefile
-Makefile:  $(srcdir)/Makefile.in  $(top_builddir)/config.status
-	cd $(top_builddir) && \
-	  CONFIG_HEADERS= CONFIG_LINKS= \
-	  CONFIG_FILES=$(subdir)/$@ $(SHELL) ./config.status
-uninstall-info-am:
-tags: TAGS
-TAGS:
-
-
-DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(DIST_SOURCES) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST)
-
-top_distdir = ../..
-distdir = $(top_distdir)/$(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION)
-
-distdir: $(DISTFILES)
-	@for file in $(DISTFILES); do \
-	  if test -f $$file; then d=.; else d=$(srcdir); fi; \
-	  dir=`echo "$$file" | sed -e 's,/[^/]*$$,,'`; \
-	  if test "$$dir" != "$$file" && test "$$dir" != "."; then \
-	    $(mkinstalldirs) "$(distdir)/$$dir"; \
-	  fi; \
-	  if test -d $$d/$$file; then \
-	    cp -pR $$d/$$file $(distdir) \
-	    || exit 1; \
-	  else \
-	    test -f $(distdir)/$$file \
-	    || cp -p $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file \
-	    || exit 1; \
-	  fi; \
-	done
-check-am: all-am
-check: check-am
-all-am: Makefile
-
-installdirs:
-
-install: install-am
-install-exec: install-exec-am
-install-data: install-data-am
-uninstall: uninstall-am
-
-install-am: all-am
-	@$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install-exec-am install-data-am
-
-installcheck: installcheck-am
-install-strip:
-	$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \
-	  `test -z '$(STRIP)' || \
-	    echo "INSTALL_PROGRAM_ENV=STRIPPROG='$(STRIP)'"` install
-mostlyclean-generic:
-
-clean-generic:
-
-distclean-generic:
-	-rm -f Makefile $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES) stamp-h stamp-h[0-9]*
-
-maintainer-clean-generic:
-	@echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use"
-	@echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild."
-clean: clean-am
-
-clean-am: clean-generic mostlyclean-am
-
-distclean: distclean-am
-
-distclean-am: clean-am distclean-generic
-
-dvi: dvi-am
-
-dvi-am:
-
-info: info-am
-
-info-am:
-
-install-data-am:
-
-install-exec-am:
-
-install-info: install-info-am
-
-install-man:
-
-installcheck-am:
-
-maintainer-clean: maintainer-clean-am
-
-maintainer-clean-am: distclean-am maintainer-clean-generic
-
-mostlyclean: mostlyclean-am
-
-mostlyclean-am: mostlyclean-generic
-
-uninstall-am: uninstall-info-am
-
-.PHONY: all all-am check check-am clean clean-generic distclean \
-	distclean-generic distdir dvi dvi-am info info-am install \
-	install-am install-data install-data-am install-exec \
-	install-exec-am install-info install-info-am install-man \
-	install-strip installcheck installcheck-am installdirs \
-	maintainer-clean maintainer-clean-generic mostlyclean \
-	mostlyclean-generic uninstall uninstall-am uninstall-info-am
-
-# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables.
-# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded.
-.NOEXPORT:

doc/help2man

@@ -1,375 +0,0 @@
-#!/usr/bin/perl -w
-
-# Generate a short man page from --help and --version output.
-# Copyright © 1997, 98 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-# any later version.
-
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-# GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
-# Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
-
-# Written by Brendan O'Dea <bod@compusol.com.au>
-
-use 5.004;
-use strict;
-use Getopt::Long;
-use POSIX qw(strftime setlocale LC_TIME);
-
-my $this_program = 'help2man';
-my $this_version = '1.006';
-my $version_info = <<EOT;
-$this_program $this_version
-
-Copyright (C) 1997, 98 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-This is free software; see the source for copying conditions.  There is NO
-warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
-
-Written by Brendan O'Dea <bod\@compusol.com.au>
-EOT
-
-my $help_info = <<EOT;
-`$this_program' generates a man page out of `--help' and `--version' output.
-
-Usage: $this_program [OPTION]... EXECUTABLE
-
-  --name=STRING       use `STRING' as the description for the NAME paragraph
-  --include=FILE      include material from `FILE'
-  --opt-include=FILE  include material from `FILE' if it exists
-  --output=FILE       send output to `FILE'
-  --no-info           suppress pointer to Texinfo manual
-  --help              print this help, then exit
-  --version           print $this_program program version number, then exit
-
-EXECUTABLE should accept `--help' and `version' options.
-EOT
-
-my ($include, $opt_name, $opt_include, $opt_output, $opt_no_info);
-
-# Parse options.
-GetOptions (
-    'name=s'	    => \$opt_name,
-    'include=s'	    => \$include,
-    'opt-include=s' => \$opt_include,
-    'output=s'	    => \$opt_output,
-    'no-info'	    => \$opt_no_info,
-    help	    => sub { print $help_info; exit },
-    version	    => sub { print $version_info; exit },
-) or die $help_info;
-
-die $help_info unless @ARGV == 1;
-
-my %include = ();
-my @include = (); # to retain order
-
-# Process include file (if given).  Format is:
-#
-# [section name]
-# verbatim text
-
-if ($include or $opt_include)
-{
-    if (open INC, $include || $opt_include)
-    {
-	my $sect;
-
-	while (<INC>)
-	{
-	    if (/^\[([^]]+)\]/)
-	    {
-		$sect = uc $1;
-		$sect =~ s/^\s+//;
-		$sect =~ s/\s+$//;
-		next;
-	    }
-
-	    # Silently ignore anything before the first
-	    # section--allows for comments and revision info.
-	    next unless $sect;
-
-	    push @include, $sect unless $include{$sect};
-	    $include{$sect} ||= '';
-	    $include{$sect} .= $_;
-	}
-
-	close INC;
-
-	die "$this_program: no valid information found in `$include'\n"
-	    unless %include;
-
-	# Compress trailing blank lines.
-	for (keys %include)
-	{
-	    $include{$_} =~ s/\n+$//;
-	    $include{$_} .= "\n" unless /^NAME$/;
-	}
-    }
-    else
-    {
-	die "$this_program: can't open `$include' ($!)\n" if $include;
-    }
-}
-
-# Turn off localisation of executable's ouput.
-@ENV{qw(LANGUAGE LANG LC_ALL)} = ('C') x 3;
-
-# Turn off localisation of date (for strftime)
-setlocale LC_TIME, 'C';
-
-# Grab help and version paragraphs from executable
-my @help = split /\n\n+/, `$ARGV[0] --help 2>/dev/null`
-    or die "$this_program: can't get `--help' info from $ARGV[0]\n";
-
-my @version = split /\n\n+/, `$ARGV[0] --version 2>/dev/null`
-    or die "$this_program: can't get `--version' info from $ARGV[0]\n";
-
-my $date = strftime "%B %Y", localtime;
-my $program = $ARGV[0]; $program =~ s!.*/!!;
-my $package = $program;
-my $version;
-
-if ($opt_output)
-{
-    unlink $opt_output
-	or die "$this_program: can't unlink $opt_output ($!)\n"
-	if -e $opt_output;
-
-    open STDOUT, ">$opt_output"
-	or die "$this_program: can't create $opt_output ($!)\n";
-}
-
-# The first line of the --version information is assumed to be in one
-# of the following formats:
-#
-#   <version>
-#   <program> <version>
-#   GNU <program> <version>
-#   <program> (GNU <package>) <version>
-#   <program> - GNU <package> <version>
-#
-# and seperated from any copyright/author details by a blank line.
-
-$_ = shift @version;
-
-if (/^(\S+)\s+\((GNU\s+[^)]+)\)\s+(.*)/ or
-    /^(\S+)\s+-\s*(GNU\s+\S+)\s+(.*)/)
-{
-    $program = $1;
-    $package = $2;
-    $version = $3;
-}
-elsif (/^(GNU\s+)?(\S+)\s+(.*)/)
-{
-    $program = $2;
-    $package = $1 ? "$1$2" : $2;
-    $version = $3;
-}
-else
-{
-    $version = $_;
-}
-
-$program =~ s!.*/!!;
-
-# no info for `info' itself
-$opt_no_info = 1 if $program eq 'info';
-
-# --name overrides --include contents
-$include{NAME} = "$program \\- $opt_name" if $opt_name;
-
-# Default (useless) NAME paragraph
-$include{NAME} ||= "$program \\- manual page for $program $version";
-
-# Man pages traditionally have the page title in caps.
-my $PROGRAM = uc $program;
-
-# Header.
-print <<EOT;
-.\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE!  It was generated by $this_program $this_version.
-.TH $PROGRAM 1 "$date" "$package $version" "FSF"
-.SH NAME
-$include{NAME}
-EOT
-
-my $accumulate = 1;
-my @description = ();
-
-sub convert_option;
-
-# Output converted --help information.
-for (@help)
-{
-    chomp;
-
-    if (s/^Usage:\s+\S+\s+(.*)\n?//)
-    {
-	# Turn the usage clause into a synopsis.
-	my $synopsis = '';
-
-	do {
-	    my $syn = $1;
-	    $syn =~ s/(([][]|\.\.+)+)/\\fR$1\\fI/g;
-	    $syn =~ s/^/\\fI/ unless $syn =~ s/^\\fR//;
-	    $syn .= '\fR';
-	    $syn =~ s/\\fI(\s*)\\fR/$1/g;
-
-	    $synopsis .= ".br\n" unless $accumulate;
-	    $synopsis .= ".B $program\n";
-	    $synopsis .= "$syn\n";
-	    $accumulate = 0;
-	} while s/^(?:Usage|\s*or):\s+\S+\s+(.*)\n?//;
-
-	# Include file overrides SYNOPSIS.
-	print ".SH SYNOPSIS\n", $include{SYNOPSIS} || $synopsis;
-
-	# Dump any accumulated description text.
-	print ".SH DESCRIPTION\n";
-	print @description;
-
-	# Add additional description text from include file.
-	if ($include{DESCRIPTION})
-	{
-	    print ".PP\n" unless $include{DESCRIPTION} =~ /^\..P/;
-	    print $include{DESCRIPTION};
-	}
-
-	next unless $_;
-    }
-
-    # Accumulate text if the synopsis has not been produced yet.
-    if ($accumulate)
-    {
-	push @description, ".PP\n" if @description;
-	push @description, "$_\n";
-	next;
-    }
-
-    # Catch start of options.
-    if (/^Options:/)
-    {
-	print qq(.SH OPTIONS\n);
-	s/Options://;
-    }
-
-    # Catch bug report text.
-    if (/^Report bugs |^Email bug reports to /)
-    {
-	print qq(.SH "REPORTING BUGS"\n$_\n);
-	next;
-    }
-
-    # Special case for tar 1.12: --label=NAME\nPATTERN.
-    s{(\n[ \t]*)(-V,[ \t]+--label=NAME.*)\n[ \t]+PATTERN[ \t]+}
-     {$1$2$1\\&...=PATTERN };
-
-    # Convert options.
-    s/(\s)(-[][\w=-]+|\\&\S+)/$1 . convert_option $2/ge;
-
-    # Option subsections have second line indented.
-    print qq(.SS "$1"\n) if s/^(\S.*)\n(\s)/$2/;
-
-    # Lines indented more than about 10 spaces may be assumed to be
-    # continuations of the previous line.
-    s/\n {10,}/ /g;
-
-    # Lines following dotted (*) or numbered points may also be
-    # continued if indented to the same level as the text following
-    # the point.
-    1 while s{((?:^|\n)(\s+)(?:[1-9][.)]|\*)(\s+)(?:[^\n]+))\n\2 \3(\S)}
-	     {$1 $4}g;
-
-    # Indented paragraph.
-    if (/^\s/)
-    {
-	for (split /\n/)
-	{
-	    s/^\s+//;
-	    s/([^,])\s+/$1\n/;
-	    print ".TP\n$_\n" if $_;
-	}
-    }
-    # Anything else.
-    else
-    {
-	print ".PP\n$_\n";
-    }
-}
-
-# Print any include items other than the ones we have already dealt
-# with.
-for (@include)
-{
-    print qq(.SH "$_"\n$include{$_})
-	unless /^(NAME|SYNOPSIS|DESCRIPTION|SEE ALSO)$/;
-}
-
-# Refer to the real documentation.
-if ($include{'SEE ALSO'} or !$opt_no_info)
-{
-    print qq(.SH "SEE ALSO"\n);
-    print $include{'SEE ALSO'}, ".PP\n" if $include{'SEE ALSO'};
-
-    print <<EOT unless $opt_no_info;
-The full documentation for
-.B $program
-is maintained as a Texinfo manual.  If the
-.B info
-and
-.B $program
-programs are properly installed at your site, the command
-.IP
-.B info $program
-.PP
-should give you access to the complete manual.
-EOT
-}
-
-# Output converted --version information.
-for (@version)
-{
-    chomp;
-
-    # Join hyphenated lines.
-    s/([A-Za-z])-\n */$1/g;
-
-    # Convert copyright symbol or (c) to nroff character.
-    s/Copyright\s+(?:\xa9|\([Cc]\))/Copyright \\(co/g;
-
-    # Insert appropriate headings for copyright and author.
-    if    (/^Copyright\s\\/) { print ".SH COPYRIGHT\n" }
-    elsif (/^Written\s+by/)  { print ".SH AUTHOR\n" }
-    else		     { print ".PP\n"; }
-
-    # Insert line breaks before additional copyright messages and the
-    # disclaimer.
-    s/(.)\n(Copyright\s|This is free software)/$1\n.br\n$2/g;
-
-    print "$_\n";
-}
-
-exit;
-
-# Convert option dashes to \- to stop nroff from hyphenating 'em, and
-# embolden.  Option arguments get italicised.
-sub convert_option
-{
-    my $option = '\fB' . shift;
-
-    $option =~ s/-/\\-/g;
-    unless ($option =~ s/\[=(.*)\]$/\\fR[=\\fI$1\\fR]/)
-    {
-	$option =~ s/=(.)/\\fR=\\fI$1/;
-	$option =~ s/ (.)/ \\fI$1/;
-	$option .= '\fR';
-    }
-
-    $option;
-}

doc/sample-config/hosts/alpha

@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+# Sample host configuration file
+
+# The real IP address of this tinc host. Can be used by other tinc hosts.
+Address = 123.234.35.67
+
+# Portnumber for incoming connections. Default is 655.
+Port = 655
+
+# Subnet on the virtual private network that is local for this host.
+Subnet = 192.168.1.0/24
+
+# The public key generated by `tincd -n example -K' is stored here
+-----BEGIN RSA PUBLIC KEY-----
+...
+-----END RSA PUBLIC KEY-----

doc/sample-config/hosts/beta

@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+# Sample host configuration file
+# This file was generated by host beta.
+
+# The real IP address of this tinc host. Can be used by other tinc hosts.
+Address = 123.45.67.189
+
+# Portnumber for incoming connections. Default is 655.
+Port = 6500
+
+# Subnet on the virtual private network that is local for this host.
+Subnet = 192.168.2.0/24
+
+# The public key generated by `tincd -n example -K' is stored here
+-----BEGIN RSA PUBLIC KEY-----
+...
+-----END RSA PUBLIC KEY-----

doc/sample-config/rsa_key.priv

@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+# Generate this file with `tincd -n example -K`

doc/sample-config/tinc-down

@@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
+#!/bin/sh
+# This file closes down the tap device.
+
+ifconfig $INTERFACE down

doc/sample-config/tinc-up

@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+#!/bin/sh
+# This file sets up the tap device.
+# It gives you the freedom to do anything you want with it.
+# Use the correct name for the tap device:
+# The environment variable $INTERFACE is set to the right name
+# on most platforms, but if it doesn't work try to set it manually.
+
+# Give it the right ip and netmask. Remember, the subnet of the
+# tap device must be larger than that of the individual Subnets
+# as defined in the host configuration file!
+ifconfig $INTERFACE 192.168.1.1 netmask 255.255.0.0

doc/sample-config/tinc.conf

@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+# Sample tinc configuration file
+
+# This is a comment.
+# Spaces and tabs are eliminated.
+# The = sign isn't strictly necessary any longer, though you may want
+# to leave it in as it improves readability :)
+# Variable names are treated case insensitive.
+
+# The name of this tinc host. Required.
+Name = alpha
+
+# The internet host to connect with.
+# Comment these out to make yourself a listen-only connection
+# You must use the name of another tinc host.
+# May be used multiple times for redundance.
+ConnectTo = beta
+
+# The tap device tinc will use.
+# /dev/tap0 for ethertap, FreeBSD or OpenBSD
+# /dev/tun0 for Solaris
+# /dev/net/tun for Linux tun/tap
+Device = /dev/net/tun

doc/tinc.conf.5

@@ -1,340 +0,0 @@
-.Dd 2002-04-09
-.Dt TINC.CONF 5
-.\" Manual page created by:
-.\" Ivo Timmermans <itimmermans@bigfoot.com>
-.\" Guus Sliepen <guus@sliepen.warande.net>
-.Sh NAME
-.Nm tinc.conf
-.Nd tinc daemon configuration
-.Sh DESCRIPTION
-The files in the
-.Pa /etc/tinc/
-directory contain runtime and security information for the tinc daemon.
-.Sh NETWORKS
-It is perfectly ok for you to run more than one tinc daemon.
-However, in its default form,
-you will soon notice that you can't use two different configuration files without the
-.Fl c
-option.
-.Pp
-We have thought of another way of dealing with this: network names.
-This means that you call
-.Nm
-with the
-.Fl n
-option, which will assign a name to this daemon.
-.Pp
-The effect of this is that the daemon will set its configuration root to
-.Pa /etc/tinc/ Ns Ar NETNAME Ns Pa / ,
-where 
-.Ar NETNAME
-is your argument to the
-.Fl n
-option.
-You'll notice that messages appear in syslog as coming from
-.Nm tincd. Ns Ar NETNAME .
-.Pp
-However, it is not strictly necessary that you call tinc with the
-.Fl n
-option.
-In this case, the network name would just be empty,
-and it will be used as such.
-.Nm tinc
-now looks for files in
-.Pa /etc/tinc/ ,
-instead of 
-.Pa /etc/tinc/ Ns Ar NETNAME Ns Pa / ;
-the configuration file should be
-.Pa /etc/tinc/tinc.conf ,
-and the host configuration files are now expected to be in
-.Pa /etc/tinc/hosts/ .
-.Pp
-But it is highly recommended that you use this feature of
-.Nm tinc ,
-because it will be so much clearer whom your daemon talks to.
-Hence, we will assume that you use it.
-.Sh NAMES
-Each tinc daemon should have a name that is unique in the network which it will be part of.
-The name will be used by other tinc daemons for identification.
-The name has to be declared in the
-.Pa /etc/tinc/ Ns Ar NETNAME Ns Pa /tinc.conf
-file.
-.Pp
-To make things easy,
-choose something that will give unique and easy to remember names to your tinc daemon(s).
-You could try things like hostnames, owner surnames or location names.
-.Sh PUBLIC/PRIVATE KEYS
-You should use 
-.Ic tincd -K
-to generate public/private keypairs.
-It will generate two keys.
-The private key should be stored in a separate file
-.Pa /etc/tinc/ Ns Ar NETNAME Ns Pa /rsa_key.priv
-\-\- where 
-.Ar NETNAME
-stands for the network (see 
-.Sx NETWORKS )
-above.
-The public key should be stored in the host configuration file
-.Pa /etc/tinc/ Ns Ar NETNAME Ns Pa /hosts/ Ns Va NAME
-\-\- where
-.Va NAME
-stands for the name of the local tinc daemon (see
-.Sx NAMES ) .
-.Sh SERVER CONFIGURATION
-The server configuration of the daemon is done in the file
-.Pa /etc/tinc/ Ns Ar NETNAME Ns Pa /tinc.conf .
-This file consists of comments (lines started with a
-.Li # )
-or assignments in the form of:
-.Pp
-.Va Variable Li = Ar Value .
-.Pp
-The variable names are case insensitive, and any spaces, tabs,
-newlines and carriage returns are ignored.
-Note: it is not required that you put in the 
-.Li =
-sign, but doing so improves readability.
-If you leave it out, remember to replace it with at least one space character.
-.Pp
-Here are all valid variables, listed in alphabetical order.
-The default value is given between parentheses.
-.Bl -tag -width indent
-.It Va AddressFamily Li = ipv4 | ipv6 | any Po ipv4 Pc Bq experimental
-This option affects the address family of listening and outgoing sockets.
-If
-.Qq any
-is selected, then depending on the operating system both IPv4 and IPv6 or just
-IPv6 listening sockets will be created.
-.It Va BindToInterface Li = Ar interface Bq experimental
-If your computer has more than one network interface,
-.Nm tinc
-will by default listen on all of them for incoming connections.
-It is possible to bind only to a single interface with this variable.
-.Pp
-This option may not work on all platforms.
-.It Va ConnectTo Li = Ar name
-Specifies which other tinc daemon to connect to on startup.
-Multiple
-.Va ConnectTo
-variables may be specified,
-in which case outgoing connections to each specified tinc daemon are made.
-The names should be known to this tinc daemon
-(i.e., there should be a host configuration file for the name on the
-.Va ConnectTo
-line).
-.Pp
-If you don't specify a host with
-.Va ConnectTo ,
-.Nm tinc
-won't try to connect to other daemons at all,
-and will instead just listen for incoming connections.
-.It Va Device Li = Ar device Po /dev/tap0 or /dev/misc/net/tun Pc
-The virtual network device to use.
-.Nm tinc
-will automatically detect what kind of device it is.
-Note that you can only use one device per daemon.
-The info pages of the tinc package contain more information
-about configuring the virtual network device.
-.It Va Hostnames Li = yes | no Pq no
-This option selects whether IP addresses (both real and on the VPN) should
-be resolved. Since DNS lookups are blocking, it might affect tinc's
-efficiency, even stopping the daemon for a few seconds every time it does
-a lookup if your DNS server is not responding.
-.Pp
-This does not affect resolving hostnames to IP addresses from the
-host configuration files.
-.It Va Interface Li = Ar interface
-Defines the name of the interface corresponding to the virtual network device.
-Depending on the operating system and the type of device this may or may not actually set the name.
-Currently this option only affects the Linux tun/tap device.
-.It Va KeyExpire Li = Ar period Pq 3600
-This option controls the period the encryption keys used to encrypt the data are valid.
-It is common practice to change keys at regular intervals to make it even harder for crackers,
-even though it is thought to be nearly impossible to crack a single key.
-.It Va MACExpire Li = Ar period Pq 600
-This option controls the amount of time MAC addresses are kept before they are removed.
-This only has effect when
-.Va Mode
-is set to
-.Qq switch .
-.It Va MaxTimeout Li = Ar period Pq 900
-This is the maximum delay before trying to reconnect to other tinc daemons.
-.It Va Mode Li = router | switch | hub Pq router
-This option selects the way packets are routed to other daemons.
-.Bl -tag -width indent
-.It router
-In this mode
-.Va Subnet
-variables in the host configuration files will be used to form a routing table.
-Only unicast packets of routable protocols (IPv4 and IPv6) are supported in this mode.
-.It switch
-In this mode the MAC addresses of the packets on the VPN will be used to
-dynamically create a routing table just like an Ethernet switch does.
-Unicast, multicast and broadcast packets of every protocol that runs over Ethernet are supported in this mode
-at the cost of frequent broadcast ARP requests and routing table updates.
-.It hub
-This mode is almost the same as the switch mode, but instead
-every packet will be broadcast to the other daemons
-while no routing table is managed.
-.El
-.It Va Name Li = Ar name Bq required
-This is the name which identifies this tinc daemon.
-It must be unique for the virtual private network this daemon will connect to.
-.It Va PingTimeout Li = Ar period Pq 60
-The number of seconds of inactivity that
-.Nm tinc
-will wait before sending a probe to the other end.
-If that other end doesn't answer within that same amount of time,
-the connection is terminated,
-and the others will be notified of this.
-.It Va PriorityInheritance Li = yes | no Po no Pc Bq experimental
-When this option is enabled the value of the TOS field of tunneled IPv4 packets
-will be inherited by the UDP packets that are sent out.
-.It Va PrivateKey Li = Ar key Bq obsolete
-The private RSA key of this tinc daemon.
-It will allow this tinc daemon to authenticate itself to other daemons.
-.It Va PrivateKeyFile Li = Ar filename Bq recommended
-The file in which the private RSA key of this tinc daemon resides.
-Note that there must be exactly one of
-.Va PrivateKey
-or
-.Va PrivateKeyFile
-specified in the configuration file.
-.El
-.Sh HOST CONFIGURATION FILES
-The host configuration files contain all information needed
-to establish a connection to those hosts.
-A host configuration file is also required for the local tinc daemon,
-it will use it to read in it's listen port, public key and subnets.
-.Pp
-The idea is that these files are portable.
-You can safely mail your own host configuration file to someone else.
-That other person can then copy it to his own hosts directory,
-and now his tinc daemon will be able to connect to your tinc daemon.
-Since host configuration files only contain public keys,
-no secrets are revealed by sending out this information.
-.Bl -tag -width indent
-.It Va Address Li = Ar address Bq recommended
-The IP address or hostname of this tinc daemon on the real network.
-This wil only be used when trying to make an outgoing connection to this tinc daemon.
-Multiple
-.Va Address
-variables can be specified, in which case each address will be tried until a working
-connection has been established.
-.It Va Cipher Li = Ar cipher Pq blowfish
-The symmetric cipher algorithm used to encrypt UDP packets.
-Any cipher supported by OpenSSL is recognised.
-Furthermore, specifying
-.Qq none
-will turn off packet encryption.
-.It Va Compression Li = Ar level Pq 0
-This option sets the level of compression used for UDP packets.
-Possible values are 0 (off), 1 (fast) and any integer up to 9 (best).
-.It Va Digest Li = Ar digest Pq sha1
-The digest algorithm used to authenticate UDP packets.
-Any digest supported by OpenSSL is recognised.
-Furthermore, specifying
-.Qq none
-will turn off packet authentication.
-.It Va IndirectData Li = yes | no Pq no
-This option specifies whether other tinc daemons besides the one you specified with
-.Va ConnectTo
-can make a direct connection to you.
-This is especially useful if you are behind a firewall
-and it is impossible to make a connection from the outside to your tinc daemon.
-Otherwise, it is best to leave this option out or set it to no.
-.It Va MACLength Li = Ar length Pq 4
-The length of the message authentication code used to authenticate UDP packets.
-Can be anything from
-.Qq 0
-up to the length of the digest produced by the digest algorithm.
-.It Va Port Li = Ar port Pq 655
-The port number on which this tinc daemon is listening for incoming connections.
-.It Va PublicKey Li = Ar key Bq obsolete
-The public RSA key of this tinc daemon.
-It will be used to cryptographically verify it's identity and to set up a secure connection.
-.It Va PublicKeyFile Li = Ar filename Bq obsolete
-The file in which the public RSA key of this tinc daemon resides.
-.Pp
-From version 1.0pre4 on
-.Nm tinc
-will store the public key directly into the host configuration file in PEM format,
-the above two options then are not necessary.
-Either the PEM format is used, or exactly one of the above two options must be specified
-in each host configuration file,
-if you want to be able to establish a connection with that host.
-.It Va Subnet Li = Ar address Ns Op Li / Ns Ar prefixlength
-The subnet which this tinc daemon will serve.
-.Nm tinc
-tries to look up which other daemon it should send a packet to by searching the appropriate subnet.
-If the packet matches a subnet,
-it will be sent to the daemon who has this subnet in his host configuration file.
-Multiple
-.Va Subnet
-variables can be specified.
-.Pp
-Subnets can either be single MAC, IPv4 or IPv6 addresses,
-in which case a subnet consisting of only that single address is assumed,
-or they can be a IPv4 or IPv6 network address with a prefixlength.
-Shorthand notations are not supported.
-For example, IPv4 subnets must be in a form like 192.168.1.0/24,
-where 192.168.1.0 is the network address and 24 is the number of bits set in the netmask.
-Note that subnets like 192.168.1.1/24 are invalid!
-Read a networking HOWTO/FAQ/guide if you don't understand this.
-IPv6 subnets are notated like fec0:0:0:1:0:0:0:0/64.
-MAC addresses are notated like 0:1a:2b:3c:4d:5e.
-.It Va TCPOnly Li = yes | no Pq no
-If this variable is set to yes,
-then the packets are tunnelled over the TCP connection instead of a UDP connection.
-This is especially useful for those who want to run a tinc daemon
-from behind a masquerading firewall,
-or if UDP packet routing is disabled somehow.
-Setting this options also implicitly sets IndirectData.
-.El
-.Sh FILES
-.Bl -tag -width indent
-.It Pa /etc/tinc/
-The top directory for configuration files.
-.It Pa /etc/tinc/ Ns Ar NETNAME Ns Pa /tinc.conf
-The default name of the server configuration file for net
-.Ar NETNAME .
-.It Pa /etc/tinc/ Ns Ar NETNAME Ns Pa /hosts/
-Host configuration files are kept in this directory.
-.It Pa /etc/tinc/ Ns Ar NETNAME Ns Pa /tinc-up
-If an executable file with this name exists,
-it will be executed right after the tinc daemon has connected to the virtual network device.
-It can be used to set up the corresponding network interface.
-.Pp
-The environment variable
-.Ev $NETNAME
-will be passed to the executable.
-If specified with the
-.Va Interface
-configuration variable,
-or if the virtual network device is a Linux tun/tap device,
-the environment variable
-.Ev $INTERFACE
-will be set to the name of the network interface.
-.It Pa /etc/tinc/ Ns Ar NETNAME Ns Pa /tinc-down
-If an executable file with this name exists,
-it will be executed right before the tinc daemon is going to close
-its connection to the virtual network device.
-The same environment variables will be passed as mentioned above.
-.El
-.Sh SEE ALSO
-.Xr tincd 8 ,
-.Pa http://tinc.nl.linux.org/ ,
-.Pa http://www.linuxdoc.org/LDP/nag2/ .
-.Pp
-The full documentation for
-.Nm tinc
-is maintained as a Texinfo manual.
-If the info and tinc programs are properly installed at your site, the command
-.Ic info tinc
-should give you access to the complete manual.
-.Pp
-.Nm tinc
-comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY.
-This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it under certain conditions;
-see the file COPYING for details.

doc/tinc.conf.5.in

@@ -0,0 +1,673 @@
+.Dd 2016-10-29
+.Dt TINC.CONF 5
+.\" Manual page created by:
+.\" Ivo Timmermans
+.\" Guus Sliepen <guus@tinc-vpn.org>
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm tinc.conf
+.Nd tinc daemon configuration
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The files in the
+.Pa @sysconfdir@/tinc/
+directory contain runtime and security information for the tinc daemon.
+.Sh NETWORKS
+It is perfectly ok for you to run more than one tinc daemon.
+However, in its default form,
+you will soon notice that you can't use two different configuration files without the
+.Fl c
+option.
+.Pp
+We have thought of another way of dealing with this: network names.
+This means that you call
+.Nm
+with the
+.Fl n
+option, which will assign a name to this daemon.
+.Pp
+The effect of this is that the daemon will set its configuration root to
+.Pa @sysconfdir@/tinc/ Ns Ar NETNAME Ns Pa / ,
+where 
+.Ar NETNAME
+is your argument to the
+.Fl n
+option.
+You'll notice that messages appear in syslog as coming from
+.Nm tincd. Ns Ar NETNAME .
+.Pp
+However, it is not strictly necessary that you call tinc with the
+.Fl n
+option.
+In this case, the network name would just be empty,
+and it will be used as such.
+.Nm tinc
+now looks for files in
+.Pa @sysconfdir@/tinc/ ,
+instead of 
+.Pa @sysconfdir@/tinc/ Ns Ar NETNAME Ns Pa / ;
+the configuration file should be
+.Pa @sysconfdir@/tinc/tinc.conf ,
+and the host configuration files are now expected to be in
+.Pa @sysconfdir@/tinc/hosts/ .
+.Pp
+But it is highly recommended that you use this feature of
+.Nm tinc ,
+because it will be so much clearer whom your daemon talks to.
+Hence, we will assume that you use it.
+.Sh NAMES
+Each tinc daemon must have a name that is unique in the network which it will be part of.
+The name will be used by other tinc daemons for identification.
+The name has to be declared in the
+.Pa @sysconfdir@/tinc/ Ns Ar NETNAME Ns Pa /tinc.conf
+file.
+.Pp
+To make things easy,
+choose something that will give unique and easy to remember names to your tinc daemon(s).
+You could try things like hostnames, owner surnames or location names.
+.Sh PUBLIC/PRIVATE KEYS
+You should use 
+.Ic tincd -K
+to generate public/private keypairs.
+It will generate two keys.
+The private key should be stored in a separate file
+.Pa @sysconfdir@/tinc/ Ns Ar NETNAME Ns Pa /rsa_key.priv
+\-\- where 
+.Ar NETNAME
+stands for the network (see 
+.Sx NETWORKS )
+above.
+The public key should be stored in the host configuration file
+.Pa @sysconfdir@/tinc/ Ns Ar NETNAME Ns Pa /hosts/ Ns Va NAME
+\-\- where
+.Va NAME
+stands for the name of the local tinc daemon (see
+.Sx NAMES ) .
+.Sh SERVER CONFIGURATION
+The server configuration of the daemon is done in the file
+.Pa @sysconfdir@/tinc/ Ns Ar NETNAME Ns Pa /tinc.conf .
+This file consists of comments (lines started with a
+.Li # )
+or assignments in the form of:
+.Pp
+.Va Variable Li = Ar Value .
+.Pp
+The variable names are case insensitive, and any spaces, tabs,
+newlines and carriage returns are ignored.
+Note: it is not required that you put in the 
+.Li =
+sign, but doing so improves readability.
+If you leave it out, remember to replace it with at least one space character.
+.Pp
+The server configuration is complemented with host specific configuration (see the next section).
+Although all configuration options for the local host listed in this document can also be put in
+.Pa @sysconfdir@/tinc/ Ns Ar NETNAME Ns Pa /tinc.conf ,
+it is recommended to put host specific configuration options in the host configuration file,
+as this makes it easy to exchange with other nodes.
+.Pp
+Here are all valid variables, listed in alphabetical order.
+The default value is given between parentheses.
+.Bl -tag -width indent
+.It Va AddressFamily Li = ipv4 | ipv6 | any Pq any
+This option affects the address family of listening and outgoing sockets.
+If
+.Qq any
+is selected, then depending on the operating system both IPv4 and IPv6 or just
+IPv6 listening sockets will be created.
+.It Va BindToAddress Li = Ar address Oo Ar port Oc Bq experimental
+If your computer has more than one IPv4 or IPv6 address,
+.Nm tinc
+will by default listen on all of them for incoming connections.
+Multiple
+.Va BindToAddress
+variables may be specified,
+in which case listening sockets for each specified address are made.
+.Pp
+If no
+.Ar port
+is specified, the socket will be bound to the port specified by the
+.Va Port
+option, or to port 655 if neither is given.
+To only bind to a specific port but not to a specific address, use
+.Li *
+for the
+.Ar address .
+.Pp
+This option may not work on all platforms.
+.It Va BindToInterface Li = Ar interface Bq experimental
+If your computer has more than one network interface,
+.Nm tinc
+will by default listen on all of them for incoming connections.
+It is possible to bind only to a single interface with this variable.
+.Pp
+This option may not work on all platforms.
+Also, on some platforms it will not actually bind to an interface,
+but rather to the address that the interface has at the moment a socket is created.
+.It Va Broadcast Li = no | mst | direct Po mst Pc Bq experimental
+This option selects the way broadcast packets are sent to other daemons.
+NOTE: all nodes in a VPN must use the same
+.Va Broadcast
+mode, otherwise routing loops can form.
+.Bl -tag -width indent
+.It no
+Broadcast packets are never sent to other nodes.
+.It mst
+Broadcast packets are sent and forwarded via the VPN's Minimum Spanning Tree.
+This ensures broadcast packets reach all nodes.
+.It direct
+Broadcast packets are sent directly to all nodes that can be reached directly.
+Broadcast packets received from other nodes are never forwarded.
+If the IndirectData option is also set, broadcast packets will only be sent to nodes which we have a meta connection to.
+.El
+.It Va ConnectTo Li = Ar name
+Specifies which other tinc daemon to connect to on startup.
+Multiple
+.Va ConnectTo
+variables may be specified,
+in which case outgoing connections to each specified tinc daemon are made.
+The names should be known to this tinc daemon
+(i.e., there should be a host configuration file for the name on the
+.Va ConnectTo
+line).
+.Pp
+If you don't specify a host with
+.Va ConnectTo ,
+.Nm tinc
+won't try to connect to other daemons at all,
+and will instead just listen for incoming connections.
+.It Va DecrementTTL Li = yes | no Po no Pc Bq experimental
+When enabled,
+.Nm tinc
+will decrement the Time To Live field in IPv4 packets, or the Hop Limit field in IPv6 packets,
+before forwarding a received packet to the virtual network device or to another node,
+and will drop packets that have a TTL value of zero,
+in which case it will send an ICMP Time Exceeded packet back.
+.Pp
+Do not use this option if you use switch mode and want to use IPv6.
+.It Va Device Li = Ar device Po Pa /dev/tap0 , Pa /dev/net/tun No or other depending on platform Pc
+The virtual network device to use.
+.Nm tinc
+will automatically detect what kind of device it is.
+Note that you can only use one device per daemon.
+Under Windows, use
+.Va Interface
+instead of
+.Va Device .
+The info pages of the tinc package contain more information
+about configuring the virtual network device.
+.It Va DeviceType Li = Ar type Pq platform dependent
+The type of the virtual network device.
+Tinc will normally automatically select the right type of tun/tap interface, and this option should not be used.
+However, this option can be used to select one of the special interface types, if support for them is compiled in.
+.Bl -tag -width indent
+.It dummy
+Use a dummy interface.
+No packets are ever read or written to a virtual network device.
+Useful for testing, or when setting up a node that only forwards packets for other nodes.
+.It raw_socket
+Open a raw socket, and bind it to a pre-existing
+.Va Interface
+(eth0 by default).
+All packets are read from this interface.
+Packets received for the local node are written to the raw socket.
+However, at least on Linux, the operating system does not process IP packets destined for the local host.
+.It multicast
+Open a multicast UDP socket and bind it to the address and port (separated by spaces) and optionally a TTL value specified using
+.Va Device .
+Packets are read from and written to this multicast socket.
+This can be used to connect to UML, QEMU or KVM instances listening on the same multicast address.
+Do NOT connect multiple
+.Nm tinc 
+daemons to the same multicast address, this will very likely cause routing loops.
+Also note that this can cause decrypted VPN packets to be sent out on a real network if misconfigured.
+.It uml Pq not compiled in by default
+Create a UNIX socket with the filename specified by
+.Va Device ,
+or
+.Pa @runstatedir@/ Ns Ar NETNAME Ns Pa .umlsocket
+if not specified.
+.Nm tinc
+will wait for a User Mode Linux instance to connect to this socket.
+.It vde Pq not compiled in by default
+Uses the libvdeplug library to connect to a Virtual Distributed Ethernet switch,
+using the UNIX socket specified by
+.Va Device ,
+or
+.Pa @runstatedir@/vde.ctl
+if not specified.
+.El
+Also, in case tinc does not seem to correctly interpret packets received from the virtual network device,
+it can be used to change the way packets are interpreted:
+.Bl -tag -width indent
+.It tun Pq BSD and Linux
+Set type to tun.
+Depending on the platform, this can either be with or without an address family header (see below).
+.It tunnohead Pq BSD
+Set type to tun without an address family header.
+Tinc will expect packets read from the virtual network device to start with an IP header.
+On some platforms IPv6 packets cannot be read from or written to the device in this mode.
+.It tunifhead Pq BSD
+Set type to tun with an address family header.
+Tinc will expect packets read from the virtual network device
+to start with a four byte header containing the address family,
+followed by an IP header.
+This mode should support both IPv4 and IPv6 packets.
+.It utun Pq OS X
+Set type to utun.
+This is only supported on OS X version 10.6.8 and higher, but doesn't require the tuntaposx module.
+This mode should support both IPv4 and IPv6 packets.
+.It tap Pq BSD and Linux
+Set type to tap.
+Tinc will expect packets read from the virtual network device
+to start with an Ethernet header.
+.El
+.It Va DirectOnly Li = yes | no Po no Pc Bq experimental
+When this option is enabled, packets that cannot be sent directly to the destination node,
+but which would have to be forwarded by an intermediate node, are dropped instead.
+When combined with the IndirectData option,
+packets for nodes for which we do not have a meta connection with are also dropped.
+.It Va Forwarding Li = off | internal | kernel Po internal Pc Bq experimental
+This option selects the way indirect packets are forwarded.
+.Bl -tag -width indent
+.It off
+Incoming packets that are not meant for the local node,
+but which should be forwarded to another node, are dropped.
+.It internal
+Incoming packets that are meant for another node are forwarded by tinc internally.
+.Pp
+This is the default mode, and unless you really know you need another forwarding mode, don't change it.
+.It kernel
+Incoming packets are always sent to the TUN/TAP device, even if the packets are not for the local node.
+This is less efficient, but allows the kernel to apply its routing and firewall rules on them,
+and can also help debugging.
+.El
+.It Va GraphDumpFile Li = Ar filename Bq experimental
+If this option is present,
+.Nm tinc
+will dump the current network graph to the file
+.Ar filename
+every minute, unless there were no changes to the graph.
+The file is in a format that can be read by graphviz tools.
+If
+.Ar filename
+starts with a pipe symbol |,
+then the rest of the filename is interpreted as a shell command
+that is executed, the graph is then sent to stdin.
+.It Va Hostnames Li = yes | no Pq no
+This option selects whether IP addresses (both real and on the VPN) should
+be resolved. Since DNS lookups are blocking, it might affect tinc's
+efficiency, even stopping the daemon for a few seconds every time it does
+a lookup if your DNS server is not responding.
+.Pp
+This does not affect resolving hostnames to IP addresses from the
+host configuration files, but whether hostnames should be resolved while logging.
+.It Va IffOneQueue Li = yes | no Po no Pc Bq experimental
+(Linux only) Set IFF_ONE_QUEUE flag on TUN/TAP devices.
+.It Va Interface Li = Ar interface
+Defines the name of the interface corresponding to the virtual network device.
+Depending on the operating system and the type of device this may or may not actually set the name of the interface.
+Under Windows, this variable is used to select which network interface will be used.
+If you specified a
+.Va Device ,
+this variable is almost always already correctly set.
+.It Va KeyExpire Li = Ar seconds Pq 3600
+This option controls the period the encryption keys used to encrypt the data are valid.
+It is common practice to change keys at regular intervals to make it even harder for crackers,
+even though it is thought to be nearly impossible to crack a single key.
+.It Va LocalDiscovery Li = yes | no Po no Pc Bq experimental
+When enabled,
+.Nm tinc
+will try to detect peers that are on the same local network.
+This will allow direct communication using LAN addresses, even if both peers are behind a NAT
+and they only ConnectTo a third node outside the NAT,
+which normally would prevent the peers from learning each other's LAN address.
+.Pp
+Currently, local discovery is implemented by sending broadcast packets to the LAN during path MTU discovery.
+This feature may not work in all possible situations.
+.It Va MACExpire Li = Ar seconds Pq 600
+This option controls the amount of time MAC addresses are kept before they are removed.
+This only has effect when
+.Va Mode
+is set to
+.Qq switch .
+.It Va MaxTimeout Li = Ar seconds Pq 900
+This is the maximum delay before trying to reconnect to other tinc daemons.
+.It Va Mode Li = router | switch | hub Pq router
+This option selects the way packets are routed to other daemons.
+.Bl -tag -width indent
+.It router
+In this mode
+.Va Subnet
+variables in the host configuration files will be used to form a routing table.
+Only unicast packets of routable protocols (IPv4 and IPv6) are supported in this mode.
+.Pp
+This is the default mode, and unless you really know you need another mode, don't change it.
+.It switch
+In this mode the MAC addresses of the packets on the VPN will be used to
+dynamically create a routing table just like an Ethernet switch does.
+Unicast, multicast and broadcast packets of every protocol that runs over Ethernet are supported in this mode
+at the cost of frequent broadcast ARP requests and routing table updates.
+.Pp
+This mode is primarily useful if you want to bridge Ethernet segments.
+.It hub
+This mode is almost the same as the switch mode, but instead
+every packet will be broadcast to the other daemons
+while no routing table is managed.
+.El
+.It Va Name Li = Ar name Bq required
+This is the name which identifies this tinc daemon.
+It must be unique for the virtual private network this daemon will connect to.
+The Name may only consist of alphanumeric and underscore characters.
+If 
+.Va Name
+starts with a
+.Li $ ,
+then the contents of the environment variable that follows will be used.
+In that case, invalid characters will be converted to underscores.
+If
+.Va Name
+is
+.Li $HOST ,
+but no such environment variable exist, the hostname will be read using the gethostname() system call.
+.It Va PingInterval Li = Ar seconds Pq 60
+The number of seconds of inactivity that
+.Nm tinc
+will wait before sending a probe to the other end.
+.It Va PingTimeout Li = Ar seconds Pq 5
+The number of seconds to wait for a response to pings or to allow meta
+connections to block. If the other end doesn't respond within this time,
+the connection is terminated,
+and the others will be notified of this.
+.It Va PriorityInheritance Li = yes | no Po no Pc Bq experimental
+When this option is enabled the value of the TOS field of tunneled IPv4 packets
+will be inherited by the UDP packets that are sent out.
+.It Va PrivateKey Li = Ar key Bq obsolete
+The private RSA key of this tinc daemon.
+It will allow this tinc daemon to authenticate itself to other daemons.
+.It Va PrivateKeyFile Li = Ar filename Po Pa @sysconfdir@/tinc/ Ns Ar NETNAME Ns Pa /rsa_key.priv Pc
+The file in which the private RSA key of this tinc daemon resides.
+.It Va ProcessPriority Li = low | normal | high
+When this option is used the priority of the tincd process will be adjusted.
+Increasing the priority may help to reduce latency and packet loss on the VPN.
+.It Va Proxy Li = socks4 | socks5 | http | exec Ar ... Bq experimental
+Use a proxy when making outgoing connections.
+The following proxy types are currently supported:
+.Bl -tag -width indent
+.It socks4 Ar address Ar port Op Ar username
+Connects to the proxy using the SOCKS version 4 protocol.
+Optionally, a
+.Ar username
+can be supplied which will be passed on to the proxy server.
+Only IPv4 connections can be proxied using SOCKS 4.
+.It socks5 Ar address Ar port Op Ar username Ar password
+Connect to the proxy using the SOCKS version 5 protocol.
+If a
+.Ar username
+and
+.Ar password
+are given, basic username/password authentication will be used,
+otherwise no authentication will be used.
+.It http Ar address Ar port
+Connects to the proxy and sends a HTTP CONNECT request.
+.It exec Ar command
+Executes the given
+.Ar command
+which should set up the outgoing connection.
+The environment variables
+.Ev NAME ,
+.Ev NODE ,
+.Ev REMOTEADDRES
+and
+.Ev REMOTEPORT
+are available.
+.El
+.It Va ReplayWindow Li = Ar bytes Pq 16
+This is the size of the replay tracking window for each remote node, in bytes.
+The window is a bitfield which tracks 1 packet per bit, so for example
+the default setting of 16 will track up to 128 packets in the window.  In high
+bandwidth scenarios, setting this to a higher value can reduce packet loss from
+the interaction of replay tracking with underlying real packet loss and/or
+reordering.  Setting this to zero will disable replay tracking completely and
+pass all traffic, but leaves tinc vulnerable to replay-based attacks on your
+traffic.
+.It Va StrictSubnets Li = yes | no Po no Pc Bq experimental
+When this option is enabled tinc will only use Subnet statements which are
+present in the host config files in the local
+.Pa @sysconfdir@/tinc/ Ns Ar NETNAME Ns Pa /hosts/
+directory. Subnets learned via connections to other nodes and which are not
+present in the local host config files are ignored.
+.It Va TunnelServer Li = yes | no Po no Pc Bq experimental
+When this option is enabled tinc will no longer forward information between other tinc daemons,
+and will only allow connections with nodes for which host config files are present in the local
+.Pa @sysconfdir@/tinc/ Ns Ar NETNAME Ns Pa /hosts/
+directory.
+Setting this options also implicitly sets StrictSubnets.
+.It Va UDPRcvBuf Li = Ar bytes Pq OS default
+Sets the socket receive buffer size for the UDP socket, in bytes.
+If unset, the default buffer size will be used by the operating system.
+.It Va UDPSndBuf Li = Ar bytes Pq OS default
+Sets the socket send buffer size for the UDP socket, in bytes.
+If unset, the default buffer size will be used by the operating system.
+.El
+.Sh HOST CONFIGURATION FILES
+The host configuration files contain all information needed
+to establish a connection to those hosts.
+A host configuration file is also required for the local tinc daemon,
+it will use it to read in it's listen port, public key and subnets.
+.Pp
+The idea is that these files are portable.
+You can safely mail your own host configuration file to someone else.
+That other person can then copy it to his own hosts directory,
+and now his tinc daemon will be able to connect to your tinc daemon.
+Since host configuration files only contain public keys,
+no secrets are revealed by sending out this information.
+.Bl -tag -width indent
+.It Va Address Li = Ar address Oo Ar port Oc Bq recommended
+The IP address or hostname of this tinc daemon on the real network.
+This will only be used when trying to make an outgoing connection to this tinc daemon.
+Optionally, a port can be specified to use for this address.
+Multiple
+.Va Address
+variables can be specified, in which case each address will be tried until a working
+connection has been established.
+.It Va Cipher Li = Ar cipher Pq aes-256-cbc
+The symmetric cipher algorithm used to encrypt UDP packets.
+Any cipher supported by LibreSSL or OpenSSL is recognised.
+Furthermore, specifying
+.Qq none
+will turn off packet encryption.
+It is best to use only those ciphers which support CBC mode.
+.It Va ClampMSS Li = yes | no Pq yes
+This option specifies whether tinc should clamp the maximum segment size (MSS)
+of TCP packets to the path MTU. This helps in situations where ICMP
+Fragmentation Needed or Packet too Big messages are dropped by firewalls.
+.It Va Compression Li = Ar level Pq 0
+This option sets the level of compression used for UDP packets.
+Possible values are 0 (off), 1 (fast zlib) and any integer up to 9 (best zlib),
+10 (fast lzo) and 11 (best lzo).
+.It Va Digest Li = Ar digest Pq sha256
+The digest algorithm used to authenticate UDP packets.
+Any digest supported by LibreSSL or OpenSSL is recognised.
+Furthermore, specifying
+.Qq none
+will turn off packet authentication.
+.It Va IndirectData Li = yes | no Pq no
+When set to yes, only nodes which already have a meta connection to you
+will try to establish direct communication with you.
+It is best to leave this option out or set it to no.
+.It Va MACLength Li = Ar length Pq 4
+The length of the message authentication code used to authenticate UDP packets.
+Can be anything from
+.Qq 0
+up to the length of the digest produced by the digest algorithm.
+.It Va PMTU Li = Ar mtu Po 1514 Pc
+This option controls the initial path MTU to this node.
+.It Va PMTUDiscovery Li = yes | no Po yes Pc
+When this option is enabled, tinc will try to discover the path MTU to this node.
+After the path MTU has been discovered, it will be enforced on the VPN.
+.It Va Port Li = Ar port Pq 655
+The port number on which this tinc daemon is listening for incoming connections,
+which is used if no port number is specified in an
+.Va Address
+statement.
+.It Va PublicKey Li = Ar key Bq obsolete
+The public RSA key of this tinc daemon.
+It will be used to cryptographically verify it's identity and to set up a secure connection.
+.It Va PublicKeyFile Li = Ar filename Bq obsolete
+The file in which the public RSA key of this tinc daemon resides.
+.Pp
+From version 1.0pre4 on
+.Nm tinc
+will store the public key directly into the host configuration file in PEM format,
+the above two options then are not necessary.
+Either the PEM format is used, or exactly one of the above two options must be specified
+in each host configuration file,
+if you want to be able to establish a connection with that host.
+.It Va Subnet Li = Ar address Ns Op Li / Ns Ar prefixlength Ns Op Li # Ns Ar weight
+The subnet which this tinc daemon will serve.
+.Nm tinc
+tries to look up which other daemon it should send a packet to by searching the appropriate subnet.
+If the packet matches a subnet,
+it will be sent to the daemon who has this subnet in his host configuration file.
+Multiple
+.Va Subnet
+variables can be specified.
+.Pp
+Subnets can either be single MAC, IPv4 or IPv6 addresses,
+in which case a subnet consisting of only that single address is assumed,
+or they can be a IPv4 or IPv6 network address with a prefixlength.
+For example, IPv4 subnets must be in a form like 192.168.1.0/24,
+where 192.168.1.0 is the network address and 24 is the number of bits set in the netmask.
+Note that subnets like 192.168.1.1/24 are invalid!
+Read a networking HOWTO/FAQ/guide if you don't understand this.
+IPv6 subnets are notated like fec0:0:0:1::/64.
+MAC addresses are notated like 0:1a:2b:3c:4d:5e.
+.Pp
+A Subnet can be given a weight to indicate its priority over identical Subnets
+owned by different nodes.  The default weight is 10. Lower values indicate
+higher priority. Packets will be sent to the node with the highest priority,
+unless that node is not reachable, in which case the node with the next highest
+priority will be tried, and so on.
+.It Va TCPOnly Li = yes | no Pq no Bq obsolete
+If this variable is set to yes,
+then the packets are tunnelled over the TCP connection instead of a UDP connection.
+This is especially useful for those who want to run a tinc daemon
+from behind a masquerading firewall,
+or if UDP packet routing is disabled somehow.
+Setting this options also implicitly sets IndirectData.
+.Pp
+Since version 1.0.10, tinc will automatically detect whether communication via
+UDP is possible or not.
+.El
+.Sh SCRIPTS
+Apart from reading the server and host configuration files,
+tinc can also run scripts at certain moments.
+Below is a list of filenames of scripts and a description of when they are run.
+A script is only run if it exists and if it is executable.
+.Pp
+Scripts are run synchronously;
+this means that tinc will temporarily stop processing packets until the called script finishes executing.
+This guarantees that scripts will execute in the exact same order as the events that trigger them.
+If you need to run commands asynchronously, you have to ensure yourself that they are being run in the background.
+.Pp
+Under Windows (not Cygwin), the scripts must have the extension
+.Pa .bat .
+.Bl -tag -width indent
+.It Pa @sysconfdir@/tinc/ Ns Ar NETNAME Ns Pa /tinc-up
+This is the most important script.
+If it is present it will be executed right after the tinc daemon has been started and has connected to the virtual network device.
+It should be used to set up the corresponding network interface,
+but can also be used to start other things.
+.Pp
+Under Windows you can use the Network Connections control panel instead of creating this script.
+.It Pa @sysconfdir@/tinc/ Ns Ar NETNAME Ns Pa /tinc-down
+This script is started right before the tinc daemon quits.
+.It Pa @sysconfdir@/tinc/ Ns Ar NETNAME Ns Pa /hosts/ Ns Ar HOST Ns Pa -up
+This script is started when the tinc daemon with name
+.Ar HOST
+becomes reachable.
+.It Pa @sysconfdir@/tinc/ Ns Ar NETNAME Ns Pa /hosts/ Ns Ar HOST Ns Pa -down
+This script is started when the tinc daemon with name
+.Ar HOST
+becomes unreachable.
+.It Pa @sysconfdir@/tinc/ Ns Ar NETNAME Ns Pa /host-up
+This script is started when any host becomes reachable.
+.It Pa @sysconfdir@/tinc/ Ns Ar NETNAME Ns Pa /host-down
+This script is started when any host becomes unreachable.
+.It Pa @sysconfdir@/tinc/ Ns Ar NETNAME Ns Pa /subnet-up
+This script is started when a Subnet becomes reachable.
+The Subnet and the node it belongs to are passed in environment variables.
+.It Pa @sysconfdir@/tinc/ Ns Ar NETNAME Ns Pa /subnet-down
+This script is started when a Subnet becomes unreachable.
+.El
+.Pp
+The scripts are started without command line arguments, but can make use of certain environment variables.
+Under UNIX like operating systems the names of environment variables must be preceded by a
+.Li $ 
+in scripts.
+Under Windows, in
+.Pa .bat
+files, they have to be put between
+.Li %
+signs.
+.Bl -tag -width indent
+.It Ev NETNAME
+If a netname was specified, this environment variable contains it.
+.It Ev NAME
+Contains the name of this tinc daemon.
+.It Ev DEVICE
+Contains the name of the virtual network device that tinc uses.
+.It Ev INTERFACE
+Contains the name of the virtual network interface that tinc uses.
+This should be used for commands like
+.Pa ifconfig .
+.It Ev NODE
+When a host becomes (un)reachable, this is set to its name.
+If a subnet becomes (un)reachable, this is set to the owner of that subnet.
+.It Ev REMOTEADDRESS
+When a host becomes (un)reachable, this is set to its real address.
+.It Ev REMOTEPORT
+When a host becomes (un)reachable, this is set to the port number it uses for communication with other tinc daemons.
+.It Ev SUBNET
+When a subnet becomes (un)reachable, this is set to the subnet.
+.It Ev WEIGHT
+When a subnet becomes (un)reachable, this is set to the subnet weight.
+.El
+.Pp
+Do not forget that under UNIX operating systems, you have to make the scripts executable, using the command
+.Nm chmod Li a+x Pa script .
+.Sh FILES
+The most important files are:
+.Bl -tag -width indent
+.It Pa @sysconfdir@/tinc/
+The top directory for configuration files.
+.It Pa @sysconfdir@/tinc/ Ns Ar NETNAME Ns Pa /tinc.conf
+The default name of the server configuration file for net
+.Ar NETNAME .
+.It Pa @sysconfdir@/tinc/ Ns Ar NETNAME Ns Pa /conf.d/
+Optional directory from which any *.conf file will be loaded
+.It Pa @sysconfdir@/tinc/ Ns Ar NETNAME Ns Pa /hosts/
+Host configuration files are kept in this directory.
+.It Pa @sysconfdir@/tinc/ Ns Ar NETNAME Ns Pa /tinc-up
+If an executable file with this name exists,
+it will be executed right after the tinc daemon has connected to the virtual network device.
+It can be used to set up the corresponding network interface.
+.It Pa @sysconfdir@/tinc/ Ns Ar NETNAME Ns Pa /tinc-down
+If an executable file with this name exists,
+it will be executed right before the tinc daemon is going to close
+its connection to the virtual network device.
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr tincd 8 ,
+.Pa https://www.tinc-vpn.org/ ,
+.Pa http://www.tldp.org/LDP/nag2/ .
+.Pp
+The full documentation for
+.Nm tinc
+is maintained as a Texinfo manual.
+If the info and tinc programs are properly installed at your site, the command
+.Ic info tinc
+should give you access to the complete manual.
+.Pp
+.Nm tinc
+comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY.
+This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it under certain conditions;
+see the file COPYING for details.

doc/tinc.info-2

@@ -1,520 +0,0 @@
-This is tinc.info, produced by makeinfo version 4.1 from tinc.texi.
-
-INFO-DIR-SECTION Networking tools
-START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
-* tinc: (tinc).              The tinc Manual.
-END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
-
-   This is the info manual for tinc, a Virtual Private Network daemon.
-
-   Copyright (C) 1998-2002 Ivo Timmermans <itimmermans@bigfoot.com>,
-Guus Sliepen <guus@sliepen.warande.net> and Wessel Dankers
-<wsl@nl.linux.org>.
-
-   $Id: tinc.texi,v 1.8.4.28 2002/04/09 11:43:29 guus Exp $
-
-   Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of this
-manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice are
-preserved on all copies.
-
-   Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of
-this manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that the
-entire resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a
-permission notice identical to this one.
-
-
-File: tinc.info,  Node: The UDP tunnel,  Next: The meta-connection,  Prev: The connection,  Up: The connection
-
-The UDP tunnel
---------------
-
-   The data itself is read from a character device file, the so-called
-_virtual network device_.  This device is associated with a network
-interface.  Any data sent to this interface can be read from the device,
-and any data written to the device gets sent from the interface.  Data
-to and from the device is formatted as if it were a normal Ethernet
-card, so a frame is preceded by two MAC addresses and a _frame type_
-field.
-
-   So when tinc reads an Ethernet frame from the device, it determines
-its type. When tinc is in it's default routing mode, it can handle IPv4
-and IPv6 packets. Depending on the Subnet lines, it will send the
-packets off to their destination.  In the `switch' and `hub' mode, tinc
-will use broadcasts and MAC address discovery to deduce the destination
-of the packets.  Since the latter modes only depend on the link layer
-information, any protocol that runs over Ethernet is supported (for
-instance IPX and Appletalk).
-
-   After the destination has been determined, a sequence number will be
-added to the packet.  The packet will then be encrypted and a message
-authentication code will be appended.
-
-   When that is done, time has come to actually transport the packet to
-the destination computer.  We do this by sending the packet over an UDP
-connection to the destination host.  This is called _encapsulating_,
-the VPN packet (though now encrypted) is encapsulated in another IP
-datagram.
-
-   When the destination receives this packet, the same thing happens,
-only in reverse.  So it checks the message authentication code,
-decrypts the contents of the UDP datagram, checks the sequence number
-and writes the decrypted information to its own virtual network device.
-
-   To let the kernel on the receiving end accept the packet, the
-destination MAC address must match that of the virtual network
-interface.  If tinc is in it's default routing mode, ARP does not work,
-so the correct destination MAC cannot be set by the sending daemons.
-tinc solves this by always overwriting the destination MAC address with
-fe:fd:0:0:0:0. That is also the reason why you must set the MAC address
-of your tap interface to that address.
-
-
-File: tinc.info,  Node: The meta-connection,  Prev: The UDP tunnel,  Up: The connection
-
-The meta-connection
--------------------
-
-   Having only an UDP connection available is not enough.  Though
-suitable for transmitting data, we want to be able to reliably send
-other information, such as routing and session key information to
-somebody.
-
-   TCP is a better alternative, because it already contains protection
-against information being lost, unlike UDP.
-
-   So we establish two connections.  One for the encrypted VPN data,
-and one for other information, the meta-data.  Hence, we call the second
-connection the meta-connection.  We can now be sure that the
-meta-information doesn't get lost on the way to another computer.
-
-   Like with any communication, we must have a protocol, so that
-everybody knows what everything stands for, and how she should react.
-Because we have two connections, we also have two protocols.  The
-protocol used for the UDP data is the "data-protocol," the other one is
-the "meta-protocol."
-
-   The reason we don't use TCP for both protocols is that UDP is much
-better for encapsulation, even while it is less reliable.  The real
-problem is that when TCP would be used to encapsulate a TCP stream
-that's on the private network, for every packet sent there would be
-three ACKs sent instead of just one.  Furthermore, if there would be a
-timeout, both TCP streams would sense the timeout, and both would start
-re-sending packets.
-
-
-File: tinc.info,  Node: The meta-protocol,  Next: Security,  Prev: The connection,  Up: Technical information
-
-The meta-protocol
-=================
-
-   The meta protocol is used to tie all tinc daemons together, and
-exchange information about which tinc daemon serves which virtual
-subnet.
-
-   The meta protocol consists of requests that can be sent to the other
-side.  Each request has a unique number and several parameters.  All
-requests are represented in the standard ASCII character set.  It is
-possible to use tools such as telnet or netcat to connect to a tinc
-daemon and to read and write requests by hand, provided that one
-understands the numeric codes sent.
-
-   The authentication scheme is described in *Note Authentication
-protocol::. After a successful authentication, the server and the
-client will exchange all the information about other tinc daemons and
-subnets they know of, so that both sides (and all the other tinc
-daemons behind them) have their information synchronised.
-
-     daemon	message
-     --------------------------------------------------------------------------
-     origin	ADD_EDGE node1 12.23.34.45 655 node2 21.32.43.54 655 222 0
-                         |       |       |  \___________________/  |  +-> options
-                         |       |       |             |           +----> weight
-     		    |       |       |             +----------------> see below
-     		    |       |       +--> UDP port
-     		    |       +----------> real address
-                         +------------------> name of node on one side of the edge
-     
-     origin	ADD_SUBNET node 192.168.1.0/24
-                          |         |     +--> prefixlength
-                          |         +--------> IPv4 network address
-                          +------------------> owner of this subnet
-     --------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-   In case a connection between two daemons is closed or broken,
-DEL_EDGE messages are sent to inform the other daemons of that fact.
-Each daemon will calculate a new route to the the daemons, or mark them
-unreachable if there isn't any.
-
-   The keys used to encrypt VPN packets are not sent out directly. This
-is because it would generate a lot of traffic on VPNs with many
-daemons, and chances are that not every tinc daemon will ever send a
-packet to every other daemon. Instead, if a daemon needs a key it sends
-a request for it via the meta connection of the nearest hop in the
-direction of the destination. If any hop on the way has already learned
-the key, it will act as a proxy and forward its copy back to the
-requester.
-
-     daemon	message
-     --------------------------------------------------------------------------
-     daemon	REQ_KEY origin destination
-                        |       +--> name of the tinc daemon it wants the key from
-                        +----------> name of the daemon that wants the key
-     
-     daemon	ANS_KEY origin destination 4ae0b0a82d6e0078 91 64 4
-                        |       |       \______________/ |  |  +--> MAC length
-                        |       |               |        |  +-----> digest algorithm
-                        |       |               |        +--------> cipher algorithm
-                        |       |               +--> 128 bits key
-                        |       +--> name of the daemon that wants the key
-                        +----------> name of the daemon that uses this key
-     
-     daemon	KEY_CHANGED origin
-                           +--> daemon that has changed it's packet key
-     --------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-   There is also a mechanism to check if hosts are still alive. Since
-network failures or a crash can cause a daemon to be killed without
-properly shutting down the TCP connection, this is necessary to keep an
-up to date connection list. PINGs are sent at regular intervals, except
-when there is also some other traffic. A little bit of salt (random
-data) is added with each PING and PONG message, to make sure that long
-sequences of PING/PONG messages without any other traffic won't result
-in known plaintext.
-
-     daemon	message
-     --------------------------------------------------------------------------
-     origin	PING
-     dest.	PONG
-     --------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-   This basically covers what is sent over the meta connection by tinc.
-
-
-File: tinc.info,  Node: Security,  Prev: The meta-protocol,  Up: Technical information
-
-About tinc's encryption and other security-related issues.
-==========================================================
-
-   tinc got its name from "TINC," short for _There Is No Cabal_; the
-alleged Cabal was/is an organisation that was said to keep an eye on the
-entire Internet.  As this is exactly what you _don't_ want, we named
-the tinc project after TINC.
-
-   But in order to be "immune" to eavesdropping, you'll have to encrypt
-your data.  Because tinc is a _Secure_ VPN (SVPN) daemon, it does
-exactly that: encrypt.  tinc by default uses blowfish encryption with
-128 bit keys in CBC mode, 32 bit sequence numbers and 4 byte long
-message authentication codes to make sure eavesdroppers cannot get and
-cannot change any information at all from the packets they can
-intercept. The encryption algorithm and message authentication
-algorithm can be changed in the configuration. The length of the message
-authentication codes is also adjustable. The length of the key for the
-encryption algorithm is always the default length used by OpenSSL.
-
-* Menu:
-
-* Authentication protocol::
-* Encryption of network packets::
-
-
-File: tinc.info,  Node: Authentication protocol,  Next: Encryption of network packets,  Prev: Security,  Up: Security
-
-Authentication protocol
------------------------
-
-   A new scheme for authentication in tinc has been devised, which
-offers some improvements over the protocol used in 1.0pre2 and 1.0pre3.
-Explanation is below.
-
-     daemon  message
-     --------------------------------------------------------------------------
-     client  <attempts connection>
-     
-     server  <accepts connection>
-     
-     client  ID client 12
-                   |   +---> version
-                   +-------> name of tinc daemon
-     
-     server  ID server 12
-                   |   +---> version
-                   +-------> name of tinc daemon
-     
-     client  META_KEY 5f0823a93e35b69e...7086ec7866ce582b
-                      \_________________________________/
-                                      +-> RSAKEYLEN bits totally random string S1,
-                                          encrypted with server's public RSA key
-     
-     server  META_KEY 6ab9c1640388f8f0...45d1a07f8a672630
-                      \_________________________________/
-                                      +-> RSAKEYLEN bits totally random string S2,
-                                          encrypted with client's public RSA key
-     
-     From now on:
-      - the client will symmetrically encrypt outgoing traffic using S1
-      - the server will symmetrically encrypt outgoing traffic using S2
-     
-     client  CHALLENGE da02add1817c1920989ba6ae2a49cecbda0
-                       \_________________________________/
-                                      +-> CHALLEN bits totally random string H1
-     
-     server  CHALLENGE 57fb4b2ccd70d6bb35a64c142f47e61d57f
-                       \_________________________________/
-                                      +-> CHALLEN bits totally random string H2
-     
-     client  CHAL_REPLY 816a86
-                           +-> 160 bits SHA1 of H2
-     
-     server  CHAL_REPLY 928ffe
-                           +-> 160 bits SHA1 of H1
-     
-     After the correct challenge replies are received, both ends have proved
-     their identity. Further information is exchanged.
-     
-     client  ACK 655 12.23.34.45 123 0
-                  |       |       |  +-> options
-     	     |       |       +----> estimated weight
-     	     |       +------------> IP address of server as seen by client
-     	     +--------------------> UDP port of client
-     
-     server  ACK 655 21.32.43.54 321 0
-                  |       |       |  +-> options
-     	     |       |       +----> estimated weight
-     	     |       +------------> IP address of client as seen by server
-     	     +--------------------> UDP port of server
-     --------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-   This new scheme has several improvements, both in efficiency and
-security.
-
-   First of all, the server sends exactly the same kind of messages
-over the wire as the client. The previous versions of tinc first
-authenticated the client, and then the server. This scheme even allows
-both sides to send their messages simultaneously, there is no need to
-wait for the other to send something first.  This means that any
-calculations that need to be done upon sending or receiving a message
-can also be done in parallel. This is especially important when doing
-RSA encryption/decryption. Given that these calculations are the main
-part of the CPU time spent for the authentication, speed is improved by
-a factor 2.
-
-   Second, only one RSA encrypted message is sent instead of two. This
-reduces the amount of information attackers can see (and thus use for a
-cryptographic attack). It also improves speed by a factor two, making
-the total speedup a factor 4.
-
-   Third, and most important: The symmetric cipher keys are exchanged
-first, the challenge is done afterwards. In the previous authentication
-scheme, because a man-in-the-middle could pass the challenge/chal_reply
-phase (by just copying the messages between the two real tinc daemons),
-but no information was exchanged that was really needed to read the
-rest of the messages, the challenge/chal_reply phase was of no real
-use. The man-in-the-middle was only stopped by the fact that only after
-the ACK messages were encrypted with the symmetric cipher. Potentially,
-it could even send it's own symmetric key to the server (if it knew the
-server's public key) and read some of the metadata the server would
-send it (it was impossible for the mitm to read actual network packets
-though). The new scheme however prevents this.
-
-   This new scheme makes sure that first of all, symmetric keys are
-exchanged. The rest of the messages are then encrypted with the
-symmetric cipher. Then, each side can only read received messages if
-they have their private key. The challenge is there to let the other
-side know that the private key is really known, because a challenge
-reply can only be sent back if the challenge is decrypted correctly,
-and that can only be done with knowledge of the private key.
-
-   Fourth: the first thing that is send via the symmetric cipher
-encrypted connection is a totally random string, so that there is no
-known plaintext (for an attacker) in the beginning of the encrypted
-stream.
-
-
-File: tinc.info,  Node: Encryption of network packets,  Prev: Authentication protocol,  Up: Security
-
-Encryption of network packet
-----------------------------
-
-   A data packet can only be sent if the encryption key is known to both
-parties, and the connection is  activated. If the encryption key is not
-known, a request is sent to the destination using the meta connection
-to retrieve it. The packet is stored in a queue while waiting for the
-key to arrive.
-
-   The UDP packet containing the network packet from the VPN has the
-following layout:
-
-     ... | IP header | UDP header | seqno | VPN packet | MAC | UDP trailer
-                                  \___________________/\_____/
-                                            |             |
-                                            V             +---> digest algorithm
-                              Encrypted with symmetric cipher
-
-   So, the entire VPN packet is encrypted using a symmetric cipher. A
-32 bits sequence number is added in front of the actual VPN packet, to
-act as a unique IV for each packet and to prevent replay attacks. A
-message authentication code is added to the UDP packet to prevent
-alteration of packets. By default the first 4 bytes of the digest are
-used for this, but this can be changed using the MACLength
-configuration variable.
-
-
-File: tinc.info,  Node: About us,  Next: Concept Index,  Prev: Technical information,  Up: Top
-
-About us
-********
-
-* Menu:
-
-* Contact Information::
-* Authors::
-
-
-File: tinc.info,  Node: Contact Information,  Next: Authors,  Prev: About us,  Up: About us
-
-Contact information
-===================
-
-   tinc's website is at <http://tinc.nl.linux.org/>, this server is
-located in the Netherlands.
-
-   We have an IRC channel on the Open Projects IRC network.  Connect to
-irc.openprojects.net (http://openprojects.nu/services/irc.html), and
-join channel #tinc.
-
-
-File: tinc.info,  Node: Authors,  Prev: Contact Information,  Up: About us
-
-Authors
-=======
-
-Ivo Timmermans (zarq) (<itimmermans@bigfoot.com>)
-     Main coder/hacker and maintainer of the package.
-
-Guus Sliepen (guus) (<guus@sliepen.warande.net>)
-     Originator of it all, co-author.
-
-Wessel Dankers (Ubiq) (<wsl@nl.linux.org>)
-     For the name `tinc' and various suggestions.
-
-   We have received a lot of valuable input from users.  With their
-help, tinc has become the flexible and robust tool that it is today.
-We have composed a list of contributions, in the file called `THANKS' in
-the source distribution.
-
-
-File: tinc.info,  Node: Concept Index,  Prev: About us,  Up: Top
-
-Concept Index
-*************
-
-* Menu:
-
-* ACK:                                   Authentication protocol.
-* ADD_EDGE:                              The meta-protocol.
-* ADD_SUBNET:                            The meta-protocol.
-* Address:                               Host configuration variables.
-* AddressFamily:                         Main configuration variables.
-* ANS_KEY:                               The meta-protocol.
-* arp <1>:                               Error messages.
-* arp:                                   Network interfaces.
-* authentication:                        Authentication protocol.
-* binary package:                        Building and installing tinc.
-* BindToInterface:                       Main configuration variables.
-* Cabal:                                 Security.
-* CHAL_REPLY:                            Authentication protocol.
-* CHALLENGE:                             Authentication protocol.
-* CIDR notation:                         Host configuration variables.
-* Cipher:                                Host configuration variables.
-* client:                                How connections work.
-* command line:                          Runtime options.
-* Compression:                           Host configuration variables.
-* connection:                            The connection.
-* ConnectTo:                             Main configuration variables.
-* daemon:                                Running tinc.
-* data-protocol:                         The meta-connection.
-* Debian:                                Configuring the kernel.
-* debug level:                           Runtime options.
-* DEL_EDGE:                              The meta-protocol.
-* Device:                                Main configuration variables.
-* device files:                          Device files.
-* Digest:                                Host configuration variables.
-* encapsulating:                         The UDP tunnel.
-* encryption:                            Encryption of network packets.
-* ethertap:                              Configuring the kernel.
-* example:                               Example configuration.
-* frame type:                            The UDP tunnel.
-* FreeBSD:                               Supported platforms.
-* hardware address:                      Network interfaces.
-* Hostnames:                             Main configuration variables.
-* hub:                                   Main configuration variables.
-* ID:                                    Authentication protocol.
-* ifconfig:                              Network interfaces.
-* IndirectData:                          Host configuration variables.
-* Interface:                             Main configuration variables.
-* IRC:                                   Contact Information.
-* Kernel-HOWTO:                          Configuring the kernel.
-* key generation:                        Generating keypairs.
-* KEY_CHANGED:                           The meta-protocol.
-* KeyExpire:                             Main configuration variables.
-* libraries:                             Libraries.
-* license:                               OpenSSL.
-* Linux:                                 Supported platforms.
-* MAC address:                           Network interfaces.
-* MACExpire:                             Main configuration variables.
-* MACLength:                             Host configuration variables.
-* meta-protocol:                         The meta-connection.
-* META_KEY:                              Authentication protocol.
-* Mode:                                  Main configuration variables.
-* multiple networks:                     Multiple networks.
-* Name:                                  Main configuration variables.
-* netlink_dev:                           Configuring the kernel.
-* netmask:                               Network interfaces.
-* netname:                               Multiple networks.
-* Network Administrators Guide:          Configuration introduction.
-* OpenBSD:                               Supported platforms.
-* OpenSSL:                               OpenSSL.
-* options:                               Runtime options.
-* PEM format:                            Host configuration variables.
-* PING:                                  The meta-protocol.
-* PingTimeout:                           Main configuration variables.
-* platforms:                             Supported platforms.
-* PONG:                                  The meta-protocol.
-* Port:                                  Host configuration variables.
-* port numbers:                          Other files.
-* PriorityInheritance:                   Main configuration variables.
-* private:                               VPNs.
-* PrivateKey:                            Main configuration variables.
-* PrivateKeyFile:                        Main configuration variables.
-* PublicKey:                             Host configuration variables.
-* PublicKeyFile:                         Host configuration variables.
-* RedHat:                                Configuring the kernel.
-* release:                               Supported platforms.
-* REQ_KEY:                               The meta-protocol.
-* requirements:                          Libraries.
-* router:                                Main configuration variables.
-* runtime options:                       Runtime options.
-* scalability:                           tinc.
-* server:                                How connections work.
-* Solaris:                               Supported platforms.
-* Subnet:                                Host configuration variables.
-* SVPN:                                  Security.
-* switch:                                Main configuration variables.
-* TCP:                                   The meta-connection.
-* TCPonly:                               Host configuration variables.
-* TINC:                                  Security.
-* tinc:                                  Introduction.
-* tinc-up:                               Network interfaces.
-* tincd:                                 tinc.
-* Traditional VPNs:                      tinc.
-* tun:                                   Configuring the kernel.
-* UDP <1>:                               Encryption of network packets.
-* UDP:                                   The UDP tunnel.
-* virtual:                               VPNs.
-* virtual network device:                The UDP tunnel.
-* VPN:                                   VPNs.
-* vpnd:                                  tinc.
-* website:                               Contact Information.
-* zlib:                                  zlib.
-
-

doc/tincd.8.in

@@ -1,22 +1,28 @@
-.Dd 2002-03-25
+.Dd 2014-05-11
 .Dt TINCD 8
 .\" Manual page created by:
-.\" Ivo Timmermans <itimmermans@bigfoot.com>
-.\" Guus Sliepen <guus@sliepen.warande.net>
+.\" Ivo Timmermans
+.\" Guus Sliepen <guus@tinc-vpn.org>
 .Sh NAME
 .Nm tincd
 .Nd tinc VPN daemon
 .Sh SYNOPSIS
 .Nm
-.Op Fl cdDkKn
-.Op Fl -bypass-security
+.Op Fl cdDkKnoLRU
 .Op Fl -config Ns = Ns Ar DIR
-.Op Fl -debug Ns = Ns Ar LEVEL
-.Op Fl -generate-keys Ns Op = Ns Ar BITS
-.Op Fl -help
-.Op Fl -kill Ns = Ns Ar SIGNAL
-.Op Fl -net Ns = Ns Ar NETNAME
 .Op Fl -no-detach
+.Op Fl -debug Ns Op = Ns Ar LEVEL
+.Op Fl -kill Ns Op = Ns Ar SIGNAL
+.Op Fl -net Ns = Ns Ar NETNAME
+.Op Fl -generate-keys Ns Op = Ns Ar BITS
+.Op Fl -option Ns = Ns Ar [HOST.]KEY=VALUE
+.Op Fl -mlock
+.Op Fl -logfile Ns Op = Ns Ar FILE
+.Op Fl -pidfile Ns = Ns Ar FILE
+.Op Fl -bypass-security
+.Op Fl -chroot
+.Op Fl -user Ns = Ns Ar USER
+.Op Fl -help
 .Op Fl -version
 .Sh DESCRIPTION
 This is the daemon of tinc, a secure virtual private network (VPN) project.
@@ -31,37 +37,93 @@ If that succeeds,
 it will detach from the controlling terminal and continue in the background,
 accepting and setting up connections to other tinc daemons
 that are part of the virtual private network.
+Under Windows (not Cygwin) tinc will install itself as a service,
+which will be restarted automatically after reboots.
 .Sh OPTIONS
 .Bl -tag -width indent
-.It Fl -bypass-security
-Disables encryption and authentication.
-Only useful for debugging.
 .It Fl c, -config Ns = Ns Ar DIR
-Read configuration options from
-.Ar DIR .
+Read configuration files from
+.Ar DIR
+instead of
+.Pa @sysconfdir@/tinc/ .
+.It Fl D, -no-detach
+Don't fork and detach.
+This will also disable the automatic restart mechanism for fatal errors.
+If not mentioned otherwise, this will show log messages on the standard error output.
 .It Fl d, -debug Ns Op = Ns Ar LEVEL
 Increase debug level or set it to
 .Ar LEVEL
 (see below).
-.It Fl K, -generate-keys Ns Op = Ns Ar BITS
-Generate public/private RSA keypair and exit.
-If
-.Ar BITS
-is omitted, the default length will be 1024 bits.
-.It Fl -help
-Display short list of options.
 .It Fl k, -kill Ns Op = Ns Ar SIGNAL
 Attempt to kill a running
 .Nm
 (optionally with the specified
 .Ar SIGNAL
 instead of SIGTERM) and exit.
+Under Windows (not Cygwin) the optional argument is ignored,
+the service will always be stopped and removed.
 .It Fl n, -net Ns = Ns Ar NETNAME
 Connect to net
 .Ar NETNAME .
-.It Fl D, -no-detach
-Don't fork and detach.
-This will also disable the automatic restart mechanism for fatal errors.
+This will let tinc read all configuration files from
+.Pa @sysconfdir@/tinc/ Ar NETNAME .
+Specifying
+.Li .
+for
+.Ar NETNAME
+is the same as not specifying any
+.Ar NETNAME .
+.It Fl K, -generate-keys Ns Op = Ns Ar BITS
+Generate public/private RSA keypair and exit.
+If
+.Ar BITS
+is omitted, the default length will be 2048 bits.
+When saving keys to existing files, tinc will not delete the old keys,
+you have to remove them manually.
+.It Fl o, -option Ns = Ns Ar [HOST.]KEY=VALUE
+Without specifying a
+.Ar HOST ,
+this will set server configuration variable
+.Ar KEY 
+to
+.Ar VALUE .
+If specified as
+.Ar HOST.KEY=VALUE ,
+this will set the host configuration variable 
+.Ar KEY
+of the host named
+.Ar HOST
+to
+.Ar VALUE .
+This option can be used more than once to specify multiple configuration variables.
+.It Fl L, -mlock
+Lock tinc into main memory.
+This will prevent sensitive data like shared private keys to be written to the system swap files/partitions.
+.It Fl -logfile Ns Op = Ns Ar FILE
+Write log entries to a file instead of to the system logging facility.
+If
+.Ar FILE
+is omitted, the default is
+.Pa @localstatedir@/log/tinc. Ns Ar NETNAME Ns Pa .log.
+.It Fl -pidfile Ns = Ns Ar FILE
+Write PID to
+.Ar FILE
+instead of
+.Pa @runstatedir@/tinc. Ns Ar NETNAME Ns Pa .pid.
+Under Windows this option will be ignored.
+.It Fl -bypass-security
+Disables encryption and authentication of the meta protocol.
+Only useful for debugging.
+.It Fl R, -chroot
+With this option tinc chroots into the directory where network
+config is located (@sysconfdir@/tinc/NETNAME if -n option is used,
+or to the directory specified with -c option) after initialization.
+.It Fl U, -user Ns = Ns Ar USER
+setuid to the specified
+.Ar USER
+after initialization.
+.It Fl -help
+Display short list of options.
 .It Fl -version
 Output version information and exit.
 .El
@@ -80,7 +142,15 @@ and if
 didn't succeed to connect to an uplink the first time after it started,
 it defaults to the maximum time of 15 minutes.
 .It HUP
-Closes all connections, rereads the configuration file and restarts the daemon.
+Partially rereads configuration files.
+Connections to hosts whose host config file are removed are closed.
+New outgoing connections specified in
+.Pa tinc.conf
+will be made.
+If the
+.Fl -logfile
+option is used, this will also close and reopen the log file,
+useful when log rotation is used.
 .It INT
 Temporarily increases debug level to 5.
 Send this signal again to revert to the original level.
@@ -101,11 +171,11 @@ Each level inherits all messages of the previous level:
 This will log a message indicating
 .Nm
 has started along with a version number.
-It will also any serious error.
+It will also log any serious error.
 .It 1
 This will log all connections that are made with other tinc daemons.
 .It 2
-This will log status and error messages from other tinc daemons.
+This will log status and error messages from scripts and other tinc daemons.
 .It 3
 This will log all requests that are exchanged with other tinc daemons. These include
 authentication, key exchange and connection list updates.
@@ -116,29 +186,11 @@ This will log all network traffic over the virtual private network.
 .El
 .Sh FILES
 .Bl -tag -width indent
-.It Pa /etc/tinc/ Ns Ar NETNAME Ns Pa /tinc.conf
-The configuration file for
-.Nm .
-.It Pa /etc/tinc/ Ns Ar NETNAME Ns Pa /tinc-up
-Script which is executed as soon as the virtual network device has been allocated.
-Purpose is to further configure that device.
-.It Pa /etc/tinc/ Ns Ar NETNAME Ns Pa /tinc-down
-Script which is executed when
-.Nm
-exits.
-Purpose is to cleanly shut down the virtual network device before it will be deallocated.
-.It Pa /etc/tinc/ Ns Ar NETNAME Ns Pa /hosts/*
-The directory containing the host configuration files
-used to authenticate other tinc daemons.
-.It Pa /etc/tinc/ Ns Ar NETNAME Ns Pa /hosts/ Ns Ar NAME Ns Pa -up
-Script which is executed as soon as host
-.Ar NAME
-becomes reachable.
-.It Pa /etc/tinc/ Ns Ar NETNAME Ns Pa /hosts/ Ns Ar NAME Ns Pa -down
-Script which is executed as soon as host
-.Ar NAME
-becomes unreachable.
-.It Pa /var/run/tinc. Ns Ar NETNAME Ns Pa .pid
+.It Pa @sysconfdir@/tinc/
+Directory containing the configuration files tinc uses.
+For more information, see
+.Xr tinc.conf 5 .
+.It Pa @runstatedir@/tinc. Ns Ar NETNAME Ns Pa .pid
 The PID of the currently running
 .Nm
 is stored in this file.
@@ -150,12 +202,12 @@ option may not work correctly.
 .Pp
 .Sy The cryptography in tinc is not well tested yet. Use it at your own risk!
 .Pp
-If you find any bugs, report them to tinc@nl.linux.org.
+If you find any bugs, report them to tinc@tinc-vpn.org.
 .Sh TODO
 A lot, especially security auditing.
 .Sh SEE ALSO
 .Xr tinc.conf 5 ,
-.Pa http://tinc.nl.linux.org/ ,
+.Pa https://www.tinc-vpn.org/ ,
 .Pa http://www.cabal.org/ .
 .Pp
 The full documentation for tinc is maintained as a Texinfo manual.
@@ -168,7 +220,7 @@ tinc comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY.
 This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it under certain conditions;
 see the file COPYING for details.
 .Sh AUTHORS
-.An "Ivo Timmermans" Aq itimmermans@bigfoot.com
-.An "Guus Sliepen" Aq guus@sliepen.warande.net
+.An "Ivo Timmermans"
+.An "Guus Sliepen" Aq guus@tinc-vpn.org
 .Pp
 And thanks to many others for their contributions to tinc!

doc/tincinclude.texi

@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+@set VERSION 1.0.36
+@set PACKAGE tinc
+@set sysconfdir /etc
+@set localstatedir /var
+@set runstatedir /run

doc/tincinclude.texi.in

@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+@set VERSION @VERSION@
+@set PACKAGE @PACKAGE@
+@set sysconfdir @sysconfdir@
+@set localstatedir @localstatedir@
+@set runstatedir @runstatedir@

install-sh

@@ -1,251 +1,529 @@
 #!/bin/sh
-#
 # install - install a program, script, or datafile
-# This comes from X11R5 (mit/util/scripts/install.sh).
+
+scriptversion=2018-03-11.20; # UTC
+
+# This originates from X11R5 (mit/util/scripts/install.sh), which was
+# later released in X11R6 (xc/config/util/install.sh) with the
+# following copyright and license.
 #
-# Copyright 1991 by the Massachusetts Institute of Technology
+# Copyright (C) 1994 X Consortium
 #
-# Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
-# documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
-# the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
-# copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
-# documentation, and that the name of M.I.T. not be used in advertising or
-# publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific,
-# written prior permission.  M.I.T. makes no representations about the
-# suitability of this software for any purpose.  It is provided "as is"
-# without express or implied warranty.
+# Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
+# of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to
+# deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the
+# rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or
+# sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
+# furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+#
+# The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+# all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+#
+# THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+# IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+# FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+# X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+# AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNEC-
+# TION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+#
+# Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall not
+# be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other deal-
+# ings in this Software without prior written authorization from the X Consor-
+# tium.
+#
+#
+# FSF changes to this file are in the public domain.
 #
 # Calling this script install-sh is preferred over install.sh, to prevent
-# `make' implicit rules from creating a file called install from it
+# 'make' implicit rules from creating a file called install from it
 # when there is no Makefile.
 #
 # This script is compatible with the BSD install script, but was written
-# from scratch.  It can only install one file at a time, a restriction
-# shared with many OS's install programs.
+# from scratch.
 
-
-# set DOITPROG to echo to test this script
-
-# Don't use :- since 4.3BSD and earlier shells don't like it.
-doit="${DOITPROG-}"
-
-
-# put in absolute paths if you don't have them in your path; or use env. vars.
-
-mvprog="${MVPROG-mv}"
-cpprog="${CPPROG-cp}"
-chmodprog="${CHMODPROG-chmod}"
-chownprog="${CHOWNPROG-chown}"
-chgrpprog="${CHGRPPROG-chgrp}"
-stripprog="${STRIPPROG-strip}"
-rmprog="${RMPROG-rm}"
-mkdirprog="${MKDIRPROG-mkdir}"
-
-transformbasename=""
-transform_arg=""
-instcmd="$mvprog"
-chmodcmd="$chmodprog 0755"
-chowncmd=""
-chgrpcmd=""
-stripcmd=""
-rmcmd="$rmprog -f"
-mvcmd="$mvprog"
-src=""
-dst=""
-dir_arg=""
-
-while [ x"$1" != x ]; do
-    case $1 in
-	-c) instcmd="$cpprog"
-	    shift
-	    continue;;
-
-	-d) dir_arg=true
-	    shift
-	    continue;;
-
-	-m) chmodcmd="$chmodprog $2"
-	    shift
-	    shift
-	    continue;;
-
-	-o) chowncmd="$chownprog $2"
-	    shift
-	    shift
-	    continue;;
-
-	-g) chgrpcmd="$chgrpprog $2"
-	    shift
-	    shift
-	    continue;;
-
-	-s) stripcmd="$stripprog"
-	    shift
-	    continue;;
-
-	-t=*) transformarg=`echo $1 | sed 's/-t=//'`
-	    shift
-	    continue;;
-
-	-b=*) transformbasename=`echo $1 | sed 's/-b=//'`
-	    shift
-	    continue;;
-
-	*)  if [ x"$src" = x ]
-	    then
-		src=$1
-	    else
-		# this colon is to work around a 386BSD /bin/sh bug
-		:
-		dst=$1
-	    fi
-	    shift
-	    continue;;
-    esac
-done
-
-if [ x"$src" = x ]
-then
-	echo "install:	no input file specified"
-	exit 1
-else
-	true
-fi
-
-if [ x"$dir_arg" != x ]; then
-	dst=$src
-	src=""
-	
-	if [ -d $dst ]; then
-		instcmd=:
-		chmodcmd=""
-	else
-		instcmd=mkdir
-	fi
-else
-
-# Waiting for this to be detected by the "$instcmd $src $dsttmp" command
-# might cause directories to be created, which would be especially bad 
-# if $src (and thus $dsttmp) contains '*'.
-
-	if [ -f $src -o -d $src ]
-	then
-		true
-	else
-		echo "install:  $src does not exist"
-		exit 1
-	fi
-	
-	if [ x"$dst" = x ]
-	then
-		echo "install:	no destination specified"
-		exit 1
-	else
-		true
-	fi
-
-# If destination is a directory, append the input filename; if your system
-# does not like double slashes in filenames, you may need to add some logic
-
-	if [ -d $dst ]
-	then
-		dst="$dst"/`basename $src`
-	else
-		true
-	fi
-fi
-
-## this sed command emulates the dirname command
-dstdir=`echo $dst | sed -e 's,[^/]*$,,;s,/$,,;s,^$,.,'`
-
-# Make sure that the destination directory exists.
-#  this part is taken from Noah Friedman's mkinstalldirs script
-
-# Skip lots of stat calls in the usual case.
-if [ ! -d "$dstdir" ]; then
-defaultIFS='	
+tab='	'
+nl='
 '
-IFS="${IFS-${defaultIFS}}"
+IFS=" $tab$nl"
 
-oIFS="${IFS}"
-# Some sh's can't handle IFS=/ for some reason.
-IFS='%'
-set - `echo ${dstdir} | sed -e 's@/@%@g' -e 's@^%@/@'`
-IFS="${oIFS}"
+# Set DOITPROG to "echo" to test this script.
 
-pathcomp=''
+doit=${DOITPROG-}
+doit_exec=${doit:-exec}
 
-while [ $# -ne 0 ] ; do
-	pathcomp="${pathcomp}${1}"
-	shift
+# Put in absolute file names if you don't have them in your path;
+# or use environment vars.
 
-	if [ ! -d "${pathcomp}" ] ;
-        then
-		$mkdirprog "${pathcomp}"
-	else
-		true
-	fi
+chgrpprog=${CHGRPPROG-chgrp}
+chmodprog=${CHMODPROG-chmod}
+chownprog=${CHOWNPROG-chown}
+cmpprog=${CMPPROG-cmp}
+cpprog=${CPPROG-cp}
+mkdirprog=${MKDIRPROG-mkdir}
+mvprog=${MVPROG-mv}
+rmprog=${RMPROG-rm}
+stripprog=${STRIPPROG-strip}
 
-	pathcomp="${pathcomp}/"
+posix_mkdir=
+
+# Desired mode of installed file.
+mode=0755
+
+chgrpcmd=
+chmodcmd=$chmodprog
+chowncmd=
+mvcmd=$mvprog
+rmcmd="$rmprog -f"
+stripcmd=
+
+src=
+dst=
+dir_arg=
+dst_arg=
+
+copy_on_change=false
+is_target_a_directory=possibly
+
+usage="\
+Usage: $0 [OPTION]... [-T] SRCFILE DSTFILE
+   or: $0 [OPTION]... SRCFILES... DIRECTORY
+   or: $0 [OPTION]... -t DIRECTORY SRCFILES...
+   or: $0 [OPTION]... -d DIRECTORIES...
+
+In the 1st form, copy SRCFILE to DSTFILE.
+In the 2nd and 3rd, copy all SRCFILES to DIRECTORY.
+In the 4th, create DIRECTORIES.
+
+Options:
+     --help     display this help and exit.
+     --version  display version info and exit.
+
+  -c            (ignored)
+  -C            install only if different (preserve the last data modification time)
+  -d            create directories instead of installing files.
+  -g GROUP      $chgrpprog installed files to GROUP.
+  -m MODE       $chmodprog installed files to MODE.
+  -o USER       $chownprog installed files to USER.
+  -s            $stripprog installed files.
+  -t DIRECTORY  install into DIRECTORY.
+  -T            report an error if DSTFILE is a directory.
+
+Environment variables override the default commands:
+  CHGRPPROG CHMODPROG CHOWNPROG CMPPROG CPPROG MKDIRPROG MVPROG
+  RMPROG STRIPPROG
+"
+
+while test $# -ne 0; do
+  case $1 in
+    -c) ;;
+
+    -C) copy_on_change=true;;
+
+    -d) dir_arg=true;;
+
+    -g) chgrpcmd="$chgrpprog $2"
+        shift;;
+
+    --help) echo "$usage"; exit $?;;
+
+    -m) mode=$2
+        case $mode in
+          *' '* | *"$tab"* | *"$nl"* | *'*'* | *'?'* | *'['*)
+            echo "$0: invalid mode: $mode" >&2
+            exit 1;;
+        esac
+        shift;;
+
+    -o) chowncmd="$chownprog $2"
+        shift;;
+
+    -s) stripcmd=$stripprog;;
+
+    -t)
+        is_target_a_directory=always
+        dst_arg=$2
+        # Protect names problematic for 'test' and other utilities.
+        case $dst_arg in
+          -* | [=\(\)!]) dst_arg=./$dst_arg;;
+        esac
+        shift;;
+
+    -T) is_target_a_directory=never;;
+
+    --version) echo "$0 $scriptversion"; exit $?;;
+
+    --) shift
+        break;;
+
+    -*) echo "$0: invalid option: $1" >&2
+        exit 1;;
+
+    *)  break;;
+  esac
+  shift
 done
+
+# We allow the use of options -d and -T together, by making -d
+# take the precedence; this is for compatibility with GNU install.
+
+if test -n "$dir_arg"; then
+  if test -n "$dst_arg"; then
+    echo "$0: target directory not allowed when installing a directory." >&2
+    exit 1
+  fi
 fi
 
-if [ x"$dir_arg" != x ]
-then
-	$doit $instcmd $dst &&
+if test $# -ne 0 && test -z "$dir_arg$dst_arg"; then
+  # When -d is used, all remaining arguments are directories to create.
+  # When -t is used, the destination is already specified.
+  # Otherwise, the last argument is the destination.  Remove it from $@.
+  for arg
+  do
+    if test -n "$dst_arg"; then
+      # $@ is not empty: it contains at least $arg.
+      set fnord "$@" "$dst_arg"
+      shift # fnord
+    fi
+    shift # arg
+    dst_arg=$arg
+    # Protect names problematic for 'test' and other utilities.
+    case $dst_arg in
+      -* | [=\(\)!]) dst_arg=./$dst_arg;;
+    esac
+  done
+fi
 
-	if [ x"$chowncmd" != x ]; then $doit $chowncmd $dst; else true ; fi &&
-	if [ x"$chgrpcmd" != x ]; then $doit $chgrpcmd $dst; else true ; fi &&
-	if [ x"$stripcmd" != x ]; then $doit $stripcmd $dst; else true ; fi &&
-	if [ x"$chmodcmd" != x ]; then $doit $chmodcmd $dst; else true ; fi
-else
+if test $# -eq 0; then
+  if test -z "$dir_arg"; then
+    echo "$0: no input file specified." >&2
+    exit 1
+  fi
+  # It's OK to call 'install-sh -d' without argument.
+  # This can happen when creating conditional directories.
+  exit 0
+fi
 
-# If we're going to rename the final executable, determine the name now.
+if test -z "$dir_arg"; then
+  if test $# -gt 1 || test "$is_target_a_directory" = always; then
+    if test ! -d "$dst_arg"; then
+      echo "$0: $dst_arg: Is not a directory." >&2
+      exit 1
+    fi
+  fi
+fi
 
-	if [ x"$transformarg" = x ] 
-	then
-		dstfile=`basename $dst`
-	else
-		dstfile=`basename $dst $transformbasename | 
-			sed $transformarg`$transformbasename
-	fi
+if test -z "$dir_arg"; then
+  do_exit='(exit $ret); exit $ret'
+  trap "ret=129; $do_exit" 1
+  trap "ret=130; $do_exit" 2
+  trap "ret=141; $do_exit" 13
+  trap "ret=143; $do_exit" 15
 
-# don't allow the sed command to completely eliminate the filename
+  # Set umask so as not to create temps with too-generous modes.
+  # However, 'strip' requires both read and write access to temps.
+  case $mode in
+    # Optimize common cases.
+    *644) cp_umask=133;;
+    *755) cp_umask=22;;
 
-	if [ x"$dstfile" = x ] 
-	then
-		dstfile=`basename $dst`
-	else
-		true
-	fi
+    *[0-7])
+      if test -z "$stripcmd"; then
+        u_plus_rw=
+      else
+        u_plus_rw='% 200'
+      fi
+      cp_umask=`expr '(' 777 - $mode % 1000 ')' $u_plus_rw`;;
+    *)
+      if test -z "$stripcmd"; then
+        u_plus_rw=
+      else
+        u_plus_rw=,u+rw
+      fi
+      cp_umask=$mode$u_plus_rw;;
+  esac
+fi
 
-# Make a temp file name in the proper directory.
+for src
+do
+  # Protect names problematic for 'test' and other utilities.
+  case $src in
+    -* | [=\(\)!]) src=./$src;;
+  esac
 
-	dsttmp=$dstdir/#inst.$$#
+  if test -n "$dir_arg"; then
+    dst=$src
+    dstdir=$dst
+    test -d "$dstdir"
+    dstdir_status=$?
+  else
 
-# Move or copy the file name to the temp name
+    # Waiting for this to be detected by the "$cpprog $src $dsttmp" command
+    # might cause directories to be created, which would be especially bad
+    # if $src (and thus $dsttmp) contains '*'.
+    if test ! -f "$src" && test ! -d "$src"; then
+      echo "$0: $src does not exist." >&2
+      exit 1
+    fi
 
-	$doit $instcmd $src $dsttmp &&
+    if test -z "$dst_arg"; then
+      echo "$0: no destination specified." >&2
+      exit 1
+    fi
+    dst=$dst_arg
 
-	trap "rm -f ${dsttmp}" 0 &&
+    # If destination is a directory, append the input filename.
+    if test -d "$dst"; then
+      if test "$is_target_a_directory" = never; then
+        echo "$0: $dst_arg: Is a directory" >&2
+        exit 1
+      fi
+      dstdir=$dst
+      dstbase=`basename "$src"`
+      case $dst in
+	*/) dst=$dst$dstbase;;
+	*)  dst=$dst/$dstbase;;
+      esac
+      dstdir_status=0
+    else
+      dstdir=`dirname "$dst"`
+      test -d "$dstdir"
+      dstdir_status=$?
+    fi
+  fi
 
-# and set any options; do chmod last to preserve setuid bits
+  case $dstdir in
+    */) dstdirslash=$dstdir;;
+    *)  dstdirslash=$dstdir/;;
+  esac
 
-# If any of these fail, we abort the whole thing.  If we want to
-# ignore errors from any of these, just make sure not to ignore
-# errors from the above "$doit $instcmd $src $dsttmp" command.
+  obsolete_mkdir_used=false
 
-	if [ x"$chowncmd" != x ]; then $doit $chowncmd $dsttmp; else true;fi &&
-	if [ x"$chgrpcmd" != x ]; then $doit $chgrpcmd $dsttmp; else true;fi &&
-	if [ x"$stripcmd" != x ]; then $doit $stripcmd $dsttmp; else true;fi &&
-	if [ x"$chmodcmd" != x ]; then $doit $chmodcmd $dsttmp; else true;fi &&
+  if test $dstdir_status != 0; then
+    case $posix_mkdir in
+      '')
+        # Create intermediate dirs using mode 755 as modified by the umask.
+        # This is like FreeBSD 'install' as of 1997-10-28.
+        umask=`umask`
+        case $stripcmd.$umask in
+          # Optimize common cases.
+          *[2367][2367]) mkdir_umask=$umask;;
+          .*0[02][02] | .[02][02] | .[02]) mkdir_umask=22;;
 
-# Now rename the file to the real destination.
+          *[0-7])
+            mkdir_umask=`expr $umask + 22 \
+              - $umask % 100 % 40 + $umask % 20 \
+              - $umask % 10 % 4 + $umask % 2
+            `;;
+          *) mkdir_umask=$umask,go-w;;
+        esac
 
-	$doit $rmcmd -f $dstdir/$dstfile &&
-	$doit $mvcmd $dsttmp $dstdir/$dstfile 
+        # With -d, create the new directory with the user-specified mode.
+        # Otherwise, rely on $mkdir_umask.
+        if test -n "$dir_arg"; then
+          mkdir_mode=-m$mode
+        else
+          mkdir_mode=
+        fi
 
-fi &&
+        posix_mkdir=false
+        case $umask in
+          *[123567][0-7][0-7])
+            # POSIX mkdir -p sets u+wx bits regardless of umask, which
+            # is incompatible with FreeBSD 'install' when (umask & 300) != 0.
+            ;;
+          *)
+            # Note that $RANDOM variable is not portable (e.g. dash);  Use it
+            # here however when possible just to lower collision chance.
+            tmpdir=${TMPDIR-/tmp}/ins$RANDOM-$$
 
+            trap 'ret=$?; rmdir "$tmpdir/a/b" "$tmpdir/a" "$tmpdir" 2>/dev/null; exit $ret' 0
 
-exit 0
+            # Because "mkdir -p" follows existing symlinks and we likely work
+            # directly in world-writeable /tmp, make sure that the '$tmpdir'
+            # directory is successfully created first before we actually test
+            # 'mkdir -p' feature.
+            if (umask $mkdir_umask &&
+                $mkdirprog $mkdir_mode "$tmpdir" &&
+                exec $mkdirprog $mkdir_mode -p -- "$tmpdir/a/b") >/dev/null 2>&1
+            then
+              if test -z "$dir_arg" || {
+                   # Check for POSIX incompatibilities with -m.
+                   # HP-UX 11.23 and IRIX 6.5 mkdir -m -p sets group- or
+                   # other-writable bit of parent directory when it shouldn't.
+                   # FreeBSD 6.1 mkdir -m -p sets mode of existing directory.
+                   test_tmpdir="$tmpdir/a"
+                   ls_ld_tmpdir=`ls -ld "$test_tmpdir"`
+                   case $ls_ld_tmpdir in
+                     d????-?r-*) different_mode=700;;
+                     d????-?--*) different_mode=755;;
+                     *) false;;
+                   esac &&
+                   $mkdirprog -m$different_mode -p -- "$test_tmpdir" && {
+                     ls_ld_tmpdir_1=`ls -ld "$test_tmpdir"`
+                     test "$ls_ld_tmpdir" = "$ls_ld_tmpdir_1"
+                   }
+                 }
+              then posix_mkdir=:
+              fi
+              rmdir "$tmpdir/a/b" "$tmpdir/a" "$tmpdir"
+            else
+              # Remove any dirs left behind by ancient mkdir implementations.
+              rmdir ./$mkdir_mode ./-p ./-- "$tmpdir" 2>/dev/null
+            fi
+            trap '' 0;;
+        esac;;
+    esac
+
+    if
+      $posix_mkdir && (
+        umask $mkdir_umask &&
+        $doit_exec $mkdirprog $mkdir_mode -p -- "$dstdir"
+      )
+    then :
+    else
+
+      # The umask is ridiculous, or mkdir does not conform to POSIX,
+      # or it failed possibly due to a race condition.  Create the
+      # directory the slow way, step by step, checking for races as we go.
+
+      case $dstdir in
+        /*) prefix='/';;
+        [-=\(\)!]*) prefix='./';;
+        *)  prefix='';;
+      esac
+
+      oIFS=$IFS
+      IFS=/
+      set -f
+      set fnord $dstdir
+      shift
+      set +f
+      IFS=$oIFS
+
+      prefixes=
+
+      for d
+      do
+        test X"$d" = X && continue
+
+        prefix=$prefix$d
+        if test -d "$prefix"; then
+          prefixes=
+        else
+          if $posix_mkdir; then
+            (umask=$mkdir_umask &&
+             $doit_exec $mkdirprog $mkdir_mode -p -- "$dstdir") && break
+            # Don't fail if two instances are running concurrently.
+            test -d "$prefix" || exit 1
+          else
+            case $prefix in
+              *\'*) qprefix=`echo "$prefix" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"`;;
+              *) qprefix=$prefix;;
+            esac
+            prefixes="$prefixes '$qprefix'"
+          fi
+        fi
+        prefix=$prefix/
+      done
+
+      if test -n "$prefixes"; then
+        # Don't fail if two instances are running concurrently.
+        (umask $mkdir_umask &&
+         eval "\$doit_exec \$mkdirprog $prefixes") ||
+          test -d "$dstdir" || exit 1
+        obsolete_mkdir_used=true
+      fi
+    fi
+  fi
+
+  if test -n "$dir_arg"; then
+    { test -z "$chowncmd" || $doit $chowncmd "$dst"; } &&
+    { test -z "$chgrpcmd" || $doit $chgrpcmd "$dst"; } &&
+    { test "$obsolete_mkdir_used$chowncmd$chgrpcmd" = false ||
+      test -z "$chmodcmd" || $doit $chmodcmd $mode "$dst"; } || exit 1
+  else
+
+    # Make a couple of temp file names in the proper directory.
+    dsttmp=${dstdirslash}_inst.$$_
+    rmtmp=${dstdirslash}_rm.$$_
+
+    # Trap to clean up those temp files at exit.
+    trap 'ret=$?; rm -f "$dsttmp" "$rmtmp" && exit $ret' 0
+
+    # Copy the file name to the temp name.
+    (umask $cp_umask &&
+     { test -z "$stripcmd" || {
+	 # Create $dsttmp read-write so that cp doesn't create it read-only,
+	 # which would cause strip to fail.
+	 if test -z "$doit"; then
+	   : >"$dsttmp" # No need to fork-exec 'touch'.
+	 else
+	   $doit touch "$dsttmp"
+	 fi
+       }
+     } &&
+     $doit_exec $cpprog "$src" "$dsttmp") &&
+
+    # and set any options; do chmod last to preserve setuid bits.
+    #
+    # If any of these fail, we abort the whole thing.  If we want to
+    # ignore errors from any of these, just make sure not to ignore
+    # errors from the above "$doit $cpprog $src $dsttmp" command.
+    #
+    { test -z "$chowncmd" || $doit $chowncmd "$dsttmp"; } &&
+    { test -z "$chgrpcmd" || $doit $chgrpcmd "$dsttmp"; } &&
+    { test -z "$stripcmd" || $doit $stripcmd "$dsttmp"; } &&
+    { test -z "$chmodcmd" || $doit $chmodcmd $mode "$dsttmp"; } &&
+
+    # If -C, don't bother to copy if it wouldn't change the file.
+    if $copy_on_change &&
+       old=`LC_ALL=C ls -dlL "$dst"     2>/dev/null` &&
+       new=`LC_ALL=C ls -dlL "$dsttmp"  2>/dev/null` &&
+       set -f &&
+       set X $old && old=:$2:$4:$5:$6 &&
+       set X $new && new=:$2:$4:$5:$6 &&
+       set +f &&
+       test "$old" = "$new" &&
+       $cmpprog "$dst" "$dsttmp" >/dev/null 2>&1
+    then
+      rm -f "$dsttmp"
+    else
+      # Rename the file to the real destination.
+      $doit $mvcmd -f "$dsttmp" "$dst" 2>/dev/null ||
+
+      # The rename failed, perhaps because mv can't rename something else
+      # to itself, or perhaps because mv is so ancient that it does not
+      # support -f.
+      {
+        # Now remove or move aside any old file at destination location.
+        # We try this two ways since rm can't unlink itself on some
+        # systems and the destination file might be busy for other
+        # reasons.  In this case, the final cleanup might fail but the new
+        # file should still install successfully.
+        {
+          test ! -f "$dst" ||
+          $doit $rmcmd -f "$dst" 2>/dev/null ||
+          { $doit $mvcmd -f "$dst" "$rmtmp" 2>/dev/null &&
+            { $doit $rmcmd -f "$rmtmp" 2>/dev/null; :; }
+          } ||
+          { echo "$0: cannot unlink or rename $dst" >&2
+            (exit 1); exit 1
+          }
+        } &&
+
+        # Now rename the file to the real destination.
+        $doit $mvcmd "$dsttmp" "$dst"
+      }
+    fi || exit 1
+
+    trap '' 0
+  fi
+done
+
+# Local variables:
+# eval: (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
+# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion="
+# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H"
+# time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC0"
+# time-stamp-end: "; # UTC"
+# End:

intl/ChangeLog

@@ -1,4 +0,0 @@
-2001-09-13  GNU  <bug-gnu-utils@gnu.org>
-
-	* Version 0.10.40 released.
-

intl/Makefile.in

@@ -1,313 +0,0 @@
-# Makefile for directory with message catalog handling in GNU NLS Utilities.
-# Copyright (C) 1995-1998, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-#
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-# under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
-# by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-# any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-# Library General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
-# License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
-# USA.
-
-PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@
-VERSION = @VERSION@
-
-SHELL = /bin/sh
-
-srcdir = @srcdir@
-top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@
-top_builddir = ..
-VPATH = @srcdir@
-
-prefix = @prefix@
-exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@
-transform = @program_transform_name@
-libdir = @libdir@
-includedir = @includedir@
-datadir = @datadir@
-localedir = $(datadir)/locale
-gettextsrcdir = $(datadir)/gettext/intl
-aliaspath = $(localedir)
-subdir = intl
-
-INSTALL = @INSTALL@
-INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
-MKINSTALLDIRS = @MKINSTALLDIRS@
-mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) `case "$(MKINSTALLDIRS)" in /*) echo "$(MKINSTALLDIRS)" ;; *) echo "$(top_builddir)/$(MKINSTALLDIRS)" ;; esac`
-
-l = @INTL_LIBTOOL_SUFFIX_PREFIX@
-
-AR = ar
-CC = @CC@
-LIBTOOL = @LIBTOOL@
-RANLIB = @RANLIB@
-YACC = @INTLBISON@ -y -d
-YFLAGS = --name-prefix=__gettext
-
-DEFS = -DLOCALEDIR=\"$(localedir)\" -DLOCALE_ALIAS_PATH=\"$(aliaspath)\" \
--DLIBDIR=\"$(libdir)\" @DEFS@
-CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@
-CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@
-LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@
-
-COMPILE = $(CC) -c $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) $(XCFLAGS)
-
-HEADERS = $(COMHDRS) libgnuintl.h libgettext.h loadinfo.h
-COMHDRS = gettext.h gettextP.h hash-string.h
-SOURCES = $(COMSRCS) intl-compat.c
-COMSRCS = bindtextdom.c dcgettext.c dgettext.c gettext.c \
-finddomain.c loadmsgcat.c localealias.c textdomain.c l10nflist.c \
-explodename.c dcigettext.c dcngettext.c dngettext.c ngettext.c plural.y \
-localcharset.c
-OBJECTS = @INTLOBJS@ bindtextdom.$lo dcgettext.$lo dgettext.$lo gettext.$lo \
-finddomain.$lo loadmsgcat.$lo localealias.$lo textdomain.$lo l10nflist.$lo \
-explodename.$lo dcigettext.$lo dcngettext.$lo dngettext.$lo ngettext.$lo \
-plural.$lo localcharset.$lo
-GETTOBJS = intl-compat.$lo
-DISTFILES.common = Makefile.in \
-config.charset locale.alias ref-add.sin ref-del.sin $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)
-DISTFILES.generated = plural.c
-DISTFILES.normal = VERSION
-DISTFILES.gettext = COPYING.LIB-2 COPYING.LIB-2.1 libintl.glibc
-DISTFILES.obsolete = xopen-msg.sed linux-msg.sed po2tbl.sed.in cat-compat.c
-
-# Libtool's library version information for libintl.
-# Before making a gettext release, the gettext maintainer must change this
-# according to the libtool documentation, section "Library interface versions".
-# Maintainers of other packages that include the intl directory must *not*
-# change these values.
-LTV_CURRENT=1
-LTV_REVISION=1
-LTV_AGE=0
-
-.SUFFIXES:
-.SUFFIXES: .c .y .o .lo .sin .sed
-.c.o:
-	$(COMPILE) $<
-.c.lo:
-	$(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $<
-
-.y.c:
-	$(YACC) $(YFLAGS) --output $@ $<
-	rm -f $*.h
-
-.sin.sed:
-	sed -e '/^#/d' -e 's/@''PACKAGE''@/@PACKAGE@/g' $< > t-$@
-	mv t-$@ $@
-
-INCLUDES = -I.. -I. -I$(top_srcdir)/intl
-
-all: all-@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@
-all-yes: libintl.$la libintl.h charset.alias ref-add.sed ref-del.sed
-all-no: all-no-@BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@
-all-no-yes: libgnuintl.$la
-all-no-no:
-
-libintl.a libgnuintl.a: $(OBJECTS)
-	rm -f $@
-	$(AR) cru $@ $(OBJECTS)
-	$(RANLIB) $@
-
-libintl.la libgnuintl.la: $(OBJECTS)
-	$(LIBTOOL) --mode=link \
-	  $(CC) $(CPPFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) $(XCFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ \
-	  $(OBJECTS) @LIBICONV@ \
-	  -version-info $(LTV_CURRENT):$(LTV_REVISION):$(LTV_AGE) \
-	  -rpath $(libdir) \
-	  -no-undefined
-
-libintl.h: libgnuintl.h
-	cp $(srcdir)/libgnuintl.h libintl.h
-
-charset.alias: config.charset
-	$(SHELL) $(srcdir)/config.charset '@host@' > t-$@
-	mv t-$@ $@
-
-check: all
-
-# This installation goal is only used in GNU gettext.  Packages which
-# only use the library should use install instead.
-
-# We must not install the libintl.h/libintl.a files if we are on a
-# system which has the GNU gettext() function in its C library or in a
-# separate library.
-# If you want to use the one which comes with this version of the
-# package, you have to use `configure --with-included-gettext'.
-install: install-exec install-data
-install-exec: all
-	if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext" \
-	   && test '@INTLOBJS@' = '$(GETTOBJS)'; then \
-	  $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(libdir) $(DESTDIR)$(includedir); \
-	  $(INSTALL_DATA) libintl.h $(DESTDIR)$(includedir)/libintl.h; \
-	  $(LIBTOOL) --mode=install \
-	    $(INSTALL_DATA) libintl.$la $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/libintl.$la; \
-	else \
-	  : ; \
-	fi
-	if test '@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@' = yes; then \
-	  $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(libdir); \
-	  temp=$(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/t-charset.alias; \
-	  dest=$(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/charset.alias; \
-	  if test -f $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/charset.alias; then \
-	    orig=$(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/charset.alias; \
-	    sed -f ref-add.sed $$orig > $$temp; \
-	    $(INSTALL_DATA) $$temp $$dest; \
-	    rm -f $$temp; \
-	  else \
-	    if test @GLIBC21@ = no; then \
-	      orig=charset.alias; \
-	      sed -f ref-add.sed $$orig > $$temp; \
-	      $(INSTALL_DATA) $$temp $$dest; \
-	      rm -f $$temp; \
-	    fi; \
-	  fi; \
-	  $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(localedir); \
-	  test -f $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/locale.alias \
-	    && orig=$(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/locale.alias \
-	    || orig=$(srcdir)/locale.alias; \
-	  temp=$(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/t-locale.alias; \
-	  dest=$(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/locale.alias; \
-	  sed -f ref-add.sed $$orig > $$temp; \
-	  $(INSTALL_DATA) $$temp $$dest; \
-	  rm -f $$temp; \
-	else \
-	  : ; \
-	fi
-install-data: all
-	if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext"; then \
-	  $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir); \
-	  $(INSTALL_DATA) VERSION $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/VERSION; \
-	  $(INSTALL_DATA) ChangeLog.inst $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/ChangeLog; \
-	  dists="COPYING.LIB-2 COPYING.LIB-2.1 $(DISTFILES.common)"; \
-	  for file in $$dists; do \
-	    $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/$$file \
-			    $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/$$file; \
-	  done; \
-	  chmod a+x $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/config.charset; \
-	  dists="$(DISTFILES.generated)"; \
-	  for file in $$dists; do \
-	    if test -f $$file; then dir=.; else dir=$(srcdir); fi; \
-	    $(INSTALL_DATA) $$dir/$$file \
-			    $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/$$file; \
-	  done; \
-	  dists="$(DISTFILES.obsolete)"; \
-	  for file in $$dists; do \
-	    rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/$$file; \
-	  done; \
-	else \
-	  : ; \
-	fi
-
-# Define this as empty until I found a useful application.
-installcheck:
-
-uninstall:
-	if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext" \
-	   && test '@INTLOBJS@' = '$(GETTOBJS)'; then \
-	  rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(includedir)/libintl.h; \
-	  $(LIBTOOL) --mode=uninstall \
-	    rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/libintl.$la; \
-	else \
-	  : ; \
-	fi
-	if test '@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@' = yes; then \
-	  if test -f $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/charset.alias; then \
-	    temp=$(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/t-charset.alias; \
-	    dest=$(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/charset.alias; \
-	    sed -f ref-del.sed $$dest > $$temp; \
-	    if grep '^# Packages using this file: $$' $$temp > /dev/null; then \
-	      rm -f $$dest; \
-	    else \
-	      $(INSTALL_DATA) $$temp $$dest; \
-	    fi; \
-	    rm -f $$temp; \
-	  fi; \
-	  if test -f $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/locale.alias; then \
-	    temp=$(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/t-locale.alias; \
-	    dest=$(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/locale.alias; \
-	    sed -f ref-del.sed $$dest > $$temp; \
-	    if grep '^# Packages using this file: $$' $$temp > /dev/null; then \
-	      rm -f $$dest; \
-	    else \
-	      $(INSTALL_DATA) $$temp $$dest; \
-	    fi; \
-	    rm -f $$temp; \
-	  fi; \
-	else \
-	  : ; \
-	fi
-	if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext"; then \
-	  for file in VERSION ChangeLog COPYING.LIB-2 COPYING.LIB-2.1 $(DISTFILES.common) $(DISTFILES.generated); do \
-	    rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/$$file; \
-	  done; \
-	else \
-	  : ; \
-	fi
-
-info dvi:
-
-$(OBJECTS): ../config.h libgnuintl.h
-bindtextdom.$lo finddomain.$lo loadmsgcat.$lo: gettextP.h gettext.h loadinfo.h
-dcgettext.$lo: gettextP.h gettext.h hash-string.h loadinfo.h
-
-tags: TAGS
-
-TAGS: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)
-	here=`pwd`; cd $(srcdir) && etags -o $$here/TAGS $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)
-
-id: ID
-
-ID: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)
-	here=`pwd`; cd $(srcdir) && mkid -f$$here/ID $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)
-
-
-mostlyclean:
-	rm -f *.a *.la *.o *.lo core core.*
-	rm -f libintl.h charset.alias ref-add.sed ref-del.sed
-	rm -f -r .libs _libs
-
-clean: mostlyclean
-
-distclean: clean
-	rm -f Makefile ID TAGS
-	if test "$(PACKAGE)" = gettext; then \
-	  rm -f ChangeLog.inst $(DISTFILES.normal); \
-	else \
-	  : ; \
-	fi
-
-maintainer-clean: distclean
-	@echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use;"
-	@echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild."
-
-
-# GNU gettext needs not contain the file `VERSION' but contains some
-# other files which should not be distributed in other packages.
-distdir = ../$(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION)/$(subdir)
-dist distdir: Makefile
-	if test "$(PACKAGE)" = gettext; then \
-	  additional="$(DISTFILES.gettext)"; \
-	else \
-	  additional="$(DISTFILES.normal)"; \
-	fi; \
-	$(MAKE) $(DISTFILES.common) $(DISTFILES.generated) $$additional; \
-	for file in ChangeLog $(DISTFILES.common) $(DISTFILES.generated) $$additional; do \
-	  if test -f $$file; then dir=.; else dir=$(srcdir); fi; \
-	  ln $$dir/$$file $(distdir) 2> /dev/null \
-	    || cp -p $$dir/$$file $(distdir); \
-	done
-
-Makefile: Makefile.in ../config.status
-	cd .. \
-	  && CONFIG_FILES=$(subdir)/$@ CONFIG_HEADERS= $(SHELL) ./config.status
-
-# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make not to export all variables.
-# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded.
-.NOEXPORT:

intl/VERSION

@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-GNU gettext library from gettext-0.10.40

intl/bindtextdom.c

@@ -1,369 +0,0 @@
-/* Implementation of the bindtextdomain(3) function
-   Copyright (C) 1995-1998, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
-   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-   any later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-   Library General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
-   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
-   USA.  */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-# include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include <stddef.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <string.h>
-
-#ifdef _LIBC
-# include <libintl.h>
-#else
-# include "libgnuintl.h"
-#endif
-#include "gettextP.h"
-
-#ifdef _LIBC
-/* We have to handle multi-threaded applications.  */
-# include <bits/libc-lock.h>
-#else
-/* Provide dummy implementation if this is outside glibc.  */
-# define __libc_rwlock_define(CLASS, NAME)
-# define __libc_rwlock_wrlock(NAME)
-# define __libc_rwlock_unlock(NAME)
-#endif
-
-/* The internal variables in the standalone libintl.a must have different
-   names than the internal variables in GNU libc, otherwise programs
-   using libintl.a cannot be linked statically.  */
-#if !defined _LIBC
-# define _nl_default_dirname _nl_default_dirname__
-# define _nl_domain_bindings _nl_domain_bindings__
-#endif
-
-/* Some compilers, like SunOS4 cc, don't have offsetof in <stddef.h>.  */
-#ifndef offsetof
-# define offsetof(type,ident) ((size_t)&(((type*)0)->ident))
-#endif
-
-/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
-
-/* Contains the default location of the message catalogs.  */
-extern const char _nl_default_dirname[];
-
-/* List with bindings of specific domains.  */
-extern struct binding *_nl_domain_bindings;
-
-/* Lock variable to protect the global data in the gettext implementation.  */
-__libc_rwlock_define (extern, _nl_state_lock)
-
-
-/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem.  They must not clash
-   with existing names and they should follow ANSI C.  But this source
-   code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
-   prefix.  So we have to make a difference here.  */
-#ifdef _LIBC
-# define BINDTEXTDOMAIN __bindtextdomain
-# define BIND_TEXTDOMAIN_CODESET __bind_textdomain_codeset
-# ifndef strdup
-#  define strdup(str) __strdup (str)
-# endif
-#else
-# define BINDTEXTDOMAIN bindtextdomain__
-# define BIND_TEXTDOMAIN_CODESET bind_textdomain_codeset__
-#endif
-
-/* Prototypes for local functions.  */
-static void set_binding_values PARAMS ((const char *domainname,
-					const char **dirnamep,
-					const char **codesetp));
-     
-/* Specifies the directory name *DIRNAMEP and the output codeset *CODESETP
-   to be used for the DOMAINNAME message catalog.
-   If *DIRNAMEP or *CODESETP is NULL, the corresponding attribute is not
-   modified, only the current value is returned.
-   If DIRNAMEP or CODESETP is NULL, the corresponding attribute is neither
-   modified nor returned.  */
-static void
-set_binding_values (domainname, dirnamep, codesetp)
-     const char *domainname;
-     const char **dirnamep;
-     const char **codesetp;
-{
-  struct binding *binding;
-  int modified;
-
-  /* Some sanity checks.  */
-  if (domainname == NULL || domainname[0] == '\0')
-    {
-      if (dirnamep)
-	*dirnamep = NULL;
-      if (codesetp)
-	*codesetp = NULL;
-      return;
-    }
-
-  __libc_rwlock_wrlock (_nl_state_lock);
-
-  modified = 0;
-
-  for (binding = _nl_domain_bindings; binding != NULL; binding = binding->next)
-    {
-      int compare = strcmp (domainname, binding->domainname);
-      if (compare == 0)
-	/* We found it!  */
-	break;
-      if (compare < 0)
-	{
-	  /* It is not in the list.  */
-	  binding = NULL;
-	  break;
-	}
-    }
-
-  if (binding != NULL)
-    {
-      if (dirnamep)
-	{
-	  const char *dirname = *dirnamep;
-
-	  if (dirname == NULL)
-	    /* The current binding has be to returned.  */
-	    *dirnamep = binding->dirname;
-	  else
-	    {
-	      /* The domain is already bound.  If the new value and the old
-		 one are equal we simply do nothing.  Otherwise replace the
-		 old binding.  */
-	      char *result = binding->dirname;
-	      if (strcmp (dirname, result) != 0)
-		{
-		  if (strcmp (dirname, _nl_default_dirname) == 0)
-		    result = (char *) _nl_default_dirname;
-		  else
-		    {
-#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP
-		      result = strdup (dirname);
-#else
-		      size_t len = strlen (dirname) + 1;
-		      result = (char *) malloc (len);
-		      if (__builtin_expect (result != NULL, 1))
-			memcpy (result, dirname, len);
-#endif
-		    }
-
-		  if (__builtin_expect (result != NULL, 1))
-		    {
-		      if (binding->dirname != _nl_default_dirname)
-			free (binding->dirname);
-
-		      binding->dirname = result;
-		      modified = 1;
-		    }
-		}
-	      *dirnamep = result;
-	    }
-	}
-
-      if (codesetp)
-	{
-	  const char *codeset = *codesetp;
-
-	  if (codeset == NULL)
-	    /* The current binding has be to returned.  */
-	    *codesetp = binding->codeset;
-	  else
-	    {
-	      /* The domain is already bound.  If the new value and the old
-		 one are equal we simply do nothing.  Otherwise replace the
-		 old binding.  */
-	      char *result = binding->codeset;
-	      if (result == NULL || strcmp (codeset, result) != 0)
-		{
-#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP
-		  result = strdup (codeset);
-#else
-		  size_t len = strlen (codeset) + 1;
-		  result = (char *) malloc (len);
-		  if (__builtin_expect (result != NULL, 1))
-		    memcpy (result, codeset, len);
-#endif
-
-		  if (__builtin_expect (result != NULL, 1))
-		    {
-		      if (binding->codeset != NULL)
-			free (binding->codeset);
-
-		      binding->codeset = result;
-		      binding->codeset_cntr++;
-		      modified = 1;
-		    }
-		}
-	      *codesetp = result;
-	    }
-	}
-    }
-  else if ((dirnamep == NULL || *dirnamep == NULL)
-	   && (codesetp == NULL || *codesetp == NULL))
-    {
-      /* Simply return the default values.  */
-      if (dirnamep)
-	*dirnamep = _nl_default_dirname;
-      if (codesetp)
-	*codesetp = NULL;
-    }
-  else
-    {
-      /* We have to create a new binding.  */
-      size_t len = strlen (domainname) + 1;
-      struct binding *new_binding =
-	(struct binding *) malloc (offsetof (struct binding, domainname) + len);
-
-      if (__builtin_expect (new_binding == NULL, 0))
-	goto failed;
-
-      memcpy (new_binding->domainname, domainname, len);
-
-      if (dirnamep)
-	{
-	  const char *dirname = *dirnamep;
-
-	  if (dirname == NULL)
-	    /* The default value.  */
-	    dirname = _nl_default_dirname;
-	  else
-	    {
-	      if (strcmp (dirname, _nl_default_dirname) == 0)
-		dirname = _nl_default_dirname;
-	      else
-		{
-		  char *result;
-#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP
-		  result = strdup (dirname);
-		  if (__builtin_expect (result == NULL, 0))
-		    goto failed_dirname;
-#else
-		  size_t len = strlen (dirname) + 1;
-		  result = (char *) malloc (len);
-		  if (__builtin_expect (result == NULL, 0))
-		    goto failed_dirname;
-		  memcpy (result, dirname, len);
-#endif
-		  dirname = result;
-		}
-	    }
-	  *dirnamep = dirname;
-	  new_binding->dirname = (char *) dirname;
-	}
-      else
-	/* The default value.  */
-	new_binding->dirname = (char *) _nl_default_dirname;
-
-      new_binding->codeset_cntr = 0;
-
-      if (codesetp)
-	{
-	  const char *codeset = *codesetp;
-
-	  if (codeset != NULL)
-	    {
-	      char *result;
-
-#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP
-	      result = strdup (codeset);
-	      if (__builtin_expect (result == NULL, 0))
-		goto failed_codeset;
-#else
-	      size_t len = strlen (codeset) + 1;
-	      result = (char *) malloc (len);
-	      if (__builtin_expect (result == NULL, 0))
-		goto failed_codeset;
-	      memcpy (result, codeset, len);
-#endif
-	      codeset = result;
-	      new_binding->codeset_cntr++;
-	    }
-	  *codesetp = codeset;
-	  new_binding->codeset = (char *) codeset;
-	}
-      else
-	new_binding->codeset = NULL;
-
-      /* Now enqueue it.  */
-      if (_nl_domain_bindings == NULL
-	  || strcmp (domainname, _nl_domain_bindings->domainname) < 0)
-	{
-	  new_binding->next = _nl_domain_bindings;
-	  _nl_domain_bindings = new_binding;
-	}
-      else
-	{
-	  binding = _nl_domain_bindings;
-	  while (binding->next != NULL
-		 && strcmp (domainname, binding->next->domainname) > 0)
-	    binding = binding->next;
-
-	  new_binding->next = binding->next;
-	  binding->next = new_binding;
-	}
-
-      modified = 1;
-
-      /* Here we deal with memory allocation failures.  */
-      if (0)
-	{
-	failed_codeset:
-	  if (new_binding->dirname != _nl_default_dirname)
-	    free (new_binding->dirname);
-	failed_dirname:
-	  free (new_binding);
-	failed:
-	  if (dirnamep)
-	    *dirnamep = NULL;
-	  if (codesetp)
-	    *codesetp = NULL;
-	}
-    }
-
-  /* If we modified any binding, we flush the caches.  */
-  if (modified)
-    ++_nl_msg_cat_cntr;
-
-  __libc_rwlock_unlock (_nl_state_lock);
-}
-
-/* Specify that the DOMAINNAME message catalog will be found
-   in DIRNAME rather than in the system locale data base.  */
-char *
-BINDTEXTDOMAIN (domainname, dirname)
-     const char *domainname;
-     const char *dirname;
-{
-  set_binding_values (domainname, &dirname, NULL);
-  return (char *) dirname;
-}
-
-/* Specify the character encoding in which the messages from the
-   DOMAINNAME message catalog will be returned.  */
-char *
-BIND_TEXTDOMAIN_CODESET (domainname, codeset)
-     const char *domainname;
-     const char *codeset;
-{
-  set_binding_values (domainname, NULL, &codeset);
-  return (char *) codeset;
-}
-
-#ifdef _LIBC
-/* Aliases for function names in GNU C Library.  */
-weak_alias (__bindtextdomain, bindtextdomain);
-weak_alias (__bind_textdomain_codeset, bind_textdomain_codeset);
-#endif

intl/config.charset

@@ -1,438 +0,0 @@
-#! /bin/sh
-# Output a system dependent table of character encoding aliases.
-#
-#   Copyright (C) 2000-2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-#
-#   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-#   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
-#   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-#   any later version.
-#
-#   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-#   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-#   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-#   Library General Public License for more details.
-#
-#   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
-#   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-#   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
-#   USA.
-#
-# The table consists of lines of the form
-#    ALIAS  CANONICAL
-#
-# ALIAS is the (system dependent) result of "nl_langinfo (CODESET)".
-# ALIAS is compared in a case sensitive way.
-#
-# CANONICAL is the GNU canonical name for this character encoding.
-# It must be an encoding supported by libiconv. Support by GNU libc is
-# also desirable. CANONICAL is case insensitive. Usually an upper case
-# MIME charset name is preferred.
-# The current list of GNU canonical charset names is as follows.
-#
-#       name                         used by which systems         a MIME name?
-#   ASCII, ANSI_X3.4-1968     glibc solaris freebsd
-#   ISO-8859-1                glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd   yes
-#   ISO-8859-2                glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd   yes
-#   ISO-8859-3                glibc                                     yes
-#   ISO-8859-4                osf solaris freebsd                       yes
-#   ISO-8859-5                glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd   yes
-#   ISO-8859-6                glibc aix hpux solaris                    yes
-#   ISO-8859-7                glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris           yes
-#   ISO-8859-8                glibc aix hpux osf solaris                yes
-#   ISO-8859-9                glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris           yes
-#   ISO-8859-13               glibc
-#   ISO-8859-15               glibc aix osf solaris freebsd
-#   KOI8-R                    glibc solaris freebsd                     yes
-#   KOI8-U                    glibc freebsd                             yes
-#   CP437                     dos
-#   CP775                     dos
-#   CP850                     aix osf dos
-#   CP852                     dos
-#   CP855                     dos
-#   CP856                     aix
-#   CP857                     dos
-#   CP861                     dos
-#   CP862                     dos
-#   CP864                     dos
-#   CP865                     dos
-#   CP866                     freebsd dos
-#   CP869                     dos
-#   CP874                     win32 dos
-#   CP922                     aix
-#   CP932                     aix win32 dos
-#   CP943                     aix
-#   CP949                     osf win32 dos
-#   CP950                     win32 dos
-#   CP1046                    aix
-#   CP1124                    aix
-#   CP1129                    aix
-#   CP1250                    win32
-#   CP1251                    glibc win32
-#   CP1252                    aix win32
-#   CP1253                    win32
-#   CP1254                    win32
-#   CP1255                    win32
-#   CP1256                    win32
-#   CP1257                    win32
-#   GB2312                    glibc aix hpux irix solaris freebsd       yes
-#   EUC-JP                    glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd   yes
-#   EUC-KR                    glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd   yes
-#   EUC-TW                    glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris
-#   BIG5                      glibc aix hpux osf solaris freebsd        yes
-#   BIG5-HKSCS                glibc
-#   GBK                       aix osf win32 dos
-#   GB18030                   glibc
-#   SHIFT_JIS                 hpux osf solaris freebsd                  yes
-#   JOHAB                     glibc win32
-#   TIS-620                   glibc aix hpux osf solaris
-#   VISCII                    glibc                                     yes
-#   HP-ROMAN8                 hpux
-#   HP-ARABIC8                hpux
-#   HP-GREEK8                 hpux
-#   HP-HEBREW8                hpux
-#   HP-TURKISH8               hpux
-#   HP-KANA8                  hpux
-#   DEC-KANJI                 osf
-#   DEC-HANYU                 osf
-#   UTF-8                     glibc aix hpux osf solaris                yes
-#
-# Note: Names which are not marked as being a MIME name should not be used in
-# Internet protocols for information interchange (mail, news, etc.).
-#
-# Note: ASCII and ANSI_X3.4-1968 are synonymous canonical names. Applications
-# must understand both names and treat them as equivalent.
-#
-# The first argument passed to this file is the canonical host specification,
-#    CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-OPERATING_SYSTEM
-# or
-#    CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-KERNEL-OPERATING_SYSTEM
-
-host="$1"
-os=`echo "$host" | sed -e 's/^[^-]*-[^-]*-\(.*\)$/\1/'`
-echo "# This file contains a table of character encoding aliases,"
-echo "# suitable for operating system '${os}'."
-echo "# It was automatically generated from config.charset."
-# List of references, updated during installation:
-echo "# Packages using this file: "
-case "$os" in
-    linux* | *-gnu*)
-	# With glibc-2.1 or newer, we don't need any canonicalization,
-	# because glibc has iconv and both glibc and libiconv support all
-	# GNU canonical names directly. Therefore, the Makefile does not
-	# need to install the alias file at all.
-	# The following applies only to glibc-2.0.x and older libcs.
-	echo "ISO_646.IRV:1983 ASCII"
-	;;
-    aix*)
-	echo "ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
-	echo "ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2"
-	echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5"
-	echo "ISO8859-6 ISO-8859-6"
-	echo "ISO8859-7 ISO-8859-7"
-	echo "ISO8859-8 ISO-8859-8"
-	echo "ISO8859-9 ISO-8859-9"
-	echo "ISO8859-15 ISO-8859-15"
-	echo "IBM-850 CP850"
-	echo "IBM-856 CP856"
-	echo "IBM-921 ISO-8859-13"
-	echo "IBM-922 CP922"
-	echo "IBM-932 CP932"
-	echo "IBM-943 CP943"
-	echo "IBM-1046 CP1046"
-	echo "IBM-1124 CP1124"
-	echo "IBM-1129 CP1129"
-	echo "IBM-1252 CP1252"
-	echo "IBM-eucCN GB2312"
-	echo "IBM-eucJP EUC-JP"
-	echo "IBM-eucKR EUC-KR"
-	echo "IBM-eucTW EUC-TW"
-	echo "big5 BIG5"
-	echo "GBK GBK"
-	echo "TIS-620 TIS-620"
-	echo "UTF-8 UTF-8"
-	;;
-    hpux*)
-	echo "iso88591 ISO-8859-1"
-	echo "iso88592 ISO-8859-2"
-	echo "iso88595 ISO-8859-5"
-	echo "iso88596 ISO-8859-6"
-	echo "iso88597 ISO-8859-7"
-	echo "iso88598 ISO-8859-8"
-	echo "iso88599 ISO-8859-9"
-	echo "iso885915 ISO-8859-15"
-	echo "roman8 HP-ROMAN8"
-	echo "arabic8 HP-ARABIC8"
-	echo "greek8 HP-GREEK8"
-	echo "hebrew8 HP-HEBREW8"
-	echo "turkish8 HP-TURKISH8"
-	echo "kana8 HP-KANA8"
-	echo "tis620 TIS-620"
-	echo "big5 BIG5"
-	echo "eucJP EUC-JP"
-	echo "eucKR EUC-KR"
-	echo "eucTW EUC-TW"
-	echo "hp15CN GB2312"
-	#echo "ccdc ?" # what is this?
-	echo "SJIS SHIFT_JIS"
-	echo "utf8 UTF-8"
-	;;
-    irix*)
-	echo "ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
-	echo "ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2"
-	echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5"
-	echo "ISO8859-7 ISO-8859-7"
-	echo "ISO8859-9 ISO-8859-9"
-	echo "eucCN GB2312"
-	echo "eucJP EUC-JP"
-	echo "eucKR EUC-KR"
-	echo "eucTW EUC-TW"
-	;;
-    osf*)
-	echo "ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
-	echo "ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2"
-	echo "ISO8859-4 ISO-8859-4"
-	echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5"
-	echo "ISO8859-7 ISO-8859-7"
-	echo "ISO8859-8 ISO-8859-8"
-	echo "ISO8859-9 ISO-8859-9"
-	echo "ISO8859-15 ISO-8859-15"
-	echo "cp850 CP850"
-	echo "big5 BIG5"
-	echo "dechanyu DEC-HANYU"
-	echo "dechanzi GB2312"
-	echo "deckanji DEC-KANJI"
-	echo "deckorean EUC-KR"
-	echo "eucJP EUC-JP"
-	echo "eucKR EUC-KR"
-	echo "eucTW EUC-TW"
-	echo "GBK GBK"
-	echo "KSC5601 CP949"
-	echo "sdeckanji EUC-JP"
-	echo "SJIS SHIFT_JIS"
-	echo "TACTIS TIS-620"
-	echo "UTF-8 UTF-8"
-	;;
-    solaris*)
-	echo "646 ASCII"
-	echo "ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
-	echo "ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2"
-	echo "ISO8859-4 ISO-8859-4"
-	echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5"
-	echo "ISO8859-6 ISO-8859-6"
-	echo "ISO8859-7 ISO-8859-7"
-	echo "ISO8859-8 ISO-8859-8"
-	echo "ISO8859-9 ISO-8859-9"
-	echo "ISO8859-15 ISO-8859-15"
-	echo "koi8-r KOI8-R"
-	echo "BIG5 BIG5"
-	echo "gb2312 GB2312"
-	echo "cns11643 EUC-TW"
-	echo "5601 EUC-KR"
-	echo "eucJP EUC-JP"
-	echo "PCK SHIFT_JIS"
-	echo "TIS620.2533 TIS-620"
-	#echo "sun_eu_greek ?" # what is this?
-	echo "UTF-8 UTF-8"
-	;;
-    freebsd*)
-	# FreeBSD 4.2 doesn't have nl_langinfo(CODESET); therefore
-	# localcharset.c falls back to using the full locale name
-	# from the environment variables.
-	echo "C ASCII"
-	echo "US-ASCII ASCII"
-	for l in la_LN lt_LN; do
-	  echo "$l.ASCII ASCII"
-	done
-	for l in da_DK de_AT de_CH de_DE en_AU en_CA en_GB en_US es_ES \
-	         fi_FI fr_BE fr_CA fr_CH fr_FR is_IS it_CH it_IT la_LN \
-	         lt_LN nl_BE nl_NL no_NO pt_PT sv_SE; do
-	  echo "$l.ISO_8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
-	  echo "$l.DIS_8859-15 ISO-8859-15"
-	done
-	for l in cs_CZ hr_HR hu_HU la_LN lt_LN pl_PL sl_SI; do
-	  echo "$l.ISO_8859-2 ISO-8859-2"
-	done
-	for l in la_LN lt_LT; do
-	  echo "$l.ISO_8859-4 ISO-8859-4"
-	done
-	for l in ru_RU ru_SU; do
-	  echo "$l.KOI8-R KOI8-R"
-	  echo "$l.ISO_8859-5 ISO-8859-5"
-	  echo "$l.CP866 CP866"
-	done
-	echo "uk_UA.KOI8-U KOI8-U"
-	echo "zh_TW.BIG5 BIG5"
-	echo "zh_TW.Big5 BIG5"
-	echo "zh_CN.EUC GB2312"
-	echo "ja_JP.EUC EUC-JP"
-	echo "ja_JP.SJIS SHIFT_JIS"
-	echo "ja_JP.Shift_JIS SHIFT_JIS"
-	echo "ko_KR.EUC EUC-KR"
-	;;
-    beos*)
-	# BeOS has a single locale, and it has UTF-8 encoding.
-	echo "* UTF-8"
-	;;
-    msdosdjgpp*)
-	# DJGPP 2.03 doesn't have nl_langinfo(CODESET); therefore
-	# localcharset.c falls back to using the full locale name
-	# from the environment variables.
-	echo "#"
-	echo "# The encodings given here may not all be correct."
-	echo "# If you find that the encoding given for your language and"
-	echo "# country is not the one your DOS machine actually uses, just"
-	echo "# correct it in this file, and send a mail to"
-	echo "# Juan Manuel Guerrero <st001906@hrz1.hrz.tu-darmstadt.de>"
-	echo "# and Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>."
-	echo "#"
-	echo "C ASCII"
-	# ISO-8859-1 languages
-	echo "ca CP850"
-	echo "ca_ES CP850"
-	echo "da CP865"    # not CP850 ??
-	echo "da_DK CP865" # not CP850 ??
-	echo "de CP850"
-	echo "de_AT CP850"
-	echo "de_CH CP850"
-	echo "de_DE CP850"
-	echo "en CP850"
-	echo "en_AU CP850" # not CP437 ??
-	echo "en_CA CP850"
-	echo "en_GB CP850"
-	echo "en_NZ CP437"
-	echo "en_US CP437"
-	echo "en_ZA CP850" # not CP437 ??
-	echo "es CP850"
-	echo "es_AR CP850"
-	echo "es_BO CP850"
-	echo "es_CL CP850"
-	echo "es_CO CP850"
-	echo "es_CR CP850"
-	echo "es_CU CP850"
-	echo "es_DO CP850"
-	echo "es_EC CP850"
-	echo "es_ES CP850"
-	echo "es_GT CP850"
-	echo "es_HN CP850"
-	echo "es_MX CP850"
-	echo "es_NI CP850"
-	echo "es_PA CP850"
-	echo "es_PY CP850"
-	echo "es_PE CP850"
-	echo "es_SV CP850"
-	echo "es_UY CP850"
-	echo "es_VE CP850"
-	echo "et CP850"
-	echo "et_EE CP850"
-	echo "eu CP850"
-	echo "eu_ES CP850"
-	echo "fi CP850"
-	echo "fi_FI CP850"
-	echo "fr CP850"
-	echo "fr_BE CP850"
-	echo "fr_CA CP850"
-	echo "fr_CH CP850"
-	echo "fr_FR CP850"
-	echo "ga CP850"
-	echo "ga_IE CP850"
-	echo "gd CP850"
-	echo "gd_GB CP850"
-	echo "gl CP850"
-	echo "gl_ES CP850"
-	echo "id CP850"    # not CP437 ??
-	echo "id_ID CP850" # not CP437 ??
-	echo "is CP861"    # not CP850 ??
-	echo "is_IS CP861" # not CP850 ??
-	echo "it CP850"
-	echo "it_CH CP850"
-	echo "it_IT CP850"
-	echo "lt CP775"
-	echo "lt_LT CP775"
-	echo "lv CP775"
-	echo "lv_LV CP775"
-	echo "nb CP865"    # not CP850 ??
-	echo "nb_NO CP865" # not CP850 ??
-	echo "nl CP850"
-	echo "nl_BE CP850"
-	echo "nl_NL CP850"
-	echo "nn CP865"    # not CP850 ??
-	echo "nn_NO CP865" # not CP850 ??
-	echo "no CP865"    # not CP850 ??
-	echo "no_NO CP865" # not CP850 ??
-	echo "pt CP850"
-	echo "pt_BR CP850"
-	echo "pt_PT CP850"
-	echo "sv CP850"
-	echo "sv_SE CP850"
-	# ISO-8859-2 languages
-	echo "cs CP852"
-	echo "cs_CZ CP852"
-	echo "hr CP852"
-	echo "hr_HR CP852"
-	echo "hu CP852"
-	echo "hu_HU CP852"
-	echo "pl CP852"
-	echo "pl_PL CP852"
-	echo "ro CP852"
-	echo "ro_RO CP852"
-	echo "sk CP852"
-	echo "sk_SK CP852"
-	echo "sl CP852"
-	echo "sl_SI CP852"
-	echo "sq CP852"
-	echo "sq_AL CP852"
-	echo "sr CP852"    # CP852 or CP866 or CP855 ??
-	echo "sr_YU CP852" # CP852 or CP866 or CP855 ??
-	# ISO-8859-3 languages
-	echo "mt CP850"
-	echo "mt_MT CP850"
-	# ISO-8859-5 languages
-	echo "be CP866"
-	echo "be_BE CP866"
-	echo "bg CP866"    # not CP855 ??
-	echo "bg_BG CP866" # not CP855 ??
-	echo "mk CP866"    # not CP855 ??
-	echo "mk_MK CP866" # not CP855 ??
-	echo "ru KOI8-R"    # not CP866 ??
-	echo "ru_RU KOI8-R" # not CP866 ??
-	# ISO-8859-6 languages
-	echo "ar CP864"
-	echo "ar_AE CP864"
-	echo "ar_DZ CP864"
-	echo "ar_EG CP864"
-	echo "ar_IQ CP864"
-	echo "ar_IR CP864"
-	echo "ar_JO CP864"
-	echo "ar_KW CP864"
-	echo "ar_MA CP864"
-	echo "ar_OM CP864"
-	echo "ar_QA CP864"
-	echo "ar_SA CP864"
-	echo "ar_SY CP864"
-	# ISO-8859-7 languages
-	echo "el CP869"
-	echo "el_GR CP869"
-	# ISO-8859-8 languages
-	echo "he CP862"
-	echo "he_IL CP862"
-	# ISO-8859-9 languages
-	echo "tr CP857"
-	echo "tr_TR CP857"
-	# Japanese
-	echo "ja CP932"
-	echo "ja_JP CP932"
-	# Chinese
-	echo "zh_CN GBK"
-	echo "zh_TW CP950" # not CP938 ??
-	# Korean
-	echo "kr CP949"    # not CP934 ??
-	echo "kr_KR CP949" # not CP934 ??
-	# Thai
-	echo "th CP874"
-	echo "th_TH CP874"
-	# Other
-	echo "eo CP850"
-	echo "eo_EO CP850"
-	;;
-esac

intl/dcgettext.c

@@ -1,58 +0,0 @@
-/* Implementation of the dcgettext(3) function.
-   Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
-   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-   any later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-   Library General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
-   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
-   USA.  */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-# include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include "gettextP.h"
-#ifdef _LIBC
-# include <libintl.h>
-#else
-# include "libgnuintl.h"
-#endif
-
-/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
-
-/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem.  They must not clash
-   with existing names and they should follow ANSI C.  But this source
-   code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
-   prefix.  So we have to make a difference here.  */
-#ifdef _LIBC
-# define DCGETTEXT __dcgettext
-# define DCIGETTEXT __dcigettext
-#else
-# define DCGETTEXT dcgettext__
-# define DCIGETTEXT dcigettext__
-#endif
-
-/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current CATEGORY
-   locale.  */
-char *
-DCGETTEXT (domainname, msgid, category)
-     const char *domainname;
-     const char *msgid;
-     int category;
-{
-  return DCIGETTEXT (domainname, msgid, NULL, 0, 0, category);
-}
-
-#ifdef _LIBC
-/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library.  */
-weak_alias (__dcgettext, dcgettext);
-#endif

intl/dcngettext.c

@@ -1,60 +0,0 @@
-/* Implementation of the dcngettext(3) function.
-   Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
-   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-   any later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-   Library General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
-   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
-   USA.  */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-# include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include "gettextP.h"
-#ifdef _LIBC
-# include <libintl.h>
-#else
-# include "libgnuintl.h"
-#endif
-
-/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
-
-/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem.  They must not clash
-   with existing names and they should follow ANSI C.  But this source
-   code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
-   prefix.  So we have to make a difference here.  */
-#ifdef _LIBC
-# define DCNGETTEXT __dcngettext
-# define DCIGETTEXT __dcigettext
-#else
-# define DCNGETTEXT dcngettext__
-# define DCIGETTEXT dcigettext__
-#endif
-
-/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current CATEGORY
-   locale.  */
-char *
-DCNGETTEXT (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n, category)
-     const char *domainname;
-     const char *msgid1;
-     const char *msgid2;
-     unsigned long int n;
-     int category;
-{
-  return DCIGETTEXT (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, 1, n, category);
-}
-
-#ifdef _LIBC
-/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library.  */
-weak_alias (__dcngettext, dcngettext);
-#endif

intl/dgettext.c

@@ -1,59 +0,0 @@
-/* Implementation of the dgettext(3) function.
-   Copyright (C) 1995-1997, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
-   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-   any later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-   Library General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
-   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
-   USA.  */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-# include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include <locale.h>
-
-#include "gettextP.h"
-#ifdef _LIBC
-# include <libintl.h>
-#else
-# include "libgnuintl.h"
-#endif
-
-/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
-
-/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem.  They must not clash
-   with existing names and they should follow ANSI C.  But this source
-   code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
-   prefix.  So we have to make a difference here.  */
-#ifdef _LIBC
-# define DGETTEXT __dgettext
-# define DCGETTEXT __dcgettext
-#else
-# define DGETTEXT dgettext__
-# define DCGETTEXT dcgettext__
-#endif
-
-/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog of the current
-   LC_MESSAGES locale.  */
-char *
-DGETTEXT (domainname, msgid)
-     const char *domainname;
-     const char *msgid;
-{
-  return DCGETTEXT (domainname, msgid, LC_MESSAGES);
-}
-
-#ifdef _LIBC
-/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library.  */
-weak_alias (__dgettext, dgettext);
-#endif

intl/dngettext.c

@@ -1,61 +0,0 @@
-/* Implementation of the dngettext(3) function.
-   Copyright (C) 1995-1997, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
-   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-   any later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-   Library General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
-   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
-   USA.  */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-# include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include <locale.h>
-
-#include "gettextP.h"
-#ifdef _LIBC
-# include <libintl.h>
-#else
-# include "libgnuintl.h"
-#endif
-
-/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
-
-/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem.  They must not clash
-   with existing names and they should follow ANSI C.  But this source
-   code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
-   prefix.  So we have to make a difference here.  */
-#ifdef _LIBC
-# define DNGETTEXT __dngettext
-# define DCNGETTEXT __dcngettext
-#else
-# define DNGETTEXT dngettext__
-# define DCNGETTEXT dcngettext__
-#endif
-
-/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog of the current
-   LC_MESSAGES locale and skip message according to the plural form.  */
-char *
-DNGETTEXT (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n)
-     const char *domainname;
-     const char *msgid1;
-     const char *msgid2;
-     unsigned long int n;
-{
-  return DCNGETTEXT (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n, LC_MESSAGES);
-}
-
-#ifdef _LIBC
-/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library.  */
-weak_alias (__dngettext, dngettext);
-#endif

intl/explodename.c

@@ -1,192 +0,0 @@
-/* Copyright (C) 1995-1998, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-   Contributed by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, 1995.
-
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
-   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-   any later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-   Library General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
-   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
-   USA.  */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-# include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <string.h>
-#include <sys/types.h>
-
-#include "loadinfo.h"
-
-/* On some strange systems still no definition of NULL is found.  Sigh!  */
-#ifndef NULL
-# if defined __STDC__ && __STDC__
-#  define NULL ((void *) 0)
-# else
-#  define NULL 0
-# endif
-#endif
-
-/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
-
-char *
-_nl_find_language (name)
-     const char *name;
-{
-  while (name[0] != '\0' && name[0] != '_' && name[0] != '@'
-	 && name[0] != '+' && name[0] != ',')
-    ++name;
-
-  return (char *) name;
-}
-
-
-int
-_nl_explode_name (name, language, modifier, territory, codeset,
-		  normalized_codeset, special, sponsor, revision)
-     char *name;
-     const char **language;
-     const char **modifier;
-     const char **territory;
-     const char **codeset;
-     const char **normalized_codeset;
-     const char **special;
-     const char **sponsor;
-     const char **revision;
-{
-  enum { undecided, xpg, cen } syntax;
-  char *cp;
-  int mask;
-
-  *modifier = NULL;
-  *territory = NULL;
-  *codeset = NULL;
-  *normalized_codeset = NULL;
-  *special = NULL;
-  *sponsor = NULL;
-  *revision = NULL;
-
-  /* Now we determine the single parts of the locale name.  First
-     look for the language.  Termination symbols are `_' and `@' if
-     we use XPG4 style, and `_', `+', and `,' if we use CEN syntax.  */
-  mask = 0;
-  syntax = undecided;
-  *language = cp = name;
-  cp = _nl_find_language (*language);
-
-  if (*language == cp)
-    /* This does not make sense: language has to be specified.  Use
-       this entry as it is without exploding.  Perhaps it is an alias.  */
-    cp = strchr (*language, '\0');
-  else if (cp[0] == '_')
-    {
-      /* Next is the territory.  */
-      cp[0] = '\0';
-      *territory = ++cp;
-
-      while (cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != '.' && cp[0] != '@'
-	     && cp[0] != '+' && cp[0] != ',' && cp[0] != '_')
-	++cp;
-
-      mask |= TERRITORY;
-
-      if (cp[0] == '.')
-	{
-	  /* Next is the codeset.  */
-	  syntax = xpg;
-	  cp[0] = '\0';
-	  *codeset = ++cp;
-
-	  while (cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != '@')
-	    ++cp;
-
-	  mask |= XPG_CODESET;
-
-	  if (*codeset != cp && (*codeset)[0] != '\0')
-	    {
-	      *normalized_codeset = _nl_normalize_codeset (*codeset,
-							   cp - *codeset);
-	      if (strcmp (*codeset, *normalized_codeset) == 0)
-		free ((char *) *normalized_codeset);
-	      else
-		mask |= XPG_NORM_CODESET;
-	    }
-	}
-    }
-
-  if (cp[0] == '@' || (syntax != xpg && cp[0] == '+'))
-    {
-      /* Next is the modifier.  */
-      syntax = cp[0] == '@' ? xpg : cen;
-      cp[0] = '\0';
-      *modifier = ++cp;
-
-      while (syntax == cen && cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != '+'
-	     && cp[0] != ',' && cp[0] != '_')
-	++cp;
-
-      mask |= XPG_MODIFIER | CEN_AUDIENCE;
-    }
-
-  if (syntax != xpg && (cp[0] == '+' || cp[0] == ',' || cp[0] == '_'))
-    {
-      syntax = cen;
-
-      if (cp[0] == '+')
-	{
- 	  /* Next is special application (CEN syntax).  */
-	  cp[0] = '\0';
-	  *special = ++cp;
-
-	  while (cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != ',' && cp[0] != '_')
-	    ++cp;
-
-	  mask |= CEN_SPECIAL;
-	}
-
-      if (cp[0] == ',')
-	{
- 	  /* Next is sponsor (CEN syntax).  */
-	  cp[0] = '\0';
-	  *sponsor = ++cp;
-
-	  while (cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != '_')
-	    ++cp;
-
-	  mask |= CEN_SPONSOR;
-	}
-
-      if (cp[0] == '_')
-	{
- 	  /* Next is revision (CEN syntax).  */
-	  cp[0] = '\0';
-	  *revision = ++cp;
-
-	  mask |= CEN_REVISION;
-	}
-    }
-
-  /* For CEN syntax values it might be important to have the
-     separator character in the file name, not for XPG syntax.  */
-  if (syntax == xpg)
-    {
-      if (*territory != NULL && (*territory)[0] == '\0')
-	mask &= ~TERRITORY;
-
-      if (*codeset != NULL && (*codeset)[0] == '\0')
-	mask &= ~XPG_CODESET;
-
-      if (*modifier != NULL && (*modifier)[0] == '\0')
-	mask &= ~XPG_MODIFIER;
-    }
-
-  return mask;
-}

intl/finddomain.c

@@ -1,198 +0,0 @@
-/* Handle list of needed message catalogs
-   Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-   Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.org>, 1995.
-
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
-   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-   any later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-   Library General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
-   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
-   USA.  */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-# include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <sys/types.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <string.h>
-
-#if defined HAVE_UNISTD_H || defined _LIBC
-# include <unistd.h>
-#endif
-
-#include "gettextP.h"
-#ifdef _LIBC
-# include <libintl.h>
-#else
-# include "libgnuintl.h"
-#endif
-
-/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
-/* List of already loaded domains.  */
-static struct loaded_l10nfile *_nl_loaded_domains;
-
-
-/* Return a data structure describing the message catalog described by
-   the DOMAINNAME and CATEGORY parameters with respect to the currently
-   established bindings.  */
-struct loaded_l10nfile *
-internal_function
-_nl_find_domain (dirname, locale, domainname, domainbinding)
-     const char *dirname;
-     char *locale;
-     const char *domainname;
-     struct binding *domainbinding;
-{
-  struct loaded_l10nfile *retval;
-  const char *language;
-  const char *modifier;
-  const char *territory;
-  const char *codeset;
-  const char *normalized_codeset;
-  const char *special;
-  const char *sponsor;
-  const char *revision;
-  const char *alias_value;
-  int mask;
-
-  /* LOCALE can consist of up to four recognized parts for the XPG syntax:
-
-		language[_territory[.codeset]][@modifier]
-
-     and six parts for the CEN syntax:
-
-	language[_territory][+audience][+special][,[sponsor][_revision]]
-
-     Beside the first part all of them are allowed to be missing.  If
-     the full specified locale is not found, the less specific one are
-     looked for.  The various parts will be stripped off according to
-     the following order:
-		(1) revision
-		(2) sponsor
-		(3) special
-		(4) codeset
-		(5) normalized codeset
-		(6) territory
-		(7) audience/modifier
-   */
-
-  /* If we have already tested for this locale entry there has to
-     be one data set in the list of loaded domains.  */
-  retval = _nl_make_l10nflist (&_nl_loaded_domains, dirname,
-			       strlen (dirname) + 1, 0, locale, NULL, NULL,
-			       NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, domainname, 0);
-  if (retval != NULL)
-    {
-      /* We know something about this locale.  */
-      int cnt;
-
-      if (retval->decided == 0)
-	_nl_load_domain (retval, domainbinding);
-
-      if (retval->data != NULL)
-	return retval;
-
-      for (cnt = 0; retval->successor[cnt] != NULL; ++cnt)
-	{
-	  if (retval->successor[cnt]->decided == 0)
-	    _nl_load_domain (retval->successor[cnt], domainbinding);
-
-	  if (retval->successor[cnt]->data != NULL)
-	    break;
-	}
-      return cnt >= 0 ? retval : NULL;
-      /* NOTREACHED */
-    }
-
-  /* See whether the locale value is an alias.  If yes its value
-     *overwrites* the alias name.  No test for the original value is
-     done.  */
-  alias_value = _nl_expand_alias (locale);
-  if (alias_value != NULL)
-    {
-#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP
-      locale = strdup (alias_value);
-      if (locale == NULL)
-	return NULL;
-#else
-      size_t len = strlen (alias_value) + 1;
-      locale = (char *) malloc (len);
-      if (locale == NULL)
-	return NULL;
-
-      memcpy (locale, alias_value, len);
-#endif
-    }
-
-  /* Now we determine the single parts of the locale name.  First
-     look for the language.  Termination symbols are `_' and `@' if
-     we use XPG4 style, and `_', `+', and `,' if we use CEN syntax.  */
-  mask = _nl_explode_name (locale, &language, &modifier, &territory,
-			   &codeset, &normalized_codeset, &special,
-			   &sponsor, &revision);
-
-  /* Create all possible locale entries which might be interested in
-     generalization.  */
-  retval = _nl_make_l10nflist (&_nl_loaded_domains, dirname,
-			       strlen (dirname) + 1, mask, language, territory,
-			       codeset, normalized_codeset, modifier, special,
-			       sponsor, revision, domainname, 1);
-  if (retval == NULL)
-    /* This means we are out of core.  */
-    return NULL;
-
-  if (retval->decided == 0)
-    _nl_load_domain (retval, domainbinding);
-  if (retval->data == NULL)
-    {
-      int cnt;
-      for (cnt = 0; retval->successor[cnt] != NULL; ++cnt)
-	{
-	  if (retval->successor[cnt]->decided == 0)
-	    _nl_load_domain (retval->successor[cnt], domainbinding);
-	  if (retval->successor[cnt]->data != NULL)
-	    break;
-	}
-    }
-
-  /* The room for an alias was dynamically allocated.  Free it now.  */
-  if (alias_value != NULL)
-    free (locale);
-
-  /* The space for normalized_codeset is dynamically allocated.  Free it.  */
-  if (mask & XPG_NORM_CODESET)
-    free ((void *) normalized_codeset);
-
-  return retval;
-}
-
-
-#ifdef _LIBC
-static void __attribute__ ((unused))
-free_mem (void)
-{
-  struct loaded_l10nfile *runp = _nl_loaded_domains;
-
-  while (runp != NULL)
-    {
-      struct loaded_l10nfile *here = runp;
-      if (runp->data != NULL)
-	_nl_unload_domain ((struct loaded_domain *) runp->data);
-      runp = runp->next;
-      free ((char *) here->filename);
-      free (here);
-    }
-}
-
-text_set_element (__libc_subfreeres, free_mem);
-#endif

intl/gettext.c

@@ -1,64 +0,0 @@
-/* Implementation of gettext(3) function.
-   Copyright (C) 1995, 1997, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
-   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-   any later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-   Library General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
-   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
-   USA.  */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-# include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-#ifdef _LIBC
-# define __need_NULL
-# include <stddef.h>
-#else
-# include <stdlib.h>		/* Just for NULL.  */
-#endif
-
-#include "gettextP.h"
-#ifdef _LIBC
-# include <libintl.h>
-#else
-# include "libgnuintl.h"
-#endif
-
-/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
-
-/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem.  They must not clash
-   with existing names and they should follow ANSI C.  But this source
-   code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
-   prefix.  So we have to make a difference here.  */
-#ifdef _LIBC
-# define GETTEXT __gettext
-# define DCGETTEXT __dcgettext
-#else
-# define GETTEXT gettext__
-# define DCGETTEXT dcgettext__
-#endif
-
-/* Look up MSGID in the current default message catalog for the current
-   LC_MESSAGES locale.  If not found, returns MSGID itself (the default
-   text).  */
-char *
-GETTEXT (msgid)
-     const char *msgid;
-{
-  return DCGETTEXT (NULL, msgid, LC_MESSAGES);
-}
-
-#ifdef _LIBC
-/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library.  */
-weak_alias (__gettext, gettext);
-#endif

intl/gettext.h

@@ -1,102 +0,0 @@
-/* Description of GNU message catalog format: general file layout.
-   Copyright (C) 1995, 1997, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
-   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-   any later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-   Library General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
-   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
-   USA.  */
-
-#ifndef _GETTEXT_H
-#define _GETTEXT_H 1
-
-#if HAVE_LIMITS_H || _LIBC
-# include <limits.h>
-#endif
-
-/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
-
-/* The magic number of the GNU message catalog format.  */
-#define _MAGIC 0x950412de
-#define _MAGIC_SWAPPED 0xde120495
-
-/* Revision number of the currently used .mo (binary) file format.  */
-#define MO_REVISION_NUMBER 0
-
-/* The following contortions are an attempt to use the C preprocessor
-   to determine an unsigned integral type that is 32 bits wide.  An
-   alternative approach is to use autoconf's AC_CHECK_SIZEOF macro, but
-   as of version autoconf-2.13, the AC_CHECK_SIZEOF macro doesn't work
-   when cross-compiling.  */
-
-#if __STDC__
-# define UINT_MAX_32_BITS 4294967295U
-#else
-# define UINT_MAX_32_BITS 0xFFFFFFFF
-#endif
-
-/* If UINT_MAX isn't defined, assume it's a 32-bit type.
-   This should be valid for all systems GNU cares about because
-   that doesn't include 16-bit systems, and only modern systems
-   (that certainly have <limits.h>) have 64+-bit integral types.  */
-
-#ifndef UINT_MAX
-# define UINT_MAX UINT_MAX_32_BITS
-#endif
-
-#if UINT_MAX == UINT_MAX_32_BITS
-typedef unsigned nls_uint32;
-#else
-# if USHRT_MAX == UINT_MAX_32_BITS
-typedef unsigned short nls_uint32;
-# else
-#  if ULONG_MAX == UINT_MAX_32_BITS
-typedef unsigned long nls_uint32;
-#  else
-  /* The following line is intended to throw an error.  Using #error is
-     not portable enough.  */
-  "Cannot determine unsigned 32-bit data type."
-#  endif
-# endif
-#endif
-
-
-/* Header for binary .mo file format.  */
-struct mo_file_header
-{
-  /* The magic number.  */
-  nls_uint32 magic;
-  /* The revision number of the file format.  */
-  nls_uint32 revision;
-  /* The number of strings pairs.  */
-  nls_uint32 nstrings;
-  /* Offset of table with start offsets of original strings.  */
-  nls_uint32 orig_tab_offset;
-  /* Offset of table with start offsets of translation strings.  */
-  nls_uint32 trans_tab_offset;
-  /* Size of hashing table.  */
-  nls_uint32 hash_tab_size;
-  /* Offset of first hashing entry.  */
-  nls_uint32 hash_tab_offset;
-};
-
-struct string_desc
-{
-  /* Length of addressed string.  */
-  nls_uint32 length;
-  /* Offset of string in file.  */
-  nls_uint32 offset;
-};
-
-/* @@ begin of epilog @@ */
-
-#endif	/* gettext.h  */

intl/gettextP.h

@@ -1,252 +0,0 @@
-/* Header describing internals of libintl library.
-   Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-   Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 1995.
-
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
-   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-   any later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-   Library General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
-   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
-   USA.  */
-
-#ifndef _GETTEXTP_H
-#define _GETTEXTP_H
-
-#include <stddef.h>		/* Get size_t.  */
-
-#ifdef _LIBC
-# include "../iconv/gconv_int.h"
-#else
-# if HAVE_ICONV
-#  include <iconv.h>
-# endif
-#endif
-
-#include "loadinfo.h"
-
-#include "gettext.h"		/* Get nls_uint32.  */
-
-/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
-
-#ifndef PARAMS
-# if __STDC__
-#  define PARAMS(args) args
-# else
-#  define PARAMS(args) ()
-# endif
-#endif
-
-#ifndef internal_function
-# define internal_function
-#endif
-
-/* Tell the compiler when a conditional or integer expression is
-   almost always true or almost always false.  */
-#ifndef HAVE_BUILTIN_EXPECT
-# define __builtin_expect(expr, val) (expr)
-#endif
-
-#ifndef W
-# define W(flag, data) ((flag) ? SWAP (data) : (data))
-#endif
-
-
-#ifdef _LIBC
-# include <byteswap.h>
-# define SWAP(i) bswap_32 (i)
-#else
-static inline nls_uint32
-SWAP (i)
-     nls_uint32 i;
-{
-  return (i << 24) | ((i & 0xff00) << 8) | ((i >> 8) & 0xff00) | (i >> 24);
-}
-#endif
-
-
-/* This is the representation of the expressions to determine the
-   plural form.  */
-struct expression
-{
-  int nargs;			/* Number of arguments.  */
-  enum operator
-  {
-    /* Without arguments:  */
-    var,			/* The variable "n".  */
-    num,			/* Decimal number.  */
-    /* Unary operators:  */
-    lnot,			/* Logical NOT.  */
-    /* Binary operators:  */
-    mult,			/* Multiplication.  */
-    divide,			/* Division.  */
-    module,			/* Module operation.  */
-    plus,			/* Addition.  */
-    minus,			/* Subtraction.  */
-    less_than,			/* Comparison.  */
-    greater_than,		/* Comparison.  */
-    less_or_equal,		/* Comparison.  */
-    greater_or_equal,		/* Comparison.  */
-    equal,			/* Comparision for equality.  */
-    not_equal,			/* Comparision for inequality.  */
-    land,			/* Logical AND.  */
-    lor,			/* Logical OR.  */
-    /* Ternary operators:  */
-    qmop			/* Question mark operator.  */
-  } operation;
-  union
-  {
-    unsigned long int num;	/* Number value for `num'.  */
-    struct expression *args[3];	/* Up to three arguments.  */
-  } val;
-};
-
-/* This is the data structure to pass information to the parser and get
-   the result in a thread-safe way.  */
-struct parse_args
-{
-  const char *cp;
-  struct expression *res;
-};
-
-
-/* The representation of an opened message catalog.  */
-struct loaded_domain
-{
-  const char *data;
-  int use_mmap;
-  size_t mmap_size;
-  int must_swap;
-  nls_uint32 nstrings;
-  struct string_desc *orig_tab;
-  struct string_desc *trans_tab;
-  nls_uint32 hash_size;
-  nls_uint32 *hash_tab;
-  int codeset_cntr;
-#ifdef _LIBC
-  __gconv_t conv;
-#else
-# if HAVE_ICONV
-  iconv_t conv;
-# endif
-#endif
-  char **conv_tab;
-
-  struct expression *plural;
-  unsigned long int nplurals;
-};
-
-/* We want to allocate a string at the end of the struct.  But ISO C
-   doesn't allow zero sized arrays.  */
-#ifdef __GNUC__
-# define ZERO 0
-#else
-# define ZERO 1
-#endif
-
-/* A set of settings bound to a message domain.  Used to store settings
-   from bindtextdomain() and bind_textdomain_codeset().  */
-struct binding
-{
-  struct binding *next;
-  char *dirname;
-  int codeset_cntr;	/* Incremented each time codeset changes.  */
-  char *codeset;
-  char domainname[ZERO];
-};
-
-/* A counter which is incremented each time some previous translations
-   become invalid.
-   This variable is part of the external ABI of the GNU libintl.  */
-extern int _nl_msg_cat_cntr;
-
-struct loaded_l10nfile *_nl_find_domain PARAMS ((const char *__dirname,
-						 char *__locale,
-						 const char *__domainname,
-					      struct binding *__domainbinding))
-     internal_function;
-void _nl_load_domain PARAMS ((struct loaded_l10nfile *__domain,
-			      struct binding *__domainbinding))
-     internal_function;
-void _nl_unload_domain PARAMS ((struct loaded_domain *__domain))
-     internal_function;
-const char *_nl_init_domain_conv PARAMS ((struct loaded_l10nfile *__domain_file,
-					  struct loaded_domain *__domain,
-					  struct binding *__domainbinding))
-     internal_function;
-void _nl_free_domain_conv PARAMS ((struct loaded_domain *__domain))
-     internal_function;
-
-char *_nl_find_msg PARAMS ((struct loaded_l10nfile *domain_file,
-			    struct binding *domainbinding,
-			    const char *msgid, size_t *lengthp))
-     internal_function;
-
-#ifdef _LIBC
-extern char *__gettext PARAMS ((const char *__msgid));
-extern char *__dgettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
-				 const char *__msgid));
-extern char *__dcgettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
-				  const char *__msgid, int __category));
-extern char *__ngettext PARAMS ((const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
-				 unsigned long int __n));
-extern char *__dngettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
-				  const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
-				  unsigned long int n));
-extern char *__dcngettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
-				   const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
-				   unsigned long int __n, int __category));
-extern char *__dcigettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
-				   const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
-				   int __plural, unsigned long int __n,
-				   int __category));
-extern char *__textdomain PARAMS ((const char *__domainname));
-extern char *__bindtextdomain PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
-				       const char *__dirname));
-extern char *__bind_textdomain_codeset PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
-						const char *__codeset));
-#else
-extern char *gettext__ PARAMS ((const char *__msgid));
-extern char *dgettext__ PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
-				 const char *__msgid));
-extern char *dcgettext__ PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
-				  const char *__msgid, int __category));
-extern char *ngettext__ PARAMS ((const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
-				 unsigned long int __n));
-extern char *dngettext__ PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
-				  const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
-				  unsigned long int __n));
-extern char *dcngettext__ PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
-				   const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
-				   unsigned long int __n, int __category));
-extern char *dcigettext__ PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
-				   const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
-				   int __plural, unsigned long int __n,
-				   int __category));
-extern char *textdomain__ PARAMS ((const char *__domainname));
-extern char *bindtextdomain__ PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
-				       const char *__dirname));
-extern char *bind_textdomain_codeset__ PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
-						const char *__codeset));
-#endif
-
-#ifdef _LIBC
-extern void __gettext_free_exp PARAMS ((struct expression *exp))
-     internal_function;
-extern int __gettextparse PARAMS ((void *arg));
-#else
-extern void gettext_free_exp__ PARAMS ((struct expression *exp))
-     internal_function;
-extern int gettextparse__ PARAMS ((void *arg));
-#endif
-
-/* @@ begin of epilog @@ */
-
-#endif /* gettextP.h  */

intl/hash-string.h

@@ -1,59 +0,0 @@
-/* Description of GNU message catalog format: string hashing function.
-   Copyright (C) 1995, 1997, 1998, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
-   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-   any later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-   Library General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
-   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
-   USA.  */
-
-/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
-
-#ifndef PARAMS
-# if __STDC__
-#  define PARAMS(Args) Args
-# else
-#  define PARAMS(Args) ()
-# endif
-#endif
-
-/* We assume to have `unsigned long int' value with at least 32 bits.  */
-#define HASHWORDBITS 32
-
-
-/* Defines the so called `hashpjw' function by P.J. Weinberger
-   [see Aho/Sethi/Ullman, COMPILERS: Principles, Techniques and Tools,
-   1986, 1987 Bell Telephone Laboratories, Inc.]  */
-static unsigned long int hash_string PARAMS ((const char *__str_param));
-
-static inline unsigned long int
-hash_string (str_param)
-     const char *str_param;
-{
-  unsigned long int hval, g;
-  const char *str = str_param;
-
-  /* Compute the hash value for the given string.  */
-  hval = 0;
-  while (*str != '\0')
-    {
-      hval <<= 4;
-      hval += (unsigned long int) *str++;
-      g = hval & ((unsigned long int) 0xf << (HASHWORDBITS - 4));
-      if (g != 0)
-	{
-	  hval ^= g >> (HASHWORDBITS - 8);
-	  hval ^= g;
-	}
-    }
-  return hval;
-}

intl/intl-compat.c

@@ -1,166 +0,0 @@
-/* intl-compat.c - Stub functions to call gettext functions from GNU gettext
-   Library.
-   Copyright (C) 1995, 2000, 2001 Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
-   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-   any later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-   Library General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
-   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
-   USA.  */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-# include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include "libgnuintl.h"
-#include "gettextP.h"
-
-/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
-
-/* This file redirects the gettext functions (without prefix or suffix) to
-   those defined in the included GNU gettext library (with "__" suffix).
-   It is compiled into libintl when the included GNU gettext library is
-   configured --with-included-gettext.
-
-   This redirection works also in the case that the system C library or
-   the system libintl library contain gettext/textdomain/... functions.
-   If it didn't, we would need to add preprocessor level redirections to
-   libgnuintl.h of the following form:
-
-#    define gettext gettext__
-#    define dgettext dgettext__
-#    define dcgettext dcgettext__
-#    define ngettext ngettext__
-#    define dngettext dngettext__
-#    define dcngettext dcngettext__
-#    define textdomain textdomain__
-#    define bindtextdomain bindtextdomain__
-#    define bind_textdomain_codeset bind_textdomain_codeset__
-
-   How does this redirection work? There are two cases.
-   A. When libintl.a is linked into an executable, it works because
-      functions defined in the executable always override functions in
-      the shared libraries.
-   B. When libintl.so is used, it works because
-      1. those systems defining gettext/textdomain/... in the C library
-         (namely, Solaris 2.4 and newer, and GNU libc 2.0 and newer) are
-         ELF systems and define these symbols as weak, thus explicitly
-         letting other shared libraries override it.
-      2. those systems defining gettext/textdomain/... in a standalone
-         libintl.so library (namely, Solaris 2.3 and newer) have this
-         shared library in /usr/lib, and the linker will search /usr/lib
-         *after* the directory where the GNU gettext library is installed.
-
-   A third case, namely when libintl.a is linked into a shared library
-   whose name is not libintl.so, is not supported. In this case, on
-   Solaris, when -lintl precedes the linker option for the shared library
-   containing GNU gettext, the system's gettext would indeed override
-   the GNU gettext. Anyone doing this kind of stuff must be clever enough
-   to 1. compile libintl.a with -fPIC, 2. remove -lintl from his linker
-   command line.  */
-
-
-#undef gettext
-#undef dgettext
-#undef dcgettext
-#undef ngettext
-#undef dngettext
-#undef dcngettext
-#undef textdomain
-#undef bindtextdomain
-#undef bind_textdomain_codeset
-
-
-char *
-gettext (msgid)
-     const char *msgid;
-{
-  return gettext__ (msgid);
-}
-
-
-char *
-dgettext (domainname, msgid)
-     const char *domainname;
-     const char *msgid;
-{
-  return dgettext__ (domainname, msgid);
-}
-
-
-char *
-dcgettext (domainname, msgid, category)
-     const char *domainname;
-     const char *msgid;
-     int category;
-{
-  return dcgettext__ (domainname, msgid, category);
-}
-
-
-char *
-ngettext (msgid1, msgid2, n)
-     const char *msgid1;
-     const char *msgid2;
-     unsigned long int n;
-{
-  return ngettext__ (msgid1, msgid2, n);
-}
-
-
-char *
-dngettext (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n)
-     const char *domainname;
-     const char *msgid1;
-     const char *msgid2;
-     unsigned long int n;
-{
-  return dngettext__ (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n);
-}
-
-
-char *
-dcngettext (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n, category)
-     const char *domainname;
-     const char *msgid1;
-     const char *msgid2;
-     unsigned long int n;
-     int category;
-{
-  return dcngettext__ (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n, category);
-}
-
-
-char *
-textdomain (domainname)
-     const char *domainname;
-{
-  return textdomain__ (domainname);
-}
-
-
-char *
-bindtextdomain (domainname, dirname)
-     const char *domainname;
-     const char *dirname;
-{
-  return bindtextdomain__ (domainname, dirname);
-}
-
-
-char *
-bind_textdomain_codeset (domainname, codeset)
-     const char *domainname;
-     const char *codeset;
-{
-  return bind_textdomain_codeset__ (domainname, codeset);
-}

intl/l10nflist.c

@@ -1,405 +0,0 @@
-/* Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-   Contributed by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, 1995.
-
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
-   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-   any later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-   Library General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
-   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
-   USA.  */
-
-/* Tell glibc's <string.h> to provide a prototype for stpcpy().
-   This must come before <config.h> because <config.h> may include
-   <features.h>, and once <features.h> has been included, it's too late.  */
-#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE
-# define _GNU_SOURCE	1
-#endif
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-# include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include <string.h>
-#if !HAVE_STRCHR && !defined _LIBC
-# ifndef strchr
-#  define strchr index
-# endif
-#endif
-
-#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_ARGZ_H
-# include <argz.h>
-#endif
-#include <ctype.h>
-#include <sys/types.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-
-#include "loadinfo.h"
-
-/* On some strange systems still no definition of NULL is found.  Sigh!  */
-#ifndef NULL
-# if defined __STDC__ && __STDC__
-#  define NULL ((void *) 0)
-# else
-#  define NULL 0
-# endif
-#endif
-
-/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
-
-#ifdef _LIBC
-/* Rename the non ANSI C functions.  This is required by the standard
-   because some ANSI C functions will require linking with this object
-   file and the name space must not be polluted.  */
-# ifndef stpcpy
-#  define stpcpy(dest, src) __stpcpy(dest, src)
-# endif
-#else
-# ifndef HAVE_STPCPY
-static char *stpcpy PARAMS ((char *dest, const char *src));
-# endif
-#endif
-
-/* Define function which are usually not available.  */
-
-#if !defined _LIBC && !defined HAVE___ARGZ_COUNT
-/* Returns the number of strings in ARGZ.  */
-static size_t argz_count__ PARAMS ((const char *argz, size_t len));
-
-static size_t
-argz_count__ (argz, len)
-     const char *argz;
-     size_t len;
-{
-  size_t count = 0;
-  while (len > 0)
-    {
-      size_t part_len = strlen (argz);
-      argz += part_len + 1;
-      len -= part_len + 1;
-      count++;
-    }
-  return count;
-}
-# undef __argz_count
-# define __argz_count(argz, len) argz_count__ (argz, len)
-#endif	/* !_LIBC && !HAVE___ARGZ_COUNT */
-
-#if !defined _LIBC && !defined HAVE___ARGZ_STRINGIFY
-/* Make '\0' separated arg vector ARGZ printable by converting all the '\0's
-   except the last into the character SEP.  */
-static void argz_stringify__ PARAMS ((char *argz, size_t len, int sep));
-
-static void
-argz_stringify__ (argz, len, sep)
-     char *argz;
-     size_t len;
-     int sep;
-{
-  while (len > 0)
-    {
-      size_t part_len = strlen (argz);
-      argz += part_len;
-      len -= part_len + 1;
-      if (len > 0)
-	*argz++ = sep;
-    }
-}
-# undef __argz_stringify
-# define __argz_stringify(argz, len, sep) argz_stringify__ (argz, len, sep)
-#endif	/* !_LIBC && !HAVE___ARGZ_STRINGIFY */
-
-#if !defined _LIBC && !defined HAVE___ARGZ_NEXT
-static char *argz_next__ PARAMS ((char *argz, size_t argz_len,
-				  const char *entry));
-
-static char *
-argz_next__ (argz, argz_len, entry)
-     char *argz;
-     size_t argz_len;
-     const char *entry;
-{
-  if (entry)
-    {
-      if (entry < argz + argz_len)
-        entry = strchr (entry, '\0') + 1;
-
-      return entry >= argz + argz_len ? NULL : (char *) entry;
-    }
-  else
-    if (argz_len > 0)
-      return argz;
-    else
-      return 0;
-}
-# undef __argz_next
-# define __argz_next(argz, len, entry) argz_next__ (argz, len, entry)
-#endif	/* !_LIBC && !HAVE___ARGZ_NEXT */
-
-
-/* Return number of bits set in X.  */
-static int pop PARAMS ((int x));
-
-static inline int
-pop (x)
-     int x;
-{
-  /* We assume that no more than 16 bits are used.  */
-  x = ((x & ~0x5555) >> 1) + (x & 0x5555);
-  x = ((x & ~0x3333) >> 2) + (x & 0x3333);
-  x = ((x >> 4) + x) & 0x0f0f;
-  x = ((x >> 8) + x) & 0xff;
-
-  return x;
-}
-
-
-struct loaded_l10nfile *
-_nl_make_l10nflist (l10nfile_list, dirlist, dirlist_len, mask, language,
-		    territory, codeset, normalized_codeset, modifier, special,
-		    sponsor, revision, filename, do_allocate)
-     struct loaded_l10nfile **l10nfile_list;
-     const char *dirlist;
-     size_t dirlist_len;
-     int mask;
-     const char *language;
-     const char *territory;
-     const char *codeset;
-     const char *normalized_codeset;
-     const char *modifier;
-     const char *special;
-     const char *sponsor;
-     const char *revision;
-     const char *filename;
-     int do_allocate;
-{
-  char *abs_filename;
-  struct loaded_l10nfile *last = NULL;
-  struct loaded_l10nfile *retval;
-  char *cp;
-  size_t entries;
-  int cnt;
-
-  /* Allocate room for the full file name.  */
-  abs_filename = (char *) malloc (dirlist_len
-				  + strlen (language)
-				  + ((mask & TERRITORY) != 0
-				     ? strlen (territory) + 1 : 0)
-				  + ((mask & XPG_CODESET) != 0
-				     ? strlen (codeset) + 1 : 0)
-				  + ((mask & XPG_NORM_CODESET) != 0
-				     ? strlen (normalized_codeset) + 1 : 0)
-				  + (((mask & XPG_MODIFIER) != 0
-				      || (mask & CEN_AUDIENCE) != 0)
-				     ? strlen (modifier) + 1 : 0)
-				  + ((mask & CEN_SPECIAL) != 0
-				     ? strlen (special) + 1 : 0)
-				  + (((mask & CEN_SPONSOR) != 0
-				      || (mask & CEN_REVISION) != 0)
-				     ? (1 + ((mask & CEN_SPONSOR) != 0
-					     ? strlen (sponsor) + 1 : 0)
-					+ ((mask & CEN_REVISION) != 0
-					   ? strlen (revision) + 1 : 0)) : 0)
-				  + 1 + strlen (filename) + 1);
-
-  if (abs_filename == NULL)
-    return NULL;
-
-  retval = NULL;
-  last = NULL;
-
-  /* Construct file name.  */
-  memcpy (abs_filename, dirlist, dirlist_len);
-  __argz_stringify (abs_filename, dirlist_len, PATH_SEPARATOR);
-  cp = abs_filename + (dirlist_len - 1);
-  *cp++ = '/';
-  cp = stpcpy (cp, language);
-
-  if ((mask & TERRITORY) != 0)
-    {
-      *cp++ = '_';
-      cp = stpcpy (cp, territory);
-    }
-  if ((mask & XPG_CODESET) != 0)
-    {
-      *cp++ = '.';
-      cp = stpcpy (cp, codeset);
-    }
-  if ((mask & XPG_NORM_CODESET) != 0)
-    {
-      *cp++ = '.';
-      cp = stpcpy (cp, normalized_codeset);
-    }
-  if ((mask & (XPG_MODIFIER | CEN_AUDIENCE)) != 0)
-    {
-      /* This component can be part of both syntaces but has different
-	 leading characters.  For CEN we use `+', else `@'.  */
-      *cp++ = (mask & CEN_AUDIENCE) != 0 ? '+' : '@';
-      cp = stpcpy (cp, modifier);
-    }
-  if ((mask & CEN_SPECIAL) != 0)
-    {
-      *cp++ = '+';
-      cp = stpcpy (cp, special);
-    }
-  if ((mask & (CEN_SPONSOR | CEN_REVISION)) != 0)
-    {
-      *cp++ = ',';
-      if ((mask & CEN_SPONSOR) != 0)
-	cp = stpcpy (cp, sponsor);
-      if ((mask & CEN_REVISION) != 0)
-	{
-	  *cp++ = '_';
-	  cp = stpcpy (cp, revision);
-	}
-    }
-
-  *cp++ = '/';
-  stpcpy (cp, filename);
-
-  /* Look in list of already loaded domains whether it is already
-     available.  */
-  last = NULL;
-  for (retval = *l10nfile_list; retval != NULL; retval = retval->next)
-    if (retval->filename != NULL)
-      {
-	int compare = strcmp (retval->filename, abs_filename);
-	if (compare == 0)
-	  /* We found it!  */
-	  break;
-	if (compare < 0)
-	  {
-	    /* It's not in the list.  */
-	    retval = NULL;
-	    break;
-	  }
-
-	last = retval;
-      }
-
-  if (retval != NULL || do_allocate == 0)
-    {
-      free (abs_filename);
-      return retval;
-    }
-
-  retval = (struct loaded_l10nfile *)
-    malloc (sizeof (*retval) + (__argz_count (dirlist, dirlist_len)
-				* (1 << pop (mask))
-				* sizeof (struct loaded_l10nfile *)));
-  if (retval == NULL)
-    return NULL;
-
-  retval->filename = abs_filename;
-  retval->decided = (__argz_count (dirlist, dirlist_len) != 1
-		     || ((mask & XPG_CODESET) != 0
-			 && (mask & XPG_NORM_CODESET) != 0));
-  retval->data = NULL;
-
-  if (last == NULL)
-    {
-      retval->next = *l10nfile_list;
-      *l10nfile_list = retval;
-    }
-  else
-    {
-      retval->next = last->next;
-      last->next = retval;
-    }
-
-  entries = 0;
-  /* If the DIRLIST is a real list the RETVAL entry corresponds not to
-     a real file.  So we have to use the DIRLIST separation mechanism
-     of the inner loop.  */
-  cnt = __argz_count (dirlist, dirlist_len) == 1 ? mask - 1 : mask;
-  for (; cnt >= 0; --cnt)
-    if ((cnt & ~mask) == 0
-	&& ((cnt & CEN_SPECIFIC) == 0 || (cnt & XPG_SPECIFIC) == 0)
-	&& ((cnt & XPG_CODESET) == 0 || (cnt & XPG_NORM_CODESET) == 0))
-      {
-	/* Iterate over all elements of the DIRLIST.  */
-	char *dir = NULL;
-
-	while ((dir = __argz_next ((char *) dirlist, dirlist_len, dir))
-	       != NULL)
-	  retval->successor[entries++]
-	    = _nl_make_l10nflist (l10nfile_list, dir, strlen (dir) + 1, cnt,
-				  language, territory, codeset,
-				  normalized_codeset, modifier, special,
-				  sponsor, revision, filename, 1);
-      }
-  retval->successor[entries] = NULL;
-
-  return retval;
-}
-
-/* Normalize codeset name.  There is no standard for the codeset
-   names.  Normalization allows the user to use any of the common
-   names.  The return value is dynamically allocated and has to be
-   freed by the caller.  */
-const char *
-_nl_normalize_codeset (codeset, name_len)
-     const char *codeset;
-     size_t name_len;
-{
-  int len = 0;
-  int only_digit = 1;
-  char *retval;
-  char *wp;
-  size_t cnt;
-
-  for (cnt = 0; cnt < name_len; ++cnt)
-    if (isalnum (codeset[cnt]))
-      {
-	++len;
-
-	if (isalpha (codeset[cnt]))
-	  only_digit = 0;
-      }
-
-  retval = (char *) malloc ((only_digit ? 3 : 0) + len + 1);
-
-  if (retval != NULL)
-    {
-      if (only_digit)
-	wp = stpcpy (retval, "iso");
-      else
-	wp = retval;
-
-      for (cnt = 0; cnt < name_len; ++cnt)
-	if (isalpha (codeset[cnt]))
-	  *wp++ = tolower (codeset[cnt]);
-	else if (isdigit (codeset[cnt]))
-	  *wp++ = codeset[cnt];
-
-      *wp = '\0';
-    }
-
-  return (const char *) retval;
-}
-
-
-/* @@ begin of epilog @@ */
-
-/* We don't want libintl.a to depend on any other library.  So we
-   avoid the non-standard function stpcpy.  In GNU C Library this
-   function is available, though.  Also allow the symbol HAVE_STPCPY
-   to be defined.  */
-#if !_LIBC && !HAVE_STPCPY
-static char *
-stpcpy (dest, src)
-     char *dest;
-     const char *src;
-{
-  while ((*dest++ = *src++) != '\0')
-    /* Do nothing. */ ;
-  return dest - 1;
-}
-#endif

intl/libgettext.h

@@ -1,49 +0,0 @@
-/* Convenience header for conditional use of GNU <libintl.h>.
-   Copyright (C) 1995-1998, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
-   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-   any later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-   Library General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
-   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
-   USA.  */
-
-#ifndef _LIBGETTEXT_H
-#define _LIBGETTEXT_H 1
-
-/* NLS can be disabled through the configure --disable-nls option.  */
-#if ENABLE_NLS
-
-/* Get declarations of GNU message catalog functions.  */
-# include <libintl.h>
-
-#else
-
-# define gettext(Msgid) (Msgid)
-# define dgettext(Domainname, Msgid) (Msgid)
-# define dcgettext(Domainname, Msgid, Category) (Msgid)
-# define ngettext(Msgid1, Msgid2, N) \
-    ((N) == 1 ? (char *) (Msgid1) : (char *) (Msgid2))
-# define dngettext(Domainname, Msgid1, Msgid2, N) \
-    ((N) == 1 ? (char *) (Msgid1) : (char *) (Msgid2))
-# define dcngettext(Domainname, Msgid1, Msgid2, N, Category) \
-    ((N) == 1 ? (char *) (Msgid1) : (char *) (Msgid2))
-# define textdomain(Domainname) ((char *) (Domainname))
-# define bindtextdomain(Domainname, Dirname) ((char *) (Dirname))
-# define bind_textdomain_codeset(Domainname, Codeset) ((char *) (Codeset))
-
-#endif
-
-/* For automatical extraction of messages sometimes no real
-   translation is needed.  Instead the string itself is the result.  */
-#define gettext_noop(Str) (Str)
-
-#endif /* _LIBGETTEXT_H */

intl/libgnuintl.h

@@ -1,128 +0,0 @@
-/* Message catalogs for internationalization.
-   Copyright (C) 1995-1997, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
-   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-   any later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-   Library General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
-   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
-   USA.  */
-
-#ifndef _LIBINTL_H
-#define _LIBINTL_H	1
-
-#include <locale.h>
-
-/* The LC_MESSAGES locale category is the category used by the functions
-   gettext() and dgettext().  It is specified in POSIX, but not in ANSI C.
-   On systems that don't define it, use an arbitrary value instead.
-   On Solaris, <locale.h> defines __LOCALE_H then includes <libintl.h> (i.e.
-   this file!) and then only defines LC_MESSAGES.  To avoid a redefinition
-   warning, don't define LC_MESSAGES in this case.  */
-#if !defined LC_MESSAGES && !defined __LOCALE_H
-# define LC_MESSAGES 1729
-#endif
-
-/* We define an additional symbol to signal that we use the GNU
-   implementation of gettext.  */
-#define __USE_GNU_GETTEXT 1
-
-/* Resolve a platform specific conflict on DJGPP.  GNU gettext takes
-   precedence over _conio_gettext.  */
-#ifdef __DJGPP__
-# undef gettext
-# define gettext gettext
-#endif
-
-#ifndef PARAMS
-# if __STDC__ || defined __cplusplus
-#  define PARAMS(args) args
-# else
-#  define PARAMS(args) ()
-# endif
-#endif
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-extern "C" {
-#endif
-
-/* Look up MSGID in the current default message catalog for the current
-   LC_MESSAGES locale.  If not found, returns MSGID itself (the default
-   text).  */
-extern char *gettext PARAMS ((const char *__msgid));
-
-/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current
-   LC_MESSAGES locale.  */
-extern char *dgettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid));
-
-/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current CATEGORY
-   locale.  */
-extern char *dcgettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid,
-				int __category));
-
-
-/* Similar to `gettext' but select the plural form corresponding to the
-   number N.  */
-extern char *ngettext PARAMS ((const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
-			       unsigned long int __n));
-
-/* Similar to `dgettext' but select the plural form corresponding to the
-   number N.  */
-extern char *dngettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid1,
-				const char *__msgid2, unsigned long int __n));
-
-/* Similar to `dcgettext' but select the plural form corresponding to the
-   number N.  */
-extern char *dcngettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid1,
-				 const char *__msgid2, unsigned long int __n,
-				 int __category));
-
-
-/* Set the current default message catalog to DOMAINNAME.
-   If DOMAINNAME is null, return the current default.
-   If DOMAINNAME is "", reset to the default of "messages".  */
-extern char *textdomain PARAMS ((const char *__domainname));
-
-/* Specify that the DOMAINNAME message catalog will be found
-   in DIRNAME rather than in the system locale data base.  */
-extern char *bindtextdomain PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
-				     const char *__dirname));
-
-/* Specify the character encoding in which the messages from the
-   DOMAINNAME message catalog will be returned.  */
-extern char *bind_textdomain_codeset PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
-					      const char *__codeset));
-
-
-/* Optimized version of the functions above.  */
-#if defined __OPTIMIZED
-/* These are macros, but could also be inline functions.  */
-
-# define gettext(msgid)							      \
-  dgettext (NULL, msgid)
-
-# define dgettext(domainname, msgid)					      \
-  dcgettext (domainname, msgid, LC_MESSAGES)
-
-# define ngettext(msgid1, msgid2, n)					      \
-  dngettext (NULL, msgid1, msgid2, n)
-
-# define dngettext(domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n)			      \
-  dcngettext (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n, LC_MESSAGES)
-
-#endif /* Optimizing. */
-
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-}
-#endif
-
-#endif /* libintl.h */

intl/loadinfo.h

@@ -1,109 +0,0 @@
-/* Copyright (C) 1996-1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
-   Contributed by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 1996.
-
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
-   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-   any later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-   Library General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
-   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
-   USA.  */
-
-#ifndef _LOADINFO_H
-#define _LOADINFO_H	1
-
-#ifndef PARAMS
-# if __STDC__
-#  define PARAMS(args) args
-# else
-#  define PARAMS(args) ()
-# endif
-#endif
-
-#ifndef internal_function
-# define internal_function
-#endif
-
-/* Tell the compiler when a conditional or integer expression is
-   almost always true or almost always false.  */
-#ifndef HAVE_BUILTIN_EXPECT
-# define __builtin_expect(expr, val) (expr)
-#endif
-
-/* Separator in PATH like lists of pathnames.  */
-#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__ || defined __EMX__ || defined __DJGPP__
-  /* Win32, OS/2, DOS */
-# define PATH_SEPARATOR ';'
-#else
-  /* Unix */
-# define PATH_SEPARATOR ':'
-#endif
-
-/* Encoding of locale name parts.  */
-#define CEN_REVISION		1
-#define CEN_SPONSOR		2
-#define CEN_SPECIAL		4
-#define XPG_NORM_CODESET	8
-#define XPG_CODESET		16
-#define TERRITORY		32
-#define CEN_AUDIENCE		64
-#define XPG_MODIFIER		128
-
-#define CEN_SPECIFIC	(CEN_REVISION|CEN_SPONSOR|CEN_SPECIAL|CEN_AUDIENCE)
-#define XPG_SPECIFIC	(XPG_CODESET|XPG_NORM_CODESET|XPG_MODIFIER)
-
-
-struct loaded_l10nfile
-{
-  const char *filename;
-  int decided;
-
-  const void *data;
-
-  struct loaded_l10nfile *next;
-  struct loaded_l10nfile *successor[1];
-};
-
-
-/* Normalize codeset name.  There is no standard for the codeset
-   names.  Normalization allows the user to use any of the common
-   names.  The return value is dynamically allocated and has to be
-   freed by the caller.  */
-extern const char *_nl_normalize_codeset PARAMS ((const char *codeset,
-						  size_t name_len));
-
-extern struct loaded_l10nfile *
-_nl_make_l10nflist PARAMS ((struct loaded_l10nfile **l10nfile_list,
-			    const char *dirlist, size_t dirlist_len, int mask,
-			    const char *language, const char *territory,
-			    const char *codeset,
-			    const char *normalized_codeset,
-			    const char *modifier, const char *special,
-			    const char *sponsor, const char *revision,
-			    const char *filename, int do_allocate));
-
-
-extern const char *_nl_expand_alias PARAMS ((const char *name));
-
-/* normalized_codeset is dynamically allocated and has to be freed by
-   the caller.  */
-extern int _nl_explode_name PARAMS ((char *name, const char **language,
-				     const char **modifier,
-				     const char **territory,
-				     const char **codeset,
-				     const char **normalized_codeset,
-				     const char **special,
-				     const char **sponsor,
-				     const char **revision));
-
-extern char *_nl_find_language PARAMS ((const char *name));
-
-#endif	/* loadinfo.h */

intl/loadmsgcat.c

@@ -1,567 +0,0 @@
-/* Load needed message catalogs.
-   Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
-   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-   any later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-   Library General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
-   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
-   USA.  */
-
-/* Tell glibc's <string.h> to provide a prototype for mempcpy().
-   This must come before <config.h> because <config.h> may include
-   <features.h>, and once <features.h> has been included, it's too late.  */
-#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE
-# define _GNU_SOURCE    1
-#endif
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-# include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include <ctype.h>
-#include <errno.h>
-#include <fcntl.h>
-#include <sys/types.h>
-#include <sys/stat.h>
-
-#ifdef __GNUC__
-# define alloca __builtin_alloca
-# define HAVE_ALLOCA 1
-#else
-# if defined HAVE_ALLOCA_H || defined _LIBC
-#  include <alloca.h>
-# else
-#  ifdef _AIX
- #pragma alloca
-#  else
-#   ifndef alloca
-char *alloca ();
-#   endif
-#  endif
-# endif
-#endif
-
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <string.h>
-
-#if defined HAVE_UNISTD_H || defined _LIBC
-# include <unistd.h>
-#endif
-
-#ifdef _LIBC
-# include <langinfo.h>
-# include <locale.h>
-#endif
-
-#if (defined HAVE_MMAP && defined HAVE_MUNMAP && !defined DISALLOW_MMAP) \
-    || (defined _LIBC && defined _POSIX_MAPPED_FILES)
-# include <sys/mman.h>
-# undef HAVE_MMAP
-# define HAVE_MMAP	1
-#else
-# undef HAVE_MMAP
-#endif
-
-#include "gettext.h"
-#include "gettextP.h"
-
-#ifdef _LIBC
-# include "../locale/localeinfo.h"
-#endif
-
-/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
-
-#ifdef _LIBC
-/* Rename the non ISO C functions.  This is required by the standard
-   because some ISO C functions will require linking with this object
-   file and the name space must not be polluted.  */
-# define open   __open
-# define close  __close
-# define read   __read
-# define mmap   __mmap
-# define munmap __munmap
-#endif
-
-/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem.  They must not clash
-   with existing names and they should follow ANSI C.  But this source
-   code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
-   prefix.  So we have to make a difference here.  */
-#ifdef _LIBC
-# define PLURAL_PARSE __gettextparse
-#else
-# define PLURAL_PARSE gettextparse__
-#endif
-
-/* For those losing systems which don't have `alloca' we have to add
-   some additional code emulating it.  */
-#ifdef HAVE_ALLOCA
-# define freea(p) /* nothing */
-#else
-# define alloca(n) malloc (n)
-# define freea(p) free (p)
-#endif
-
-/* For systems that distinguish between text and binary I/O.
-   O_BINARY is usually declared in <fcntl.h>. */
-#if !defined O_BINARY && defined _O_BINARY
-  /* For MSC-compatible compilers.  */
-# define O_BINARY _O_BINARY
-# define O_TEXT _O_TEXT
-#endif
-#ifdef __BEOS__
-  /* BeOS 5 has O_BINARY and O_TEXT, but they have no effect.  */
-# undef O_BINARY
-# undef O_TEXT
-#endif
-/* On reasonable systems, binary I/O is the default.  */
-#ifndef O_BINARY
-# define O_BINARY 0
-#endif
-
-/* We need a sign, whether a new catalog was loaded, which can be associated
-   with all translations.  This is important if the translations are
-   cached by one of GCC's features.  */
-int _nl_msg_cat_cntr;
-
-#if (defined __GNUC__ && !defined __APPLE_CC__) \
-    || (defined __STDC_VERSION__ && __STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L)
-
-/* These structs are the constant expression for the germanic plural
-   form determination.  It represents the expression  "n != 1".  */
-static const struct expression plvar =
-{
-  .nargs = 0,
-  .operation = var,
-};
-static const struct expression plone =
-{
-  .nargs = 0,
-  .operation = num,
-  .val =
-  {
-    .num = 1
-  }
-};
-static struct expression germanic_plural =
-{
-  .nargs = 2,
-  .operation = not_equal,
-  .val =
-  {
-    .args =
-    {
-      [0] = (struct expression *) &plvar,
-      [1] = (struct expression *) &plone
-    }
-  }
-};
-
-# define INIT_GERMANIC_PLURAL()
-
-#else
-
-/* For compilers without support for ISO C 99 struct/union initializers:
-   Initialization at run-time.  */
-
-static struct expression plvar;
-static struct expression plone;
-static struct expression germanic_plural;
-
-static void
-init_germanic_plural ()
-{
-  if (plone.val.num == 0)
-    {
-      plvar.nargs = 0;
-      plvar.operation = var;
-
-      plone.nargs = 0;
-      plone.operation = num;
-      plone.val.num = 1;
-
-      germanic_plural.nargs = 2;
-      germanic_plural.operation = not_equal;
-      germanic_plural.val.args[0] = &plvar;
-      germanic_plural.val.args[1] = &plone;
-    }
-}
-
-# define INIT_GERMANIC_PLURAL() init_germanic_plural ()
-
-#endif
-
-
-/* Initialize the codeset dependent parts of an opened message catalog.
-   Return the header entry.  */
-const char *
-internal_function
-_nl_init_domain_conv (domain_file, domain, domainbinding)
-     struct loaded_l10nfile *domain_file;
-     struct loaded_domain *domain;
-     struct binding *domainbinding;
-{
-  /* Find out about the character set the file is encoded with.
-     This can be found (in textual form) in the entry "".  If this
-     entry does not exist or if this does not contain the `charset='
-     information, we will assume the charset matches the one the
-     current locale and we don't have to perform any conversion.  */
-  char *nullentry;
-  size_t nullentrylen;
-
-  /* Preinitialize fields, to avoid recursion during _nl_find_msg.  */
-  domain->codeset_cntr =
-    (domainbinding != NULL ? domainbinding->codeset_cntr : 0);
-#ifdef _LIBC
-  domain->conv = (__gconv_t) -1;
-#else
-# if HAVE_ICONV
-  domain->conv = (iconv_t) -1;
-# endif
-#endif
-  domain->conv_tab = NULL;
-
-  /* Get the header entry.  */
-  nullentry = _nl_find_msg (domain_file, domainbinding, "", &nullentrylen);
-
-  if (nullentry != NULL)
-    {
-#if defined _LIBC || HAVE_ICONV
-      const char *charsetstr;
-
-      charsetstr = strstr (nullentry, "charset=");
-      if (charsetstr != NULL)
-	{
-	  size_t len;
-	  char *charset;
-	  const char *outcharset;
-
-	  charsetstr += strlen ("charset=");
-	  len = strcspn (charsetstr, " \t\n");
-
-	  charset = (char *) alloca (len + 1);
-# if defined _LIBC || HAVE_MEMPCPY
-	  *((char *) mempcpy (charset, charsetstr, len)) = '\0';
-# else
-	  memcpy (charset, charsetstr, len);
-	  charset[len] = '\0';
-# endif
-
-	  /* The output charset should normally be determined by the
-	     locale.  But sometimes the locale is not used or not correctly
-	     set up, so we provide a possibility for the user to override
-	     this.  Moreover, the value specified through
-	     bind_textdomain_codeset overrides both.  */
-	  if (domainbinding != NULL && domainbinding->codeset != NULL)
-	    outcharset = domainbinding->codeset;
-	  else
-	    {
-	      outcharset = getenv ("OUTPUT_CHARSET");
-	      if (outcharset == NULL || outcharset[0] == '\0')
-		{
-# ifdef _LIBC
-		  outcharset = (*_nl_current[LC_CTYPE])->values[_NL_ITEM_INDEX (CODESET)].string;
-# else
-#  if HAVE_ICONV
-		  extern const char *locale_charset (void);
-		  outcharset = locale_charset ();
-#  endif
-# endif
-		}
-	    }
-
-# ifdef _LIBC
-	  /* We always want to use transliteration.  */
-	  outcharset = norm_add_slashes (outcharset, "TRANSLIT");
-	  charset = norm_add_slashes (charset, NULL);
-	  if (__gconv_open (outcharset, charset, &domain->conv,
-			    GCONV_AVOID_NOCONV)
-	      != __GCONV_OK)
-	    domain->conv = (__gconv_t) -1;
-# else
-#  if HAVE_ICONV
-	  /* When using GNU libiconv, we want to use transliteration.  */
-#   if _LIBICONV_VERSION >= 0x0105
-	  len = strlen (outcharset);
-	  {
-	    char *tmp = (char *) alloca (len + 10 + 1);
-	    memcpy (tmp, outcharset, len);
-	    memcpy (tmp + len, "//TRANSLIT", 10 + 1);
-	    outcharset = tmp;
-	  }
-#   endif
-	  domain->conv = iconv_open (outcharset, charset);
-#   if _LIBICONV_VERSION >= 0x0105
-	  freea (outcharset);
-#   endif
-#  endif
-# endif
-
-	  freea (charset);
-	}
-#endif /* _LIBC || HAVE_ICONV */
-    }
-
-  return nullentry;
-}
-
-/* Frees the codeset dependent parts of an opened message catalog.  */
-void
-internal_function
-_nl_free_domain_conv (domain)
-     struct loaded_domain *domain;
-{
-  if (domain->conv_tab != NULL && domain->conv_tab != (char **) -1)
-    free (domain->conv_tab);
-
-#ifdef _LIBC
-  if (domain->conv != (__gconv_t) -1)
-    __gconv_close (domain->conv);
-#else
-# if HAVE_ICONV
-  if (domain->conv != (iconv_t) -1)
-    iconv_close (domain->conv);
-# endif
-#endif
-}
-
-/* Load the message catalogs specified by FILENAME.  If it is no valid
-   message catalog do nothing.  */
-void
-internal_function
-_nl_load_domain (domain_file, domainbinding)
-     struct loaded_l10nfile *domain_file;
-     struct binding *domainbinding;
-{
-  int fd;
-  size_t size;
-#ifdef _LIBC
-  struct stat64 st;
-#else
-  struct stat st;
-#endif
-  struct mo_file_header *data = (struct mo_file_header *) -1;
-  int use_mmap = 0;
-  struct loaded_domain *domain;
-  const char *nullentry;
-
-  domain_file->decided = 1;
-  domain_file->data = NULL;
-
-  /* Note that it would be useless to store domainbinding in domain_file
-     because domainbinding might be == NULL now but != NULL later (after
-     a call to bind_textdomain_codeset).  */
-
-  /* If the record does not represent a valid locale the FILENAME
-     might be NULL.  This can happen when according to the given
-     specification the locale file name is different for XPG and CEN
-     syntax.  */
-  if (domain_file->filename == NULL)
-    return;
-
-  /* Try to open the addressed file.  */
-  fd = open (domain_file->filename, O_RDONLY | O_BINARY);
-  if (fd == -1)
-    return;
-
-  /* We must know about the size of the file.  */
-  if (
-#ifdef _LIBC
-      __builtin_expect (fstat64 (fd, &st) != 0, 0)
-#else
-      __builtin_expect (fstat (fd, &st) != 0, 0)
-#endif
-      || __builtin_expect ((size = (size_t) st.st_size) != st.st_size, 0)
-      || __builtin_expect (size < sizeof (struct mo_file_header), 0))
-    {
-      /* Something went wrong.  */
-      close (fd);
-      return;
-    }
-
-#ifdef HAVE_MMAP
-  /* Now we are ready to load the file.  If mmap() is available we try
-     this first.  If not available or it failed we try to load it.  */
-  data = (struct mo_file_header *) mmap (NULL, size, PROT_READ,
-					 MAP_PRIVATE, fd, 0);
-
-  if (__builtin_expect (data != (struct mo_file_header *) -1, 1))
-    {
-      /* mmap() call was successful.  */
-      close (fd);
-      use_mmap = 1;
-    }
-#endif
-
-  /* If the data is not yet available (i.e. mmap'ed) we try to load
-     it manually.  */
-  if (data == (struct mo_file_header *) -1)
-    {
-      size_t to_read;
-      char *read_ptr;
-
-      data = (struct mo_file_header *) malloc (size);
-      if (data == NULL)
-	return;
-
-      to_read = size;
-      read_ptr = (char *) data;
-      do
-	{
-	  long int nb = (long int) read (fd, read_ptr, to_read);
-	  if (nb <= 0)
-	    {
-#ifdef EINTR
-	      if (nb == -1 && errno == EINTR)
-		continue;
-#endif
-	      close (fd);
-	      return;
-	    }
-	  read_ptr += nb;
-	  to_read -= nb;
-	}
-      while (to_read > 0);
-
-      close (fd);
-    }
-
-  /* Using the magic number we can test whether it really is a message
-     catalog file.  */
-  if (__builtin_expect (data->magic != _MAGIC && data->magic != _MAGIC_SWAPPED,
-			0))
-    {
-      /* The magic number is wrong: not a message catalog file.  */
-#ifdef HAVE_MMAP
-      if (use_mmap)
-	munmap ((caddr_t) data, size);
-      else
-#endif
-	free (data);
-      return;
-    }
-
-  domain = (struct loaded_domain *) malloc (sizeof (struct loaded_domain));
-  if (domain == NULL)
-    return;
-  domain_file->data = domain;
-
-  domain->data = (char *) data;
-  domain->use_mmap = use_mmap;
-  domain->mmap_size = size;
-  domain->must_swap = data->magic != _MAGIC;
-
-  /* Fill in the information about the available tables.  */
-  switch (W (domain->must_swap, data->revision))
-    {
-    case 0:
-      domain->nstrings = W (domain->must_swap, data->nstrings);
-      domain->orig_tab = (struct string_desc *)
-	((char *) data + W (domain->must_swap, data->orig_tab_offset));
-      domain->trans_tab = (struct string_desc *)
-	((char *) data + W (domain->must_swap, data->trans_tab_offset));
-      domain->hash_size = W (domain->must_swap, data->hash_tab_size);
-      domain->hash_tab = (nls_uint32 *)
-	((char *) data + W (domain->must_swap, data->hash_tab_offset));
-      break;
-    default:
-      /* This is an invalid revision.  */
-#ifdef HAVE_MMAP
-      if (use_mmap)
-	munmap ((caddr_t) data, size);
-      else
-#endif
-	free (data);
-      free (domain);
-      domain_file->data = NULL;
-      return;
-    }
-
-  /* Now initialize the character set converter from the character set
-     the file is encoded with (found in the header entry) to the domain's
-     specified character set or the locale's character set.  */
-  nullentry = _nl_init_domain_conv (domain_file, domain, domainbinding);
-
-  /* Also look for a plural specification.  */
-  if (nullentry != NULL)
-    {
-      const char *plural;
-      const char *nplurals;
-
-      plural = strstr (nullentry, "plural=");
-      nplurals = strstr (nullentry, "nplurals=");
-      if (plural == NULL || nplurals == NULL)
-	goto no_plural;
-      else
-	{
-	  /* First get the number.  */
-	  char *endp;
-	  unsigned long int n;
-	  struct parse_args args;
-
-	  nplurals += 9;
-	  while (*nplurals != '\0' && isspace (*nplurals))
-	    ++nplurals;
-#if defined HAVE_STRTOUL || defined _LIBC
-	  n = strtoul (nplurals, &endp, 10);
-#else
-	  for (endp = nplurals, n = 0; *endp >= '0' && *endp <= '9'; endp++)
-	    n = n * 10 + (*endp - '0');
-#endif
-	  domain->nplurals = n;
-	  if (nplurals == endp)
-	    goto no_plural;
-
-	  /* Due to the restrictions bison imposes onto the interface of the
-	     scanner function we have to put the input string and the result
-	     passed up from the parser into the same structure which address
-	     is passed down to the parser.  */
-	  plural += 7;
-	  args.cp = plural;
-	  if (PLURAL_PARSE (&args) != 0)
-	    goto no_plural;
-	  domain->plural = args.res;
-	}
-    }
-  else
-    {
-      /* By default we are using the Germanic form: singular form only
-         for `one', the plural form otherwise.  Yes, this is also what
-         English is using since English is a Germanic language.  */
-    no_plural:
-      INIT_GERMANIC_PLURAL ();
-      domain->plural = &germanic_plural;
-      domain->nplurals = 2;
-    }
-}
-
-
-#ifdef _LIBC
-void
-internal_function
-_nl_unload_domain (domain)
-     struct loaded_domain *domain;
-{
-  if (domain->plural != &germanic_plural)
-    __gettext_free_exp (domain->plural);
-
-  _nl_free_domain_conv (domain);
-
-# ifdef _POSIX_MAPPED_FILES
-  if (domain->use_mmap)
-    munmap ((caddr_t) domain->data, domain->mmap_size);
-  else
-# endif	/* _POSIX_MAPPED_FILES */
-    free ((void *) domain->data);
-
-  free (domain);
-}
-#endif

intl/localcharset.c

@@ -1,271 +0,0 @@
-/* Determine a canonical name for the current locale's character encoding.
-
-   Copyright (C) 2000-2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
-   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-   any later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-   Library General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
-   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
-   USA.  */
-
-/* Written by Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>.  */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-# include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-#if HAVE_STDDEF_H
-# include <stddef.h>
-#endif
-
-#include <stdio.h>
-#if HAVE_STRING_H
-# include <string.h>
-#else
-# include <strings.h>
-#endif
-#if HAVE_STDLIB_H
-# include <stdlib.h>
-#endif
-
-#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__
-# undef WIN32   /* avoid warning on mingw32 */
-# define WIN32
-#endif
-
-#ifndef WIN32
-# if HAVE_LANGINFO_CODESET
-#  include <langinfo.h>
-# else
-#  if HAVE_SETLOCALE
-#   include <locale.h>
-#  endif
-# endif
-#else /* WIN32 */
-# define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
-# include <windows.h>
-#endif
-
-#ifndef DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR
-# define DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR '/'
-#endif
-
-#ifndef ISSLASH
-# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR)
-#endif
-
-/* The following static variable is declared 'volatile' to avoid a
-   possible multithread problem in the function get_charset_aliases. If we
-   are running in a threaded environment, and if two threads initialize
-   'charset_aliases' simultaneously, both will produce the same value,
-   and everything will be ok if the two assignments to 'charset_aliases'
-   are atomic. But I don't know what will happen if the two assignments mix.  */
-#if __STDC__ != 1
-# define volatile /* empty */
-#endif
-/* Pointer to the contents of the charset.alias file, if it has already been
-   read, else NULL.  Its format is:
-   ALIAS_1 '\0' CANONICAL_1 '\0' ... ALIAS_n '\0' CANONICAL_n '\0' '\0'  */
-static const char * volatile charset_aliases;
-
-/* Return a pointer to the contents of the charset.alias file.  */
-static const char *
-get_charset_aliases ()
-{
-  const char *cp;
-
-  cp = charset_aliases;
-  if (cp == NULL)
-    {
-#ifndef WIN32
-      FILE *fp;
-      const char *dir = LIBDIR;
-      const char *base = "charset.alias";
-      char *file_name;
-
-      /* Concatenate dir and base into freshly allocated file_name.  */
-      {
-	size_t dir_len = strlen (dir);
-	size_t base_len = strlen (base);
-	int add_slash = (dir_len > 0 && !ISSLASH (dir[dir_len - 1]));
-	file_name = (char *) malloc (dir_len + add_slash + base_len + 1);
-	if (file_name != NULL)
-	  {
-	    memcpy (file_name, dir, dir_len);
-	    if (add_slash)
-	      file_name[dir_len] = DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR;
-	    memcpy (file_name + dir_len + add_slash, base, base_len + 1);
-	  }
-      }
-
-      if (file_name == NULL || (fp = fopen (file_name, "r")) == NULL)
-	/* Out of memory or file not found, treat it as empty.  */
-	cp = "";
-      else
-	{
-	  /* Parse the file's contents.  */
-	  int c;
-	  char buf1[50+1];
-	  char buf2[50+1];
-	  char *res_ptr = NULL;
-	  size_t res_size = 0;
-	  size_t l1, l2;
-
-	  for (;;)
-	    {
-	      c = getc (fp);
-	      if (c == EOF)
-		break;
-	      if (c == '\n' || c == ' ' || c == '\t')
-		continue;
-	      if (c == '#')
-		{
-		  /* Skip comment, to end of line.  */
-		  do
-		    c = getc (fp);
-		  while (!(c == EOF || c == '\n'));
-		  if (c == EOF)
-		    break;
-		  continue;
-		}
-	      ungetc (c, fp);
-	      if (fscanf(fp, "%50s %50s", buf1, buf2) < 2)
-		break;
-	      l1 = strlen (buf1);
-	      l2 = strlen (buf2);
-	      if (res_size == 0)
-		{
-		  res_size = l1 + 1 + l2 + 1;
-		  res_ptr = malloc (res_size + 1);
-		}
-	      else
-		{
-		  res_size += l1 + 1 + l2 + 1;
-		  res_ptr = realloc (res_ptr, res_size + 1);
-		}
-	      if (res_ptr == NULL)
-		{
-		  /* Out of memory. */
-		  res_size = 0;
-		  break;
-		}
-	      strcpy (res_ptr + res_size - (l2 + 1) - (l1 + 1), buf1);
-	      strcpy (res_ptr + res_size - (l2 + 1), buf2);
-	    }
-	  fclose (fp);
-	  if (res_size == 0)
-	    cp = "";
-	  else
-	    {
-	      *(res_ptr + res_size) = '\0';
-	      cp = res_ptr;
-	    }
-	}
-
-      if (file_name != NULL)
-	free (file_name);
-
-#else /* WIN32 */
-
-      /* To avoid the troubles of installing a separate file in the same
-	 directory as the DLL and of retrieving the DLL's directory at
-	 runtime, simply inline the aliases here.  */
-
-      cp = "CP936" "\0" "GBK" "\0"
-	   "CP1361" "\0" "JOHAB" "\0";
-#endif
-
-      charset_aliases = cp;
-    }
-
-  return cp;
-}
-
-/* Determine the current locale's character encoding, and canonicalize it
-   into one of the canonical names listed in config.charset.
-   The result must not be freed; it is statically allocated.
-   If the canonical name cannot be determined, the result is a non-canonical
-   name.  */
-
-#ifdef STATIC
-STATIC
-#endif
-const char *
-locale_charset ()
-{
-  const char *codeset;
-  const char *aliases;
-
-#ifndef WIN32
-
-# if HAVE_LANGINFO_CODESET
-
-  /* Most systems support nl_langinfo (CODESET) nowadays.  */
-  codeset = nl_langinfo (CODESET);
-
-# else
-
-  /* On old systems which lack it, use setlocale or getenv.  */
-  const char *locale = NULL;
-
-  /* But most old systems don't have a complete set of locales.  Some
-     (like SunOS 4 or DJGPP) have only the C locale.  Therefore we don't
-     use setlocale here; it would return "C" when it doesn't support the
-     locale name the user has set.  */
-#  if HAVE_SETLOCALE && 0
-  locale = setlocale (LC_CTYPE, NULL);
-#  endif
-  if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0')
-    {
-      locale = getenv ("LC_ALL");
-      if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0')
-	{
-	  locale = getenv ("LC_CTYPE");
-	  if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0')
-	    locale = getenv ("LANG");
-	}
-    }
-
-  /* On some old systems, one used to set locale = "iso8859_1". On others,
-     you set it to "language_COUNTRY.charset". In any case, we resolve it
-     through the charset.alias file.  */
-  codeset = locale;
-
-# endif
-
-#else /* WIN32 */
-
-  static char buf[2 + 10 + 1];
-
-  /* Win32 has a function returning the locale's codepage as a number.  */
-  sprintf (buf, "CP%u", GetACP ());
-  codeset = buf;
-
-#endif
-
-  if (codeset == NULL)
-    /* The canonical name cannot be determined.  */
-    codeset = "";
-
-  /* Resolve alias. */
-  for (aliases = get_charset_aliases ();
-       *aliases != '\0';
-       aliases += strlen (aliases) + 1, aliases += strlen (aliases) + 1)
-    if (strcmp (codeset, aliases) == 0
-	|| (aliases[0] == '*' && aliases[1] == '\0'))
-      {
-	codeset = aliases + strlen (aliases) + 1;
-	break;
-      }
-
-  return codeset;
-}

intl/locale.alias

@@ -1,78 +0,0 @@
-# Locale name alias data base.
-# Copyright (C) 1996,1997,1998,1999,2000,2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-#
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-# under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
-# by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-# any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-# Library General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
-# License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
-# USA.
-
-# The format of this file is the same as for the corresponding file of
-# the X Window System, which normally can be found in
-#	/usr/lib/X11/locale/locale.alias
-# A single line contains two fields: an alias and a substitution value.
-# All entries are case independent.
-
-# Note: This file is far from being complete.  If you have a value for
-# your own site which you think might be useful for others too, share
-# it with the rest of us.  Send it using the `glibcbug' script to
-# bugs@gnu.org.
-
-# Packages using this file: 
-
-bokmal		no_NO.ISO-8859-1
-bokmål		no_NO.ISO-8859-1
-catalan		ca_ES.ISO-8859-1
-croatian	hr_HR.ISO-8859-2
-czech		cs_CZ.ISO-8859-2
-danish          da_DK.ISO-8859-1
-dansk		da_DK.ISO-8859-1
-deutsch		de_DE.ISO-8859-1
-dutch		nl_NL.ISO-8859-1
-eesti		et_EE.ISO-8859-1
-estonian	et_EE.ISO-8859-1
-finnish         fi_FI.ISO-8859-1
-français	fr_FR.ISO-8859-1
-french		fr_FR.ISO-8859-1
-galego		gl_ES.ISO-8859-1
-galician	gl_ES.ISO-8859-1
-german		de_DE.ISO-8859-1
-greek           el_GR.ISO-8859-7
-hebrew          he_IL.ISO-8859-8
-hrvatski	hr_HR.ISO-8859-2
-hungarian       hu_HU.ISO-8859-2
-icelandic       is_IS.ISO-8859-1
-italian         it_IT.ISO-8859-1
-japanese	ja_JP.eucJP
-japanese.euc	ja_JP.eucJP
-ja_JP		ja_JP.eucJP
-ja_JP.ujis	ja_JP.eucJP
-japanese.sjis	ja_JP.SJIS
-korean		ko_KR.eucKR
-korean.euc 	ko_KR.eucKR
-ko_KR		ko_KR.eucKR
-lithuanian      lt_LT.ISO-8859-13
-nb_NO		no_NO.ISO-8859-1
-nb_NO.ISO-8859-1 no_NO.ISO-8859-1
-norwegian       no_NO.ISO-8859-1
-nynorsk		nn_NO.ISO-8859-1
-polish          pl_PL.ISO-8859-2
-portuguese      pt_PT.ISO-8859-1
-romanian        ro_RO.ISO-8859-2
-russian         ru_RU.ISO-8859-5
-slovak          sk_SK.ISO-8859-2
-slovene         sl_SI.ISO-8859-2
-slovenian       sl_SI.ISO-8859-2
-spanish         es_ES.ISO-8859-1
-swedish         sv_SE.ISO-8859-1
-thai		th_TH.TIS-620
-turkish         tr_TR.ISO-8859-9

intl/localealias.c

@@ -1,404 +0,0 @@
-/* Handle aliases for locale names.
-   Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
-   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-   any later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-   Library General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
-   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
-   USA.  */
-
-/* Tell glibc's <string.h> to provide a prototype for mempcpy().
-   This must come before <config.h> because <config.h> may include
-   <features.h>, and once <features.h> has been included, it's too late.  */
-#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE
-# define _GNU_SOURCE    1
-#endif
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-# include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include <ctype.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <sys/types.h>
-
-#ifdef __GNUC__
-# define alloca __builtin_alloca
-# define HAVE_ALLOCA 1
-#else
-# if defined HAVE_ALLOCA_H || defined _LIBC
-#  include <alloca.h>
-# else
-#  ifdef _AIX
- #pragma alloca
-#  else
-#   ifndef alloca
-char *alloca ();
-#   endif
-#  endif
-# endif
-#endif
-
-#include <stdlib.h>
-
-#include <string.h>
-#if !HAVE_STRCHR && !defined _LIBC
-# ifndef strchr
-#  define strchr index
-# endif
-#endif
-
-#include "gettextP.h"
-
-/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
-
-#ifdef _LIBC
-/* Rename the non ANSI C functions.  This is required by the standard
-   because some ANSI C functions will require linking with this object
-   file and the name space must not be polluted.  */
-# define strcasecmp __strcasecmp
-
-# ifndef mempcpy
-#  define mempcpy __mempcpy
-# endif
-# define HAVE_MEMPCPY	1
-
-/* We need locking here since we can be called from different places.  */
-# include <bits/libc-lock.h>
-
-__libc_lock_define_initialized (static, lock);
-#endif
-
-#ifndef internal_function
-# define internal_function
-#endif
-
-/* For those losing systems which don't have `alloca' we have to add
-   some additional code emulating it.  */
-#ifdef HAVE_ALLOCA
-# define freea(p) /* nothing */
-#else
-# define alloca(n) malloc (n)
-# define freea(p) free (p)
-#endif
-
-#if defined _LIBC_REENTRANT || defined HAVE_FGETS_UNLOCKED
-# undef fgets
-# define fgets(buf, len, s) fgets_unlocked (buf, len, s)
-#endif
-#if defined _LIBC_REENTRANT || defined HAVE_FEOF_UNLOCKED
-# undef feof
-# define feof(s) feof_unlocked (s)
-#endif
-
-
-struct alias_map
-{
-  const char *alias;
-  const char *value;
-};
-
-
-static char *string_space;
-static size_t string_space_act;
-static size_t string_space_max;
-static struct alias_map *map;
-static size_t nmap;
-static size_t maxmap;
-
-
-/* Prototypes for local functions.  */
-static size_t read_alias_file PARAMS ((const char *fname, int fname_len))
-     internal_function;
-static int extend_alias_table PARAMS ((void));
-static int alias_compare PARAMS ((const struct alias_map *map1,
-				  const struct alias_map *map2));
-
-
-const char *
-_nl_expand_alias (name)
-    const char *name;
-{
-  static const char *locale_alias_path = LOCALE_ALIAS_PATH;
-  struct alias_map *retval;
-  const char *result = NULL;
-  size_t added;
-
-#ifdef _LIBC
-  __libc_lock_lock (lock);
-#endif
-
-  do
-    {
-      struct alias_map item;
-
-      item.alias = name;
-
-      if (nmap > 0)
-	retval = (struct alias_map *) bsearch (&item, map, nmap,
-					       sizeof (struct alias_map),
-					       (int (*) PARAMS ((const void *,
-								 const void *))
-						) alias_compare);
-      else
-	retval = NULL;
-
-      /* We really found an alias.  Return the value.  */
-      if (retval != NULL)
-	{
-	  result = retval->value;
-	  break;
-	}
-
-      /* Perhaps we can find another alias file.  */
-      added = 0;
-      while (added == 0 && locale_alias_path[0] != '\0')
-	{
-	  const char *start;
-
-	  while (locale_alias_path[0] == PATH_SEPARATOR)
-	    ++locale_alias_path;
-	  start = locale_alias_path;
-
-	  while (locale_alias_path[0] != '\0'
-		 && locale_alias_path[0] != PATH_SEPARATOR)
-	    ++locale_alias_path;
-
-	  if (start < locale_alias_path)
-	    added = read_alias_file (start, locale_alias_path - start);
-	}
-    }
-  while (added != 0);
-
-#ifdef _LIBC
-  __libc_lock_unlock (lock);
-#endif
-
-  return result;
-}
-
-
-static size_t
-internal_function
-read_alias_file (fname, fname_len)
-     const char *fname;
-     int fname_len;
-{
-  FILE *fp;
-  char *full_fname;
-  size_t added;
-  static const char aliasfile[] = "/locale.alias";
-
-  full_fname = (char *) alloca (fname_len + sizeof aliasfile);
-#ifdef HAVE_MEMPCPY
-  mempcpy (mempcpy (full_fname, fname, fname_len),
-	   aliasfile, sizeof aliasfile);
-#else
-  memcpy (full_fname, fname, fname_len);
-  memcpy (&full_fname[fname_len], aliasfile, sizeof aliasfile);
-#endif
-
-  fp = fopen (full_fname, "r");
-  freea (full_fname);
-  if (fp == NULL)
-    return 0;
-
-  added = 0;
-  while (!feof (fp))
-    {
-      /* It is a reasonable approach to use a fix buffer here because
-	 a) we are only interested in the first two fields
-	 b) these fields must be usable as file names and so must not
-	    be that long
-       */
-      char buf[BUFSIZ];
-      char *alias;
-      char *value;
-      char *cp;
-
-      if (fgets (buf, sizeof buf, fp) == NULL)
-	/* EOF reached.  */
-	break;
-
-      /* Possibly not the whole line fits into the buffer.  Ignore
-	 the rest of the line.  */
-      if (strchr (buf, '\n') == NULL)
-	{
-	  char altbuf[BUFSIZ];
-	  do
-	    if (fgets (altbuf, sizeof altbuf, fp) == NULL)
-	      /* Make sure the inner loop will be left.  The outer loop
-		 will exit at the `feof' test.  */
-	      break;
-	  while (strchr (altbuf, '\n') == NULL);
-	}
-
-      cp = buf;
-      /* Ignore leading white space.  */
-      while (isspace (cp[0]))
-	++cp;
-
-      /* A leading '#' signals a comment line.  */
-      if (cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != '#')
-	{
-	  alias = cp++;
-	  while (cp[0] != '\0' && !isspace (cp[0]))
-	    ++cp;
-	  /* Terminate alias name.  */
-	  if (cp[0] != '\0')
-	    *cp++ = '\0';
-
-	  /* Now look for the beginning of the value.  */
-	  while (isspace (cp[0]))
-	    ++cp;
-
-	  if (cp[0] != '\0')
-	    {
-	      size_t alias_len;
-	      size_t value_len;
-
-	      value = cp++;
-	      while (cp[0] != '\0' && !isspace (cp[0]))
-		++cp;
-	      /* Terminate value.  */
-	      if (cp[0] == '\n')
-		{
-		  /* This has to be done to make the following test
-		     for the end of line possible.  We are looking for
-		     the terminating '\n' which do not overwrite here.  */
-		  *cp++ = '\0';
-		  *cp = '\n';
-		}
-	      else if (cp[0] != '\0')
-		*cp++ = '\0';
-
-	      if (nmap >= maxmap)
-		if (__builtin_expect (extend_alias_table (), 0))
-		  return added;
-
-	      alias_len = strlen (alias) + 1;
-	      value_len = strlen (value) + 1;
-
-	      if (string_space_act + alias_len + value_len > string_space_max)
-		{
-		  /* Increase size of memory pool.  */
-		  size_t new_size = (string_space_max
-				     + (alias_len + value_len > 1024
-					? alias_len + value_len : 1024));
-		  char *new_pool = (char *) realloc (string_space, new_size);
-		  if (new_pool == NULL)
-		    return added;
-
-		  if (__builtin_expect (string_space != new_pool, 0))
-		    {
-		      size_t i;
-
-		      for (i = 0; i < nmap; i++)
-			{
-			  map[i].alias += new_pool - string_space;
-			  map[i].value += new_pool - string_space;
-			}
-		    }
-
-		  string_space = new_pool;
-		  string_space_max = new_size;
-		}
-
-	      map[nmap].alias = memcpy (&string_space[string_space_act],
-					alias, alias_len);
-	      string_space_act += alias_len;
-
-	      map[nmap].value = memcpy (&string_space[string_space_act],
-					value, value_len);
-	      string_space_act += value_len;
-
-	      ++nmap;
-	      ++added;
-	    }
-	}
-    }
-
-  /* Should we test for ferror()?  I think we have to silently ignore
-     errors.  --drepper  */
-  fclose (fp);
-
-  if (added > 0)
-    qsort (map, nmap, sizeof (struct alias_map),
-	   (int (*) PARAMS ((const void *, const void *))) alias_compare);
-
-  return added;
-}
-
-
-static int
-extend_alias_table ()
-{
-  size_t new_size;
-  struct alias_map *new_map;
-
-  new_size = maxmap == 0 ? 100 : 2 * maxmap;
-  new_map = (struct alias_map *) realloc (map, (new_size
-						* sizeof (struct alias_map)));
-  if (new_map == NULL)
-    /* Simply don't extend: we don't have any more core.  */
-    return -1;
-
-  map = new_map;
-  maxmap = new_size;
-  return 0;
-}
-
-
-#ifdef _LIBC
-static void __attribute__ ((unused))
-free_mem (void)
-{
-  if (string_space != NULL)
-    free (string_space);
-  if (map != NULL)
-    free (map);
-}
-text_set_element (__libc_subfreeres, free_mem);
-#endif
-
-
-static int
-alias_compare (map1, map2)
-     const struct alias_map *map1;
-     const struct alias_map *map2;
-{
-#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRCASECMP
-  return strcasecmp (map1->alias, map2->alias);
-#else
-  const unsigned char *p1 = (const unsigned char *) map1->alias;
-  const unsigned char *p2 = (const unsigned char *) map2->alias;
-  unsigned char c1, c2;
-
-  if (p1 == p2)
-    return 0;
-
-  do
-    {
-      /* I know this seems to be odd but the tolower() function in
-	 some systems libc cannot handle nonalpha characters.  */
-      c1 = isupper (*p1) ? tolower (*p1) : *p1;
-      c2 = isupper (*p2) ? tolower (*p2) : *p2;
-      if (c1 == '\0')
-	break;
-      ++p1;
-      ++p2;
-    }
-  while (c1 == c2);
-
-  return c1 - c2;
-#endif
-}

intl/ngettext.c

@@ -1,68 +0,0 @@
-/* Implementation of ngettext(3) function.
-   Copyright (C) 1995, 1997, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
-   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-   any later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-   Library General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
-   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
-   USA.  */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-# include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-#ifdef _LIBC
-# define __need_NULL
-# include <stddef.h>
-#else
-# include <stdlib.h>		/* Just for NULL.  */
-#endif
-
-#include "gettextP.h"
-#ifdef _LIBC
-# include <libintl.h>
-#else
-# include "libgnuintl.h"
-#endif
-
-#include <locale.h>
-
-/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
-
-/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem.  They must not clash
-   with existing names and they should follow ANSI C.  But this source
-   code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
-   prefix.  So we have to make a difference here.  */
-#ifdef _LIBC
-# define NGETTEXT __ngettext
-# define DCNGETTEXT __dcngettext
-#else
-# define NGETTEXT ngettext__
-# define DCNGETTEXT dcngettext__
-#endif
-
-/* Look up MSGID in the current default message catalog for the current
-   LC_MESSAGES locale.  If not found, returns MSGID itself (the default
-   text).  */
-char *
-NGETTEXT (msgid1, msgid2, n)
-     const char *msgid1;
-     const char *msgid2;
-     unsigned long int n;
-{
-  return DCNGETTEXT (NULL, msgid1, msgid2, n, LC_MESSAGES);
-}
-
-#ifdef _LIBC
-/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library.  */
-weak_alias (__ngettext, ngettext);
-#endif